搜索
楼主: hefeiddd

一个笨蛋的股指交易记录-------地狱级炒手

  [复制链接]
 楼主| 发表于 2009-3-17 09:07 | 显示全部楼层
May 17, 2008LOOKING A LITTLE TOPPYBy Chip Anderson
Tom Bowley
I've been bullish since my earlier bottom call in January. There were several reasons for the call, but in particular there were contrarian indicators moving off the charts in the bearish direction. That suggested that the next move in the market would be higher - and it was. After a retest in March with an incredibly bearish put call ratio in place, the market soared. There have been many positive technical developments since that time, with perhaps the most notable being the relative outperformance that the semiconductors have enjoyed. Below in Chart 1, I'm highlighting the relative strength of that group. Nearly every bullish move in the semiconductor group has lifted the overall market and this time has been no different. In fact, the semiconductors have been the reason for the outperformance of the NASDAQ and NDX over the last several weeks. At Invested Central, we were in the minority in calling a market bottom, but that's exactly where we prefer being - in the minority. Take a look at the relative strength of the semiconductors. It will be very important to follow this group in the weeks ahead for clues as to the direction of the market.

I mentioned above the put call ratio. This very important sentiment indicator is checked every trading day and I follow the 5 day and 21 day moving averages as a gauge of investor sentiment. When I see extreme readings in either direction, it sends up red flags that a directional change is approaching. We're nearing one of those times right now. After having been very bullish for weeks, I've moved more to a neutral or even bearish stance in the near-term. It's too early to make any long-term calls based on current developments, but clearly the bullishness that we've recently enjoyed could be waning. Why? Well, here's a couple of reasons. First, the "equity only" put call ratio (which ignores index options) hit 1.35 on March 17th, the highest reading at the CBOE since the equity only reading was broken out. That marked extreme bearishness on the part of individuals and VOILA! a bottom was in place. We're now on the opposite side of investor sentiment. On Friday, the equity only put call ratio printed its third consecutive daily reading below .60. There have only been 8 such readings during all of 2008. Obviously, options traders are beginning to think the water is safe again. That bothers me. You may recall Chart 2 below as it demonstrates the importance of tracking investor sentiment via the put call ratio (the numbers on the chart represent the 5 day moving average of the "equity only" put call ratio). Note the readings at significant tops and bottoms and then check out the current 5 day moving average. There is no denying that we've seen a HUGE swing in investor sentiment in the last 8-9 weeks. We may not be exactly at a top, but we're getting close.

Finally, let's review the VIX. The VIX is designed to measure the implied volatility of S&P 500 index options. As fear ramps up, the VIX normally rises indicating that volatility will be picking up as well. A rising VIX is synonomous with a falling equity market. A falling VIX is synonomous with a rising equity market. As the VIX falls too far, complacency becomes an issue. On the flip side, as the VIX skyrockets, fear is elevated and a panic bottom generally forms. When the VIX lost its rising trendline in late March/early April, it was further evidence that the market was going higher. Currently, the VIX has reached a support level. A bounce off of this support level would likely coincide with a drop in the stock market. We have to respect that support area until it's lost. Check out Chart 3 below.

I would definitely stay away from the underperforming groups like financials and consumer discretionary stocks. Another bout of selling would likely take a toll on both of those groups. Put insurance or adding the Ultra Short ETFs that track the various indices would not be a bad strategy to hedge during this period of uncertainty.
Happy trading!


Posted at 04:05 PM in Tom Bowley | Permalink


May 17, 2008FINANCE AND HEALTHCARE LAGBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Money may be moving into Technology, but it is avoiding Finance and Healthcare. While the Dow Industrials ETF and S&P 500 ETF both touched their 200-day moving averages in May, the Finance SPDR (XLF) and the Healthcare SPDR (XLV) fell well short of their 200-day lines. The inability to keep pace with the broader market shows relative weakness.

On the price chart, the Finance SPDR (XLF) broke down last week and then stalled this week. With a slight rise over the last 6 days, a mini-flag formed with support at 26. Support here is also reinforced with the 50-day moving average. A break below 26 would end this rise and call for a continuation of the early May decline.

The Healthcare SPDR (XLV) is in even worse shape than XLF. After a bounce on 18-March with the rest of the market, XLV traded flat the last two months and went nowhere. In the process, a rising wedge formed with support just above 31. A move below the May lows would break wedge support and signal a continuation lower.


Posted at 04:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


May 17, 2008LOOKING BULLISH BUT OVERBOUGHTBy Chip Anderson
Carl Swenlin
Our long-term model remains on a sell signal, so we have to assume that we are still in a bear market; however, the rally from the March lows has taken prices far enough to cause important bullish signs to appear: (1) The intermediate-term model for the S&P 500 is on a buy signal and has a gain of +5.6%; (2) all but one of the 27 sectors and indexes we track are on buy signals with an average gain of +6.6%; (3) prices have moved above the declining tops line drawn from the October top; and (4) the weekly PMO has bounced from oversold levels and generated a buy signal by crossing above its 10-EMA. I can put up a pretty good argument for the bullish case, but the long-term sell signal stands in the way of excessive optimism -- it takes a lot of negative energy to generate the sell signal, and it will take a lot of positive energy to reverse it. Fortunately, our medium-term model lets us be cautiously long early in the rally just in case a new bull market really has started.
While things are looking pretty positive, a few negatives are beginning to appear. One is an ascending wedge formation that you can see has formed since the March low. I have observed that this formation is one of the most reliable there is -- it most often resolves to the downside. Another negative is that the market is getting overbought. Note that the daily PMO is in the overbought zone.

More evidence of the market's overbought condition is the OBV (on-Balance Volume) suite of indicators on the chart below. Note that the CVI has topped and the STVO has reached the top of its range. Combine this with the ascending wedge price formation, and the overbought PMO, and I think the market is setting up for a short-term pull back at the very least.

Bottom Line: The market is showing many positive signs, but it is getting somewhat overbought and we should be looking for at least a short-term correction.


Posted at 04:03 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


May 17, 2008COMMODITY COUNTRIES HIT NEW HIGHSBy Chip Anderson
John Murphy
On Monday, I wrote about three foreign stock markets that were at or close to new record highs. Those three markets are Brazil, Canada, and Russia. What all three have in common was that they are producers and exporters of commodities. By the end of the week, all three markets had hit new records. Chart 1 and 2 show Brazil iShares (EWZ) and the Market Vectors Russia ETF (RSX) hitting new highs. Both cash indexes have done the same. Chart 3 shows the Toronto Composite Index (TSE) hitting a new record high as well. Canada iShares (bottom of Chart 3) have not reached new highs yet. As I explained on Monday, a flat Canadian Dollar is causing the iShares to lag behind Canadian stocks. Not surprisingly, the top sector in the Canadian market is basic materials. That's also true in the U.S. as commodity markets have a strong day.





Posted at 04:01 PM in John Murphy | Permalink


May 17, 2008ON THE DANGERS OF WEB ACCELERATORSBy Chip Anderson
Chip Anderson
Last week, we started getting disturbing reports from several users about seeing the wrong name at the top of the page after they logged in to StockCharts.com. That set off HUGE RED WARNING LIGHTS here. We have numerous safeguards in place to make sure that people only see their own information. And yet here were credible reports showing that somehow those safeguards weren't working. Yikes!
After scratching our heads for a while, we set us some "sniffing computers" on our network that recorded ALL of the "Welcome..." messages that our site was sending out. These "sniffers" were positioned to record that information at the point immediately before the data was handed over to the Internet. If we were sending the wrong information to the wrong users, these "sniffers" would show us exactly what was going on.
But then something really strange happened. Several users reported the problem again but the sniffers didn't record any problems! That meant that something else was sitting between our website and the users' computers and mixing things up! But that was impossible - wasn't it?
It turns out that there is one category of program that does exactly that. So called "Web Accelerators" work by intercepting requests from a user's browser, sending us the request via a high-speed link, and the storing the results in their own servers and then sending the results back to the original user. They store the results locally so that, if they see the same request from a different user later, they can send the stored results instead.
Some more checking on our end revealed that, sure enough, the "Google Web Accelerator" was being used by all of the users that were reporting problems.
Some more checking revealed that the Google Web Accelerator was mistakenly saving the "Members" page for anyone that had it installed and then sending that saved version to the next people that had the Google Web Accelerator installed.
So who's at fault for this problem?
1.) Google maintains that their Web Accelerator adheres to several published standards for "caching" content. We (along with several other web sites that have been bit by this) don't agree. The "standard" that they point to is vague on several points and they make some questionable assumptions about what to do in those cases.
2.) Google also maintains that their Web Accelerator is still in "Beta" and that there may be bugs. We consider this to be a significant one.
3.) Users that installed the Google Web Accelerator are cautioned during the installation process that some data sharing might occur - but that warning is buried in a chunk of text that is rarely read.
Once we understood what was happening, we were able to come up with a fix that prevents Google's Web Accelerator from storing the "Welcome" page. After more testing, we are now confident that people using Google Web Accelerator won't see other people's information again.
So, problem solved right? WRONG!
People who are using Web Accelerators, regardless of who wrote them, need to be aware that their personal data can leak from those programs. Web Accelerator software makes several assumptions about how web sites protect private data and those assumptions are NOT universally correct. Just because we've fixed this problem with the Google Web Accelerator, that doesn't mean that other web sites out there don't have similar problems. It also doesn't mean that other non-Google Web Accelerators will work correctly.
Based on our findings, we strongly recommend that people avoid these programs - or at least understand that using them may unintentionally expose your private information to other people.
For more information on Web Accelerators, see this article from Wikipedia: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Web_accelerator
Sorry for not talking about charting or the stock market this week, but I wanted to make sure everyone was aware of this important issue.
Be safe out there,
Chip
Note: It is always very risky talking about these kind of issues publicly. People may turn this around and say "StockCharts isn't safe." It's not a black/white situation. We decided to tell everyone about this issue because we feel it is important and the danger is real. If it helps our users become safer netizens then the risk of talking about this issue was worth it.


Posted at 04:00 PM in Chip Anderson | Permalink


May 04, 2008SEMICONDUCTORS AND FINANCIALS HELPING TO LEAD TURNAROUNDBy Chip Anderson
Tom Bowley
It's been a long time since we've spoken about semiconductors or financials in a positive light. But times have changed and so have the charts for these two influential groups. Semiconductors are showing clear relative outperformance, but have now reached a critical resistance area. Check out Chart 1 below to see how the recent rally in semis have left them vulnerable as key resistance is tested. A break above would be quite bullish, but we'll need to see it first.

Once the SOX broke through 380, there was very little resistance until the 404 level. We tested that on Friday and are now watching to see if this group can gain additional momentum by taking out key price resistance and the long-term downtrend line.
Financials are not quite as strong as semiconductors on a relative basis, but we are seeing signs of technical strength from that group. On Thursday, the XLF cleared 27.00 after battling resistance there on several occasions. Chart 2 shows the technical significance of this move.

The XLF first broke downtrend resistance and finally took out price resistance at 27.00. Based on the chart, it appears that the XLF won't run into serious resistance until the 29.60 area. 26.90-27.00 should act as solid support on pullbacks during consolidation.
Financials and technology shares were leaders as the major indices broke above key resistance areas. Below in Chart 3 is a snapshot of the NASDAQ as it broke not only critical price resistance, but also the multi-month downtrend line that had been difficult for the bulls to conquer during prior attempts.

We remain optimistic and bullish until technicals suggest otherwise. Ignore the CNBC noise and follow the money.
Happy trading!


Posted at 04:05 PM in Tom Bowley | Permalink


May 04, 2008U.S. DOLLAR INDEX GETS A BOUNCEBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The U.S. Dollar Index ($USD) remains in a long-term downtrend, but the index is showing signs of strength with a consolidation breakout this week. After becoming oversold in March, the index firmed for 6-7 weeks and surged above its mid March highs this week. StochRSI moved below .20 in late February, firmed a few weeks and then broke above its mid point (.50). These breakouts opens the door to an oversold bounce that could extend to the 75-78 area.

There are a number of factors pointing to resistance around 75-78. First, the trendline extending down from January-February 2007 comes in around 78. Second, the December 2007 high marks resistance around 78. Third, the falling 40-week moving average marks resistance just above 76. And finally, the January-February consolidation can also act as resistance around 76. Taken together, I am marking a resistance zone around 75-78 for the upside target.


Posted at 04:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


May 04, 2008SIX-MONTH UNFAVORABLE SEASONALITY PERIOD BEGINSBy Chip Anderson
Carl Swenlin
Something you will be hearing a lot about for a while is that for the next six months the market will be carrying extra drag caused by negative seasonality. Research published by Yale Hirsch in the "Trader's Almanac" shows that the market year is broken into two different six-month seasonality periods. From May 1 through October 31 is seasonally unfavorable, and the market most often finishes lower than it was at the beginning of the period. November 1 through April 30 is seasonally favorable, and the market most often finishes the period higher.
Back testing of a timing model using the beginning of these periods as entry and exit points shows that being invested only during the favorable period (and being in cash during the unfavorable period) finishes way ahead of buy and hold. As I recall, the opposite strategy actually loses money. (See Sy Harding's book "Riding the Bear" for a full discussion of this subject. Seriously, I really, really recommend this book.)
While the statistical average results for these two periods are quite compelling, trying to ride the market in real-time in hopes of capturing these results is not always as easy as it sounds. Below is a chart that begins on May 1, 2007 and ends on April 30, 2008. The left half of the chart shows the unfavorable May through October period and the right half shows the favorable November through April period. As you can see, the seasonality periods performed exactly opposite of the statistical average. The point to be made is that, regardless of how the market performs on average, every year is different and presents its own challenges, and there is no guarantee that any given period will conform to the average.

Whether or not you find the seasonality strategy compelling enough to use, the statistics tell us that the next six months are apt to be dangerous, and that is something to keep in mind when evaluating the overall context of the market. The fact that this negative seasonality period is taking place during a bear market, makes it even more dangerous.
Bottom Line: We are in a bear market, and the 6-month period of negative seasonality has begun. Expect price reversals when the market gets overbought. When the PMOs (Price Momentum Oscillators) begin to reverse downward, that would be a good time to consider tightening stops and/or closing long positions.


Posted at 04:03 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


May 04, 2008"ROLLING CORRECTIONS" BENEATH THE SURFACEBy Chip Anderson
Richard Rhodes
It is rather clear there are ongoing "rolling corrections" beneath the surface in today's markets. In terms of performance, whether one is bullish or bearish on the broader market hasn't made as much of a difference as we would have thought. But understanding where the 'funds' currently stand and where they are likely to 'move' makes a great deal of sense in terms of trading allocation.
To that end, we want to look at the "long in the tooth" and very profitable pairs trade of Long Energy/Short Financials. In recent weeks, we have begun to see a topping process take place in spread as the 14-week stochastic and 12-week rate-of-change are trading at near overbought levels and more importantly - showing signs of negative divergences - indicating a loss of momentum. Hence, we would posit that this mean reversion trend towards lower prices have quite a bit of downside left in front of it. At a minimum, we expect a test of the 40-week moving average - and at most a test of the 200-week moving average. Or, we can target the 50%-62% retracement box in between. In any case - there remains substantial downside remaining. In our portfolio - we currently have the trade currently on; and are looking to add more.



Posted at 04:02 PM in Richard Rhodes | Permalink


May 04, 2008CRUDE AND NATURAL GAS LOOK OVERBOUGHTBy Chip Anderson
John Murphy
When only one commodity group is hitting new highs, that's usually a sign that it's out of step with the others. That seems to be the case with energy. I still believe that the energy complex is due for some profit-taking. Chart 1 shows the United States Oil Fund still in an uptrend. The 14-day RSI line, however, (top of chart) is backing off from overbought territory over 70. The daily MACD lines (bottom of chart) may be stalling at their March high. That's not a lot to go on. Add in the fact that energy shares are among the day's biggest losers, however, and we see a market group ripe for profit-taking. Chart 2 shows a negative divergence between the 14-day RSI (solid line) and the United States Natural Gas Fund. That's another sign that the recent energy runup is on weak technical footing.




Posted at 04:01 PM in John Murphy | Permalink


May 04, 2008CLOUDS GATHERING ON THE HORIZONBy Chip Anderson
Chip Anderson
Clouds are gathering on your charting radar - can you see them? No, no - I'm not talking about the recent bad news on the US economy or the price of oil or any of that stuff. I'm talking about another new kind of chart that StockCharts.com will soon be offering to all our users - Ichimoku Cloud Charts!
Ichimoku charts are similar to traditional candlestick charts but with several additional lines added to them as well as the unique "cloud" area. Here's an example of what one looks like:

(Note: These are not available yet! We are putting the finishing touches on them this week. Watch for an announcement in the "What's New" section of the site later this week.)
In the example chart above, the shaded area is called the "the Cloud". It serves as a dynamic support/resistance zone that prices tend to bounce off of. The thickness of the cloud is an indication of its "strength" - prices are more likely to break through thin cloud areas, than thick ones. The Cloud also can "trap" prices for a period of time - for instance from mid-March to mid-April. Finally, the thick green line that ends in late March is called the "Chikou Line" ("Lagging Line") and right now it is looking bullish since there is nothing above it (no clouds, no candlesticks, etc.).
There are lots of other aspects to interpreting Ichimoku charts which I can't get into in this article. Look for our ChartSchool to include a detailed article on the topic soon. Until then here are two resources you may want to look into to:
Here is a link to a nice article on FXWords.com about Ichimoku charts. And here is a link to a great book on the topic which we sell in our online bookstore.
Again, we hope to have live Ichimoku charts on our website in the next week or so. Stay tuned...
Chip Anderson
金币:
奖励:
热心:
注册时间:
2006-7-3

回复 使用道具 举报

 楼主| 发表于 2009-3-17 09:08 | 显示全部楼层
By Chip AndersonTom Bowley
I've been bullish since my earlier bottom call in January. There were several reasons for the call, but in particular there were contrarian indicators moving off the charts in the bearish direction. That suggested that the next move in the market would be higher - and it was. After a retest in March with an incredibly bearish put call ratio in place, the market soared. There have been many positive technical developments since that time, with perhaps the most notable being the relative outperformance that the semiconductors have enjoyed. Below in Chart 1, I'm highlighting the relative strength of that group. Nearly every bullish move in the semiconductor group has lifted the overall market and this time has been no different. In fact, the semiconductors have been the reason for the outperformance of the NASDAQ and NDX over the last several weeks. At Invested Central, we were in the minority in calling a market bottom, but that's exactly where we prefer being - in the minority. Take a look at the relative strength of the semiconductors. It will be very important to follow this group in the weeks ahead for clues as to the direction of the market.

I mentioned above the put call ratio. This very important sentiment indicator is checked every trading day and I follow the 5 day and 21 day moving averages as a gauge of investor sentiment. When I see extreme readings in either direction, it sends up red flags that a directional change is approaching. We're nearing one of those times right now. After having been very bullish for weeks, I've moved more to a neutral or even bearish stance in the near-term. It's too early to make any long-term calls based on current developments, but clearly the bullishness that we've recently enjoyed could be waning. Why? Well, here's a couple of reasons. First, the "equity only" put call ratio (which ignores index options) hit 1.35 on March 17th, the highest reading at the CBOE since the equity only reading was broken out. That marked extreme bearishness on the part of individuals and VOILA! a bottom was in place. We're now on the opposite side of investor sentiment. On Friday, the equity only put call ratio printed its third consecutive daily reading below .60. There have only been 8 such readings during all of 2008. Obviously, options traders are beginning to think the water is safe again. That bothers me. You may recall Chart 2 below as it demonstrates the importance of tracking investor sentiment via the put call ratio (the numbers on the chart represent the 5 day moving average of the "equity only" put call ratio). Note the readings at significant tops and bottoms and then check out the current 5 day moving average. There is no denying that we've seen a HUGE swing in investor sentiment in the last 8-9 weeks. We may not be exactly at a top, but we're getting close.

Finally, let's review the VIX. The VIX is designed to measure the implied volatility of S&P 500 index options. As fear ramps up, the VIX normally rises indicating that volatility will be picking up as well. A rising VIX is synonomous with a falling equity market. A falling VIX is synonomous with a rising equity market. As the VIX falls too far, complacency becomes an issue. On the flip side, as the VIX skyrockets, fear is elevated and a panic bottom generally forms. When the VIX lost its rising trendline in late March/early April, it was further evidence that the market was going higher. Currently, the VIX has reached a support level. A bounce off of this support level would likely coincide with a drop in the stock market. We have to respect that support area until it's lost. Check out Chart 3 below.

I would definitely stay away from the underperforming groups like financials and consumer discretionary stocks. Another bout of selling would likely take a toll on both of those groups. Put insurance or adding the Ultra Short ETFs that track the various indices would not be a bad strategy to hedge during this period of uncertainty.




Arthur Hill
Money may be moving into Technology, but it is avoiding Finance and Healthcare. While the Dow Industrials ETF and S&P 500 ETF both touched their 200-day moving averages in May, the Finance SPDR (XLF) and the Healthcare SPDR (XLV) fell well short of their 200-day lines. The inability to keep pace with the broader market shows relative weakness.

On the price chart, the Finance SPDR (XLF) broke down last week and then stalled this week. With a slight rise over the last 6 days, a mini-flag formed with support at 26. Support here is also reinforced with the 50-day moving average. A break below 26 would end this rise and call for a continuation of the early May decline.

The Healthcare SPDR (XLV) is in even worse shape than XLF. After a bounce on 18-March with the rest of the market, XLV traded flat the last two months and went nowhere. In the process, a rising wedge formed with support just above 31. A move below the May lows would break wedge



By Chip Anderson
Carl Swenlin
Our long-term model remains on a sell signal, so we have to assume that we are still in a bear market; however, the rally from the March lows has taken prices far enough to cause important bullish signs to appear: (1) The intermediate-term model for the S&P 500 is on a buy signal and has a gain of +5.6%; (2) all but one of the 27 sectors and indexes we track are on buy signals with an average gain of +6.6%; (3) prices have moved above the declining tops line drawn from the October top; and (4) the weekly PMO has bounced from oversold levels and generated a buy signal by crossing above its 10-EMA. I can put up a pretty good argument for the bullish case, but the long-term sell signal stands in the way of excessive optimism -- it takes a lot of negative energy to generate the sell signal, and it will take a lot of positive energy to reverse it. Fortunately, our medium-term model lets us be cautiously long early in the rally just in case a new bull market really has started.
While things are looking pretty positive, a few negatives are beginning to appear. One is an ascending wedge formation that you can see has formed since the March low. I have observed that this formation is one of the most reliable there is -- it most often resolves to the downside. Another negative is that the market is getting overbought. Note that the daily PMO is in the overbought zone.

More evidence of the market's overbought condition is the OBV (on-Balance Volume) suite of indicators on the chart below. Note that the CVI has topped and the STVO has reached the top of its range. Combine this with the ascending wedge price formation, and the overbought PMO, and I think the market is setting up for a short-term pull back at the very least.

Bottom Line: The market is showing many positive signs, but it is getting somewhat overbought and we should be looking for at least a short-term correction.





John Murphy
On Monday, I wrote about three foreign stock markets that were at or close to new record highs. Those three markets are Brazil, Canada, and Russia. What all three have in common was that they are producers and exporters of commodities. By the end of the week, all three markets had hit new records. Chart 1 and 2 show Brazil iShares (EWZ) and the Market Vectors Russia ETF (RSX) hitting new highs. Both cash indexes have done the same. Chart 3 shows the Toronto Composite Index (TSE) hitting a new record high as well. Canada iShares (bottom of Chart 3) have not reached new highs yet. As I explained on Monday, a flat Canadian Dollar is causing the iShares to lag behind Canadian stocks. Not surprisingly, the top sector in the Canadian market is basic materials. That's also true in the U.S. as commodity markets have a strong day.








Last week, we started getting disturbing reports from several users about seeing the wrong name at the top of the page after they logged in to StockCharts.com. That set off HUGE RED WARNING LIGHTS here. We have numerous safeguards in place to make sure that people only see their own information. And yet here were credible reports showing that somehow those safeguards weren't working. Yikes!
After scratching our heads for a while, we set us some "sniffing computers" on our network that recorded ALL of the "Welcome..." messages that our site was sending out. These "sniffers" were positioned to record that information at the point immediately before the data was handed over to the Internet. If we were sending the wrong information to the wrong users, these "sniffers" would show us exactly what was going on.
But then something really strange happened. Several users reported the problem again but the sniffers didn't record any problems! That meant that something else was sitting between our website and the users' computers and mixing things up! But that was impossible - wasn't it?
It turns out that there is one category of program that does exactly that. So called "Web Accelerators" work by intercepting requests from a user's browser, sending us the request via a high-speed link, and the storing the results in their own servers and then sending the results back to the original user. They store the results locally so that, if they see the same request from a different user later, they can send the stored results instead.
Some more checking on our end revealed that, sure enough, the "Google Web Accelerator" was being used by all of the users that were reporting problems.
Some more checking revealed that the Google Web Accelerator was mistakenly saving the "Members" page for anyone that had it installed and then sending that saved version to the next people that had the Google Web Accelerator installed.
So who's at fault for this problem?
1.) Google maintains that their Web Accelerator adheres to several published standards for "caching" content. We (along with several other web sites that have been bit by this) don't agree. The "standard" that they point to is vague on several points and they make some questionable assumptions about what to do in those cases.
2.) Google also maintains that their Web Accelerator is still in "Beta" and that there may be bugs. We consider this to be a significant one.
3.) Users that installed the Google Web Accelerator are cautioned during the installation process that some data sharing might occur - but that warning is buried in a chunk of text that is rarely read.
Once we understood what was happening, we were able to come up with a fix that prevents Google's Web Accelerator from storing the "Welcome" page. After more testing, we are now confident that people using Google Web Accelerator won't see other people's information again.
So, problem solved right? WRONG!

Sorry for not talking about charting or the stock market this week, but I wanted to make sure everyone was aware of this important issue.
Be safe out there,
Chip
Note: It is always very risky talking about these kind of issues publicly. People may turn this around and say "StockCharts isn't safe." It's not a black/white situation. We



By Chip Anderson
Tom Bowley
It's been a long time since we've spoken about semiconductors or financials in a positive light. But times have changed and so have the charts for these two influential groups. Semiconductors are showing clear relative outperformance, but have now reached a critical resistance area. Check out Chart 1 below to see how the recent rally in semis have left them vulnerable as key resistance is tested. A break above would be quite bullish, but we'll need to see it first.

Once the SOX broke through 380, there was very little resistance until the 404 level. We tested that on Friday and are now watching to see if this group can gain additional momentum by taking out key price resistance and the long-term downtrend line.
Financials are not quite as strong as semiconductors on a relative basis, but we are seeing signs of technical strength from that group. On Thursday, the XLF cleared 27.00 after battling resistance there on several occasions. Chart 2 shows the technical significance of this move.

The XLF first broke downtrend resistance and finally took out price resistance at 27.00. Based on the chart, it appears that the XLF won't run into serious resistance until the 29.60 area. 26.90-27.00 should act as solid support on pullbacks during consolidation.
Financials and technology shares were leaders as the major indices broke above key resistance areas. Below in Chart 3 is a snapshot of the NASDAQ as it broke not only critical price resistance, but also the multi-month downtrend line that had been difficult for the bulls to conquer during prior attempts.

We remain optimistic and bullish until technicals suggest otherwise. Ignore the CNBC noise and follow the money.
Happy trading!





Arthur Hill
The U.S. Dollar Index ($USD) remains in a long-term downtrend, but the index is showing signs of strength with a consolidation breakout this week. After becoming oversold in March, the index firmed for 6-7 weeks and surged above its mid March highs this week. StochRSI moved below .20 in late February, firmed a few weeks and then broke above its mid point (.50). These breakouts opens the door to an oversold bounce that could extend to the 75-78 area.

There are a number of factors pointing to resistance around 75-78. First, the trendline extending down from January-February 2007 comes in around 78. Second, the December 2007 high marks resistance around 78. Third, the falling 40-week moving average marks resistance just above 76. And finally, the January-February consolidation can also act as resistance around 76. Taken together, I am marking a resistance zone around 75-78 for the upside target.





Carl Swenlin
Something you will be hearing a lot about for a while is that for the next six months the market will be carrying extra drag caused by negative seasonality. Research published by Yale Hirsch in the "Trader's Almanac" shows that the market year is broken into two different six-month seasonality periods. From May 1 through October 31 is seasonally unfavorable, and the market most often finishes lower than it was at the beginning of the period. November 1 through April 30 is seasonally favorable, and the market most often finishes the period higher.
Back testing of a timing model using the beginning of these periods as entry and exit points shows that being invested only during the favorable period (and being in cash during the unfavorable period) finishes way ahead of buy and hold. As I recall, the opposite strategy actually loses money. (See Sy Harding's book "Riding the Bear" for a full discussion of this subject. Seriously, I really, really recommend this book.)
While the statistical average results for these two periods are quite compelling, trying to ride the market in real-time in hopes of capturing these results is not always as easy as it sounds. Below is a chart that begins on May 1, 2007 and ends on April 30, 2008. The left half of the chart shows the unfavorable May through October period and the right half shows the favorable November through April period. As you can see, the seasonality periods performed exactly opposite of the statistical average. The point to be made is that, regardless of how the market performs on average, every year is different and presents its own challenges, and there is no guarantee that any given period will conform to the average.

Whether or not you find the seasonality strategy compelling enough to use, the statistics tell us that the next six months are apt to be dangerous, and that is something to keep in mind when evaluating the overall context of the market. The fact that this negative seasonality period is taking place during a bear market, makes it even more dangerous.
Bottom Line: We are in a bear market, and the 6-month period of negative seasonality has begun. Expect price reversals when the market gets overbought. When the PMOs (Price Momentum Oscillators) begin to reverse downward, that would be a good time to consider tightening stops and/or closing long positions.





Richard Rhodes
It is rather clear there are ongoing "rolling corrections" beneath the surface in today's markets. In terms of performance, whether one is bullish or bearish on the broader market hasn't made as much of a difference as we would have thought. But understanding where the 'funds' currently stand and where they are likely to 'move' makes a great deal of sense in terms of trading allocation.
To that end, we want to look at the "long in the tooth" and very profitable pairs trade of Long Energy/Short Financials. In recent weeks, we have begun to see a topping process take place in spread as the 14-week stochastic and 12-week rate-of-change are trading at near overbought levels and more importantly - showing signs of negative divergences - indicating a loss of momentum. Hence, we would posit that this mean reversion trend towards lower prices have quite a bit of downside left in front of it. At a minimum, we expect a test of the 40-week moving average - and at most a test of the 200-week moving average. Or, we can target the 50%-62% retracement box in between. In any case - there remains substantial downside remaining. In our portfolio - we currently have the trade currently on; and are looking to add more.






When only one commodity group is hitting new highs, that's usually a sign that it's out of step with the others. That seems to be the case with energy. I still believe that the energy complex is due for some profit-taking. Chart 1 shows the United States Oil Fund still in an uptrend. The 14-day RSI line, however, (top of chart) is backing off from overbought territory over 70. The daily MACD lines (bottom of chart) may be stalling at their March high. That's not a lot to go on. Add in the fact that energy shares are among the day's biggest losers, however, and we see a market group ripe for profit-taking. Chart 2 shows a negative divergence between the 14-day RSI (solid line) and the United States Natural Gas Fund. That's another sign that the recent energy runup is on weak technical footing.





Clouds are gathering on your charting radar - can you see them? No, no - I'm not talking about the recent bad news on the US economy or the price of oil or any of that stuff. I'm talking about another new kind of chart that StockCharts.com will soon be offering to all our users - Ichimoku Cloud Charts!
Ichimoku charts are similar to traditional candlestick charts but with several additional lines added to them as well as the unique "cloud" area. Here's an example of what one looks like:

(Note: These are not available yet! We are putting the finishing touches on them this week. Watch for an announcement in the "What's New" section of the site later this week.)
In the example chart above, the shaded area is called the "the Cloud". It serves as a dynamic support/resistance zone that prices tend to bounce off of. The thickness of the cloud is an indication of its "strength" - prices are more likely to break through thin cloud areas, than thick ones. The Cloud also can "trap" prices for a period of time - for instance from mid-March to mid-April. Finally, the thick green line that ends in late March is called the "Chikou Line" ("Lagging Line") and right now it is looking bullish since there is nothing above it (no clouds, no candlesticks, etc.).
There are lots of other
Chip Anderson
金币:
奖励:
热心:
注册时间:
2006-7-3

回复 使用道具 举报

 楼主| 发表于 2009-3-17 09:09 | 显示全部楼层
June 22, 2008FINANCIALS LENDING NO SUPPORTBy Chip Anderson
Tom Bowley
On May 19th, I discussed what appeared to be a topping market. Since that time, the Dow has lost 8.82%. The S&P 500 has lost 7.51%. The NASDAQ has lost 4.86%. The SOX has lost 9.24%. The XLF (an ETF that tracks financials) has lost 16.67%. The bank index has lost 22.32%. The XLY (an ETF that tracks consumer discretionary stocks) has lost 10.65%. These are ONE MONTH returns, folks. The number that really jumps out though is the 22% loss in the bank index in one month. While the major indices appear to be heading to test March lows, the bank index has already blown right through those lows - see the chart below.

The technicals are suggesting that the news in coming months is only going to get worse, not better. Cutting dividends, raising capital and mounting losses are the three news items most closely associated with financials these days. Don't expect it to change anytime soon. Yes, the sector is very oversold so a bounce is quite likely in the near-term. However, shorts are likely to get aggressive again on any oversold bounce.
I don't believe we've seen a bottom in this downtrend yet. Negative sentiment is elevating, but we need extreme readings to mark a bottom. We have a Fed that has its hands tied, a struggling economy, and a teetering consumer. Lower equity prices will only exacerbate the problem. I maintain a positive outlook for equities over the long-term, but expect the short- to intermediate-term to be volatile at best. Take a look at the long-term chart of the NASDAQ to appreciate the possible short-term weakness in price while still remaining in its long-term uptrend.

I would remain cautious near-term.
Happy trading!
Join Tom and the Invested Central team at www.investedcentral.com. Invested Central provides daily market guidance, intraday stock alerts, annotated stock setups, LIVE member chat sessions, and much, much more.






Posted at 04:05 PM in Tom Bowley | Permalink


June 22, 2008A LITTLE DANDRUFF FOR IWMBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Despite a big decline in the S&P 500 ETF (SPY) over the last five weeks, the Russell 2000 ETF (IWM) has been holding up pretty well. However, a bearish reversal pattern and weakening momentum suggest that IWM will ultimately follow its big brother lower.
On the price chart, IWM formed a small head-and-shoulders pattern over the last six weeks. Neckline support resides just below 72 and a break below the June low would confirm this pattern. Once confirmed, the initial downside projection would be to around 68. The height of the pattern (roughly, 76 - 72) is subtracted from the neckline break for a target (72 - 4 = 68). There is also support around 68 from the late March and mid April lows.
Signs of weakness are starting to appear in the Commodity Channel Index (CCI). This indicator surged from oversold levels in early March to overbought levels in early April. This surge started the bull run. Notice that CCI never became oversold during the advance and dips below zero provided nice buying opportunities (green arrows). CCI declined to oversold levels in early June and this shows a reversal in momentum. Instead of support and buying opportunities around the zero line, we can now expect resistance and selling opportunities. Notice how CCI surged above zero, met resistance and then declined this week (red arrow).

There is also a videoversion of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.


Posted at 04:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


June 22, 2008IT'S STILL A BEAR & THE OIL BUBBLEBy Chip Anderson
Carl Swenlin
Discussions about the price of oil are in the news every day, but my observation is that, for the most part, these discussions serve only to confuse the public more. Most popular are the conspiracy theories, blaming the high prices on shadowy behind-the-scenes manipulators. These theories have one purpose, which is to keep the public stirred up and in the dark. (Remember how mushrooms are grown.)
Most people don't understand the futures market at all. I am by no means an expert, but I have gleaned enough information recently that I think I can enlighten some of my readers. Futures markets exist primarily to serve the producers and consumers of commodities, who use futures contracts to hedge future prices of a given commodity. The producer wants to lock in a price that will ensure he covers his costs and makes a good profit. The consumer wants the same thing, and the object of both is to facilitate their business planning by having advance knowledge for what the price of the commodity will be when it is delivered in the future.
Those evil speculators, are actually necessary participants in the market who serve the purpose of market makers, and they take risks to do it.
While fundamentals play an important role in futures prices, human emotions are also a big part of the mix. Occasionally, like now, irrationality rules the day and a price bubble forms. The easiest way to tell that a bubble exists is to check the monthly-based chart for a parabolic formation. This is were prices move higher in an accelerating curve that eventually becomes vertical. On the chart below, you can see that this is the case with crude oil. This is a sure sign that prices are no longer connected to reality.
You will notice that just eighteen months ago oil was at $50/bbl. Now it is nearly three times that price. Have fundamentals changed so radically during that time? Of course not. The same kind of irrationally is at work in the oil market as we currently have in the housing bubble, and as we had in stocks in 2000.

The expansion in the number of oil mutual funds and ETFs has also placed a lot of demand for oil futures contracts. While this has helped drive prices higher, remember, it is a two-way street. When the parabolic finally breaks, there will be a stampede for the exits.
I can't guess how high oil prices will go, but eventually there will be a catalyst of some sort, and prices will fall almost vertically, quickly bringing oil prices back in to the realm of reality. The most obvious catalyst would be if congress lifted the ban on domestic drilling. While that doesn't sound likely now, the rising price of gasoline may eventually turn the screws enough to change some minds.
As for the stock market, the bear market clearly remains in effect. Our long-term sell signal has never wavered during the recent rally, but there were certainly plenty of plenty of positive signs (see my June 6 article) that suggested the bulls were about to take charge. One of the strongest signs was the price breakout above the declining tops line drawn from the bull market top. Obviously, this was a fakeout because prices failed to remain above support and are now headed for a retest of the March lows. Fakeout breakouts are common in bear markets -- I have identified two that occurred in 2001-2002.

The next chart shows our primary intermediate-term price, breadth, and volume indicators, which we use to determine the condition of the market. All are becoming oversold, but not so much so that there isn't room for further price decline. And, remember, in a bear market oversold conditions can mark the threshold for further price declines.

Bottom Line: Current high oil prices cannot and will not be sustained. Bubbles eventually burst, destroying all the foolish logic that said that prices would never go down again. I personally believe that, if congress lifts the drilling ban, oil prices will drop by about 50% within a few months of that action.
The stock market's bullish breakout has failed and prices are headed for a retest of the March lows. Bear market rules apply!


Posted at 04:03 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


June 22, 2008FOCUSING ON S&P ENERGY/FINANCIALSBy Chip Anderson
Richard Rhodes
As the world stock markets have embarked on what arguably is another "leg lower"; we are left to wonder aloud what the relative rotation beneath the surface of this decline will look like in terms of tactical allocation. Our focus has been upon the S&P Energy / S&P Financials Ratio (XLE: XLF) as of late, for there is quite a bit of pent-up leverage extant in this chart as the world's hedge and mutual funds are very clearly very long energy and clearly very short financials. At some point, the leverage of reversing this position by being short energy and being long financials will produce enormous gains to one's portfolio. Clearly, it shall make one's trading year or perhaps even one's trading lifetime when it materializes. The question is one of "when" and not "if" in our minds.

Taking a technical look at the ratio chart, it clearly illustrates the parabolic move began in earnest at the beginning of 2007 from the 1.50. Now, we all know that parabolic moves end badly and in a "trail of tears", with this one highly likely to do so as well. Currently, the ratio trades at 3.87, with a majority of this move occurring since the beginning of 2008. We're mean reversionists at TRR; hence we're looking for a mean reversion exercise towards the 40-week moving average given the ratio stands +33% above this level - a historical record indeed. Moreover, the stochastic indicator has moved back into overbought levels...that in the past have provided for a "top" once it turns lower. In other words, the balance of risks is pointed downward, which when combined with the absolute "love fest" shown energy stocks and absolute "disdain" accorded the financials...are the conditions such that can a reversal lower not be far off?
Good luck and good trading, Richard Rhodes Capital
Want more of Richard's award-winning advice? Check out his Web site: Rhodes-Capital.com



Advertisement:



Posted at 04:02 PM in Richard Rhodes | Permalink


June 22, 2008FED'S IN A BOX, AND BEAR FUNDS ARE RISINGBy Chip Anderson
John Murphy
THE FED'S IN A BOX ... I've written recently about the Fed turning its attention away from the economy and back to inflation. Unfortunately, this week's market downturn is going to make its job a lot harder. The Fed apparently concluded that its easing program since last September would be enough to stabilize the stock market and the economy. This week's stock drubbing calls that analysis into question. How can the Fed raise rates to fight inflation with stocks tumbling? It can't. That should keep the dollar from rallying much further and could give a boost to gold. Money moving out of stocks and into bonds is also keeping long-term rates from moving up any further. Here's the problem. The market can't expect anymore help from the Fed. To lower rates again would give inflation another leg up which is a big part of the problem. Rising inflation and a weak economy make for stagflation which we haven't seen since the 1970s. One of our readers asked if "cash was trash" in an inflationary environment. Right now, cash looks better than stocks.
BEAR FUNDS ARE RISING ... Outside of bonds, the only other markets that gained ground today were bear funds. We've shown these two bear funds before, but here they are again. Chart 1 shows the Short S&P 500 ProShares Fund (SH) reaching a three-month high. Chart 2 shows the ProShares Ultra Short Dow 30 (DXD) acting even stronger.


Subscribe to John Murphy's Market Message today!





Posted at 04:01 PM in John Murphy | Permalink


June 22, 2008CHARTNOTES IMPROVEMENTSBy Chip Anderson
Chip Anderson
This weekend we've updated our ChartNotes chart annotation tool. On the surface everything looks the same, but for frequent ChartNotes users that are willing to remember a couple of new keyboard/mouse combinations, things should be much better. We've also thrown in some extra Fibonacci Lines for good measure.
Additional Fibonacci LevelsFirst, let's look at how to get those additional Fibonacci Lines onto a chart. Normally, ChartNotes will add lines at the 5 most common Fibonacci levels: 0%, 38.2%, 50%, 61,8% and 100%. The new version of ChartNotes allows you to add two addition Fibo levels: 23.6% and 161.8%. To get these additional levels to appear simply hold down the "Control" key on your keyboard before starting to draw your new Fibo Lines. That's all there is to it!
Perfect Circles and SquaresYou can now create correctly sized circles and squares by holding down the "Shift" key while dragging the handles on any oval or box on your chart.
Filled/Hollow Ovals and BoxesAs before, if you press and hold the "Control" key and then drag out a new oval or box it will be filled with the selected color. What's new is that you can now also hold down "Control" and then click on the edges of an oval or box to toggle its filled/hollow status.
Instant SelectAnother handy change lets you easily select any item even if your mouse isn't near the "Select" button. Now, holding the "Shift" key down instantly puts you into "Select" mode so that you can then click and select whatever is near your mouse.
Tab Key SelectingSometime several items are very close together making it hard to select the one you want with your mouse. Now you can use the Tab key to move the selection handles to any object on your chart.
"Ctrl-D" DuplicationPressing "Ctrl-D" will instantly duplicate the currently selected Line, Box, Oval, or Arrow. The new item will appear just above and to the right of the original item.
"Ctrl-Drag" DuplicationThe other way to duplication items is to hold down the "Control" key, move your mouse over the original item, and then click and drag the duplicate to it new position. This is great for quickly creating trendline channels.
We're continuing to work on improvements to ChartNotes. Feel free to use our Feedback page to let us know what you think of these changes and what other changes you'd like to see.



Posted at 04:00 PM in Chip Anderson | Permalink


June 08, 2008RESISTANCE HOLDING, BAD NEWS FOR BULLSBy Chip Anderson
Tom Bowley
Let's focus first on one of the strongest indices, the NASDAQ. Technology stocks have been performing quite well and there's been a challenge for the tech-heavy NASDAQ to pierce price resistance at 2541. Thursday's close of 2549 was enticing, but volume was just moderate and the Friday jobs report was in the on-deck circle. I wasn't buying into it, actually removing a QLD play Thursday afternoon rather than play stock market roulette on Friday morning. It's always better to preserve capital, lock in profits and be safe rather than sorry, especially when mired in an intermediate-term downtrend with price action trying to negotiate resistance. The jobs report Friday was shocking as the unemployment rate jumped from 5.0% to 5.5% rather unexpectedly. The bears grabbed control of the action at the opening bell and would not let go. Below in Chart 1, you can clearly see the current trading range for the NASDAQ:

Notice on the latest price high on the NASDAQ that a long-term negative divergence has formed on the MACD. This suggests to me that we'll see a pullback continue to test the 50 day SMA and the bottom of the recent trading range. Look for 2425-2441 as a target on the current move down. If that support area is lost, the market could have much further to drop. Continue to play the trading range, but beware of changing conditions. The market has recently enjoyed outperformance by the NASDAQ 100, or NDX. Chart 2 is a "flight to safety" chart that compares price action between the Dow Jones and the NDX. When equity prices are under pressure and downtrending, the "flight to safety" ratio generally moves higher as money rotates from the high-growth, high PE NDX stocks to the more stable and secure blue chip companies. However, a strengthening equity market normally results in a decreasing "flight to safety" ratio. Should the current downtrend in this ratio be broken, it would be yet another sign of further weakness to come in the equity markets.

Next up is the S&P 500. I had identified 1370 as fairly strong short-term price support. That support level was lost on Friday's close, as was the 50 day SMA. The S&P 500 joined the Dow in losing their respective 50 day SMAs. Below is the current chart on the S&P 500:

Losing price support on the S&P 500 was ominous enough. However, watching the MACD cross the centerline on the S&P 500 has put us in a very cautious mode. Think capital preservation.
Happy trading!
Join Tom and the Invested Central team at www.investedcentral.com. Invested Central provides daily market guidance, intraday stock alerts, annotated stock setups, LIVE member chat sessions, and much, much more.






Posted at 04:05 PM in Tom Bowley | Permalink


June 08, 2008SMACK DOWN AT RESISTANCEBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Even though techs and small-caps have been showing relative strength the last several weeks, the Nasdaq and the Russell 2000 are running into stiff resistance of their own. Their charts show similar setups that point to a medium-term peak.
First, let's look at the reasons for resistance. Both indices declined sharply from October to March and then rallied from mid March to early June. These rallies retraced 50-62% of the October-March declines and carried both indices back to their 200-day moving averages. In addition, broken support around 2550 turns into resistance for the Nasdaq. The yellow areas reflect these resistance zones on both charts.


Friday's sharp decline reinforces these resistance zones and increases the chances of a trend reversal. Both indices have been moving higher since mid March and remain in 10-12 week uptrends. The late May lows and 50-day moving averages mark support for these uptrends. A break below these support levels would forge a lower low and reverse the uptrends.
There is also a videoversion of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.


Posted at 04:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


June 08, 2008THREE MARKET VIEWSBy Chip Anderson
Carl Swenlin
There are three market indexes that capture the most attention: The Dow Jones Industrial Average (DJIA), the S&P 500 Index (SPX), and the Nasdaq 100 Index (NDX). Together they represent about 80% of the total U.S. market capitalization. While they are normally more or less in sync with one another, this is not always the case, and now is one of those times where they don't look a lot alike.
Currently, the DJIA is the weakest of the two. It is on a long-term sell signal (the 50-EMA is below the 200-EMA), as well as an intermediate-term sell signal generated by our primary timing model. Looking at the chart we can see that the price index had broken above horizontal resistance and an important declining tops line that defined the bear market. Unfortunately, this breakout was a fakeout, and prices dropped below the support, leaving the DJIA in an unambiguous bear market configuration. The DJIA has only 30 stocks, but it has the most psychological impact on the public.

The broadest of the three markets is the SPX. Consisting of 500 stocks, it is the least likely to be distorted by individual stocks or sectors. The SPX is also on a long-term sell signal, but the intermediate-term signal is a buy. It has managed to break above the declining tops line, but is struggling the resistance of the 200-EMA and, as I write this, it is making a strong effort to break down again.

The NDX presents the most positive picture of the three. It switched back to a long-term buy signal about three weeks ago, and it has a nice profit on an intermediate-term buy signal. While I will treat the NDX strength at face value, I will also acknowledge that it is the odd-ball.

Bottom Line: Rather than being in agreement, the three major indexes we follow present different pictures. The DJIA and SPX present similar pictures, but one is negative and the other is still slightly positive. The NDX, on the other hand, is strongly positive. Will it lead the rest of the market higher? I have my doubts.
The problem the market faces at this time is that the rally from the March lows is in the process of being corrected, a process that will probably take several more weeks. The DJIA has already succumbed and turned negative, and the SPX is not far behind. And while the NDX has rallied faster than the broad market, it will probably move faster in reverse, turning negative in the end.


Posted at 04:03 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


June 08, 2008LOOKING TOWARDS THE HORIZONBy Chip Anderson
Richard Rhodes
When markets become as volatile as they have in the past week; it is best to stand back and take a look at the longer-term time horizon. We like to use the S&P 500 as our proxy; and as week look at the monthly chart - we find the S&P having broken down through several critical long-term support levels. This suggests the probability has increased substantially that a bear market has indeed begun - with further significant damage to be wrought in the months ahead.
Quite simply, the 1980-2002 bull market trendline was violated; the importance of which can't be underestimated. The last time a trendline of this magnitude was violated, the S&P fell roughly -27% from the breakdown level. If that were to occur once again - then it would argue for a lower target of 985 from its current 1360 level. This has significant implications towards tactical trading to be sure. Moreover, confirming this major breakdown, the 20-month moving average was violated and is now turning lower - a circumstance last seen at the end of 2001. We all know the subsequent damage done thereafter.
Therefore, taking the long-term perspective and perhaps positing that last Thursday's rally was in essence the end of the countertrend rally off the March lows, while Friday's plunge the beginning of the next leg lower - one should certainly consider becoming more defensive and/or putting on short positions.

Want more of Richard's award-winning advice? Check out his Web site: Rhodes-Capital.com






Posted at 04:02 PM in Richard Rhodes | Permalink


June 08, 2008BEARISH FORCES RETAKE THE MARKETBy Chip Anderson
John Murphy
There have been two consistent themes that myself and Arthur Hill have been stressing in recent Market Messages. One has been that the rally from mid-March is a bear market rally. The other has been that the rally has probably ended. That dual reality was brought into sharper focus on Friday when a combination of intermarket forces sealed the fate of bullish hopes. A huge jump in the unemployment number, a big drop in the U.S. Dollar, and a record surge in oil prices sunk the stock market in a big way. Charts 1 and 2 show the Dow Industrials and the S&P 500 hitting two-month lows on heavy volume. That's after failing at their 200-day moving averages in mid-May. Rather than repeating ourselves, I refer you to last Monday's Message headlined: "It still looks like the bear market rally is ending -- Short-Term ROC lines have turned negative -- Long-Term ROC shows market still in bear market -- VIX jumps 10% -- Nasdaq fails at 200-day average for second time". All of those bearish factors are still in play. Chart 3 shows the Nasdaq ending the week back below its 200-day line after a brief pop over that major resistance line on Thursday.




\
Subscribe to John Murphy's Market Message today!





Posted at 04:01 PM in John Murphy | Permalink


June 08, 2008TIME INDEPENDENT CHARTS REDUCE EMOTIONAL INVESTINGBy Chip Anderson
Chip Anderson
StockCharts now has four different "time independent" forms of charting. I thought I'd take some time this week to introduce you to all four.
A "Time Independent" chart is a chart that doesn't have a consistent horizontal axis. On a typical price chart - a standard Bar Chart for example - each time period on the chart occupies one vertical column of space, even if the stock doesn't trade during that time period. So, one week of time occupies the same amount of horizontal space regardless of the ticker symbol you are charting. On a "Time Independent" chart, each time period may or MAY NOT result in vertical columns of space being added to the chart - it depends on the price action during that period of time.
You are probably familiar with Point and Figure charts - the ones with the X's and the O's. We've had P&F charts on StockCharts almost from day one. They are the most common example of Time Independent charting on our site. On a P&F chart, new X's or O's only appear if the price "fills" the next box in the current column. New columns appear only if the price reverses direction by a large enough margin. (Click here for the gory details.)
In addition to Point & Figure charts, StockCharts.com now supports Three-Line Break charts, Kagi Charts, and Renko Charts - the four most popular time independent charting styles out there. Here's what all of those charts look like:
Point & Figure Chart

Three-Line Break Chart

Kagi Chart

Renko Chart

(Click on each chart to see how it was constructed.)
金币:
奖励:
热心:
注册时间:
2006-7-3

回复 使用道具 举报

 楼主| 发表于 2009-3-17 09:11 | 显示全部楼层
July 19, 2008POOR SENTIMENT, MAX PAIN AND THE BOWLEY TRENDBy Chip Anderson
Tom Bowley
Tuesday afternoon marked a short-term bottom. In my opinion, we're going to print AT LEAST one more low in time; however, the sentiment had deteriorated on Tuesday to a point where we normally we see a rebound. In addition, there was TONS of net put premium (in-the-money put premium minus in-the-money call premium) and options were set to expire on Friday. We'll discuss sentiment issues shortly, but first take a look at the following closing prices on ETFs as of Tuesday and their respective max pain (the price point at which the premium on in-the-money call options equals the premium on in-the-money put options) prices:
DIA - closed on Tuesday at 109.30 and max pain was near 114.
SPY - closed on Tuesday at 120.99 and max pain was near 128.
QQQQ - closed on Tuesday at 44.24 and max pain was near 48.
XLF - closed on Tuesday at 17.17 and max pain was near 21.
I calculated the value of the net put premium on the QQQQ as of Tuesday and determined it to be approximately $250 million! That's just for one ETF. Imagine the amount of net put premium across all stock, ETF and index options. If the QQQQ's had continued to decline, the net put premium would have risen exponentially. In addition, there were over 1.825 million put option contracts traded on Tuesday, a record since the CBOE has been providing the equity only put call data. Simply put, the bears were a greedy bunch and the rubber band was stretched about as far as it was going to go near-term. As a result, there was a wicked rally on Wednesday and Thursday as prices gravitated much closer to max pain points. The max pain is a figure I calculate every month and it provides yet one more clue as to how the market might react near-term. This time, it was dead on.
Now back to sentiment. The equity put call ratio finished on Tuesday at .90 and the 5 day moving average of the equity only put call ratio had spiked to .88, the highest level since March 24th. In addition, the VIX spiked above 30. Readings above 30 on the VIX have coincided with recent market bottoms. In my last article, I discussed the lack of poor sentiment readings and indicated that we needed to see a step up in fear. We finally saw that on Tuesday. Now for the bad news. It wasn't fearful enough. The market was already primed to rebound off of oversold conditions, max pain issues and even a few recent positive divergences on intraday charts. That rebound materialized on Wednesday and Thursday. Take a look at Chart 1 below to review the VIX:

The resistance area on the VIX is above 35 - we have plenty of room to ramp up fear. The current uptrend may take us to that level before it breaks. Time will tell. Separately, while the put call ratio has been on the move to the upside and reflecting increased pessimism, it too has more room to go. Check out Chart 2:

While we mentioned earlier that the "equity only" put call ratio approached the March fear levels, the total put call ratio as reflected in the above chart did not.
Historically, we entered on Friday the 2nd worst time period of the year. At Invested Central, we provide a historical perspective ("The Bowley Trend") on each trading day. For instance, consider the following data that relates to trading on the S&P 500 since 1950:
On July 18th, the S&P 500 has advanced 13 times, declined 29 times and has produced an annualized return of -46.48%
July 19th - 19 up days, 22 down days, -16.15%
July 20th - 19 up days, 23 down days, -20.76%
July 21st - 16 up days, 24 down days, -46.18%
July 22nd - 17 up days, 23 down days, -49.24%
July 23rd - 19 up days, 22 down days, -57.19%
Now for the NASDAQ since 1971:
July 18th - 9 up, 18 down, -91.68%
July 19th - 15 up, 13 down, -52.32%
July 20th - 14 up, 13 down, -17.81%
July 21st - 10 up, 16 down, -83.59%
July 22nd - 11 up, 14 down, -71.33%
July 23rd - 12 up, 13 down, -158.68%
July 24th - 12 up, 14 down, +1.49%
If the market advances over the next week, it will be doing it against significant historical headwinds.
Happy trading!
Join Tom and the Invested Central team at www.investedcentral.com. Invested Central provides daily market guidance, intraday stock alerts, annotated stock setups, LIVE member chat sessions, and much, much more.






Posted at 04:05 PM in Tom Bowley | Permalink


July 19, 2008BAD NEWS FOR BONDSBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
After the Producer Price Index (PPI) surged on Tuesday, it was little surprise to see big gains in the Consumer Price Index (CPI) on Wednesday. Bernanke warned of inflation in his congressional testimony last week and the PPI-CPI figures confirm. The CPI surged 5% year-on-year and 1.1% month-on-month. That 1.1% monthly gain translates into an annual rate much higher than 5%. The 5% year-on-year change was the highest since 1991, while the 1.1% month-on-month change was the highest since 1982. For the sake of argument, let's take the 5% year-on-year change as the annual inflation rate. The 10-Year Note Yield ($TNX) is currently around 4.08%, which means the real yield is actually negative (4.08% less 5% equals -.92%). A negative real yield is bad news for bonds. The first chart below shows the 10-Year Note Yield ($TNX) breaking resistance from its February highs with a surge above 4% (40). TNX pulled back over the last few weeks, but found support around 3.8% (38) and moved higher this week. The second chart shows the iShares 20+ Year Bond ETF (TLT) hitting resistance after retracing 50-62% of the March-June decline. The ETF gapped down on Wednesday as investors reacted to the news on inflation and the negative real yield.


There is also a videoversion of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.


Posted at 04:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


July 19, 2008DISASTER AVERTED, SO FARBy Chip Anderson
Carl Swenlin
In my July 3 article I warned that the market was oversold, dangerous, and vulnerable to a crash. On Tuesday of this week, the S&P 500 opened down, breaking significant support, and kept moving lower. I thought to myself, "This is it. Crash in progress." Then subtle buying began, the decline was stopped in its tracks, and an advance began that lasted three days. My sense of the events was that the Crash Prevention Team had acted, but that is pure speculation about an urban myth. Certainly there were fundamental events later in the week that assisted the rally -- the president's lifting the executive prohibition of off-shore drilling, and oil prices dropping to $130 -- but the price reversal during the first hour on Tuesday seemed magical to say the least.
At this point the advance has hit the overhead resistance of a declining tops line. If that is decisively penetrated, I would conclude that the rally will continue, although, there is another declining tops line dead ahead.

While the volume for the rally has been convincing, and medium-term indicators are very oversold, I am not so impressed with two key short-term indicators shown on the next chart. The Climactic Volume Indicator (CVI) and the UP Participation Index (PI) are where I look for evidence of an initiation climax, which would confirm that an advance is receiving broad participation from both volume and price. (An initiation climax demonstrates that the initial surge of the rally has sufficient internal strength to support and extend an apparent price reversal.) So far the CVI and PI levels are far short of the overbought levels needed to reflect that an initiation climax has occurred; although, this deficiency could be remedied next week. At any rate, I recommend keeping an eye on these indicators as (if) the rally continues.

Bottom Line: A crash was averted this week, and the potential for a new medium-term rally has developed. There are plenty of reasons to believe in this rally, but be advised that important short-term evidence has not yet materialized. If prices head back down for a retest, the danger meter will be redlined. If the rally does indeed continue, there will be wide-spread belief that the bear market is over. In my opinion, that conclusion will eventually be proved wrong. Participation in the rally, if it develops, should be managed on a short-term basis and on the assumption that it is only a bear market rally.


Posted at 04:03 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


July 19, 2008RALLY FORTHCOMING IN HOUSING MARKET?By Chip Anderson
Richard Rhodes
Last week may very well have been an important turning point in the US stock market, with the Dow Industrials and the Russell 2000 Small Caps as forming bullish "key reversal" patterns to the upside. This would suggest an increased probability of further strength on the order of several weeks or perhaps even months; however, we would caution that the probability of such a rally isn't as high as it would be normally given the weak advance/decline figures as well as the up/down volume figures - hence we believe it will be nothing more than a countertrend rally apt to fail. We'd like to have seen stronger advance/decline figures to provide some clarity to these bullish formations, but they simply weren't sufficient for our liking.
Be that as it may, we want to bring collective attention to the Housing Index ($HGX), which did manage to form a bullish "key reversal" accompanied by high volume. This would further suggest a rally of some magnitude is forthcoming; but once again we'll not put as high a probability of it developing as we would have if the broader market had printed stronger advance/decline figures. In any case, we wouldn't be surprised to see mean reversion higher materialize towards the declining 50-week exponential moving average at 145.

Therefore, we would use any declines in either Ryland Homes (RYL) or Toll Bros. (TOL) to put on a long position. We chose those two given they have performed relatively better than the Housing Index, which clearly broke its January lows. RYL and TOL did not; and if we are going to be long, then we want to be long that which is showing relative strength. As for risk...one can risk a break of the recent lows.
Good luck and good trading, Richard Rhodes
Want more of Richard's award-winning advice? Check out his Web site: Rhodes-Capital.com







Posted at 04:02 PM in Richard Rhodes | Permalink


July 19, 2008SHORT-TERM SELL SIGNALS GIVENBy Chip Anderson
John Murphy
This week's downturn in crude oil prices has had a depressing effect on the entire commodity group. Chart 1 shows the CRB Index (plotted through Thursday) breaking a three-month up trendline (and its 50-day moving average). The 12-day Rate of Change (ROC) line (top of chart) has fallen to the lowest level in more than three months. And the daily MACD lines (bottom of chart) have turned negative after forming a "double top" between March and July. The minimum downside target is most likely a test of the 400 level which would test a yearlong support line and the early May low. I wouldn't, however, rule out a further drop to the March low at 380. The weekly CRB chart also suggests a very over-extended market in need of a correction.

Subscribe to John Murphy's Market Message today!






Posted at 04:01 PM in John Murphy | Permalink


July 19, 2008PINNING DOWN YOUR ANNOTATIONSBy Chip Anderson
Chip Anderson
IMPORTANT NOTE: On August 1st, we are raising our subscription prices across the board by $5 per month. You can delay the impact of this price increase by renewing your account before the end of July. By renewing now you will also be able to take advantage of our Summer Special which gives long-term subscribers an additional month of service for free. Please see our previous newsletter for more details. Don't wait until it is too late - renew now!
Hello Fellow ChartWatchers!
This week I wanted to tell you about a new feature we've just rolled out in our ChartNotes chart annotation tool. It is called "pinning" and it allows you to prevent any of your saved annotations from scrolling to the left over time.
Normally, you want your annotations to scroll to the left because that is what the price bars do. As the price bars move, you want your trendlines and arrows and other annotations to move with them. However, there are certain kinds of annotations that you might not want to move - particularly "High Level" text comments, i.e., comments that describe what the chart is showing, not a specific feature of the current chart. Consider the following example:

On this chart the blue trendline, the red arrow and the text comment about the trendline break are all directly associated with the price action and we want them to move left with the price bars over time. In other words, we want those annotations to be "unpinned" (which is how things have always worked).
The other annotations at the top of the chart are different. The text that describes the chart and the box that surrounds that text are not directly associated with the current price action and we don't want that text to move over time. To prevent that text from moving, we can now "pin" that text so that it stays put. Text, callout boxes, boxes and circles are now "pinnable" annotations.
To pin an annotation, first click on it with the Selection tool, then click on the blue "pin" icon that appears on the lower left side of the ChartNotes window (see the picture above). That's all there is to it!
Hopefully, you'll find many uses for pinned (and unpinned) annotations. Let us know if you find a particularly useful way to use this new capability.
.- Chip


Posted at 04:00 PM in Chip Anderson | Permalink


July 06, 2008PANIC AND FEAR? NO SIGNS JUST YETBy Chip Anderson
Tom Bowley
I'm the conservative type. I'm also nervous. I never like to see the market fall precipitously while market participants yawn. In a nutshell, that's what we've been seeing. Yes, the talking heads will say the sky is falling, but unfortunately for bulls, that's not the case amongst those actually trading the market. I've provided in previous articles how the put call ratio correlates to market tops and bottoms. I won't go into the details again. However, everyone needs to understand that market participants are not panicking yet. That is a very big clue to me that we've got more work to the downside before we can declare a bottom. It doesn't mean we can't bounce and I'll provide an argument below that suggests a near-term bounce is imminent. But it will likely be just that - a bounce.
First, let's talk sentiment. Thursday, the put call ratio printed a closing reading of 1.21. Finally! It was the 3rd highest end of day reading since the mid-March lows. That's the good news. The bad news is that one day of negative sentiment doesn't mark a bottom. Below is a favorite chart of mine, measuring the 5 day moving average of the put call ratio against the 60 day moving average. It simply plots the short-term pessimism against the longer-term pessimism, and provides us with a measure of relative pessimism. I like to see the short-term 20%-30% higher to begin to mark bottoms (and 20%-30% lower to mark tops). From Chart 1, you'll see we're simply not there yet so strap on your helmets and buckle your seatbelts.

We could continue lower, the pessimism could build, and a significant bottom could form in the near-term. Given the severely oversold conditions though, I expect to see a bounce first and that will likely return the 5 day put call ratio down closer to the 60 day moving average, possibly even below the 60 day. Furthering my belief of a short-term bounce is the positive divergence that has printed on the 60 minute charts. The major indices have put in new lows the last 3 days, and with each new low has come a higher MACD reading on the 60 minute chart. Take a look at the NASDAQ below in Chart 2.

I'll leave you with one more chart to ponder. Normally when the market sells off, the Dow outperforms the NASDAQ. That makes perfect sense as investors flock to high quality, "safer" investments. From Chart 3 below, you can see that the ratio between the Dow and the NASDAQ moved much higher during the summer of 2006 and again in fall of 2007 into the first quarter of 2008 as the market sold off hard. Any time this ratio moves up, it indicates relative outperformance by the Dow. A declining ratio suggests relative outperformance by the NASDAQ. Here's the interesting part: Since the May 19th top, this ratio has actually declined. We just suffered through the worst June in several decades, yet the money did not gravitate towards the Dow - interesting indeed. Is this a short-term phenomenon that will rectify itself in due time? I say yes. I've highlighted the recent move up in the ratio and believe that the move above the recent high is technically significant.

We'll find out in time. In the meantime....
Happy trading!


Posted at 04:06 PM in Tom Bowley | Permalink


July 06, 2008BEAR MARKET EXPANDS!By Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Sector performance in May and June shows the bear extending its grip into other key sectors. The Financials SPDR (XLF) and the Consumer Discretionary SPDR (XLY) woke up the bear with dismal performances in May. The first PerfChart shows sector performance from 1-May until 2-June, which is basically the month of May. XLF and XLY led the way lower in May. Notice that the Industrials SPDR (XLI), Materials SPDR (XLB) and Technology SPDR (XLK) held up relatively well in May. In fact, selling pressure in May was pretty much limited to the financial and consumer discretionary sectors.

The second PerfChart shows sector performance from 3-June to 1-July, which is basically the month of June. There are two items worth noting here. First, the Technology SPDR, Industrials SPDR and Materials SPDR declined rather sharply in June. These three held up in May, but fell apart in June as selling pressure expanded among the sectors. Second, the Utilities SPDR (XLU), Consumer Staples SPDR (XLP) and Healthcare SPDR (XLV) held up the best in June. Well, outside of the Energy SPDR (XLE) that is.

Utilities, healthcare and consumer staples represent the defensive sectors. No matter what happens in the economy, we still need electricity (XLU), toothpaste (XLP) and medicine (XLV). While the S&P 500 moved lower in May and June, XLU edged higher both months and showed relative strength. XLV and XLP are down over the last two months, but less than the S&P 500 and this shows less weakness, which can also be interpreted as relative strength. Fund managers that are required to be fully-invested in stocks are no doubt watching these relative performance numbers and looking for the sectors that are holding up the best.


Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


July 06, 2008VERY DANGEROUS MARKETBy Chip Anderson
Carl Swenlin
A bullish take on the stock market would be that (1) market indicators are very oversold, (2) there is a triple bottom setup on the S&P 100 Index, and (3) sentiment polls show a lot of bearishness. I agree that those conditions exist, but we are in a bear market and these conditions can easily see price movement transition into a crash. The reason, as I have said many times before, is that bullish setups don't always work so well in bear markets, and an oversold market can very quickly become significantly more oversold.
Let me be clear, I am not predicting a crash. If the market does crash, I will not claim to have "called" it, because that is not what I am trying to do. I want my readers to be aware of the danger and not try to pick the exact bottom of this decline. That bottom could be very far away.
Our first chart contains three indicators (one each for price, breadth, and volume), and you can see that they are all very oversold. You can also see the triple bottom setup. This oversold condition is repeated on most of our other indicator charts.

The next chart looks more closely at how prices have been behaving in response to short-term oversold conditions. Note how during the recent decline that oversold indicator readings have not resulted in anything but tiny advances that were quickly followed by continued price declines. This is typical bear market behavior, and it implies that medium-term oversold readings may be just as soft.

Our final chart gives us a view of just how much complacency exists, in spite of widely negative sentiment readings. The Volatility Index (VIX) is derived from prices on near-term SPX put and call options. Higher readings reflect a high level of fear among options traders, and lower readings complacency. Note the upside spikes on the VIX at the January and March lows. Now note how the VIX is currently about mid-range, even though prices are making new lows. This shows a surprising lack of fear, considering what prices are doing. (Thanks to Ike Iossif for bringing this to my attention.)

Bottom Line: We are in a bear market, and it is suicide to try to take positions anticipating the next rally merely on the evidence that the market is very oversold. Conditions are such that a sharp decline could materialize at any moment. This is not a prediction -- I don't suggest placing bets on it -- just something that traders should consider. Bear markets are dangerous. Wait for solid evidence that a rally has begun before sticking your neck out.
We rely on the mechanical trend models to determine our market posture. Below is a recent snapshot of our primary trend-following timing model status for the major indexes and sectors we track. Note that we have included the nine Rydex Equal Weight ETF versions of the S&P Spider Sectors. This may seem redundant, but the equal weighted indexes most often do not perform the same as their cap-weighted counterparts, and they provide a way to diversify exposure.



Posted at 04:04 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


July 06, 2008SITE NEWS: "UNIVERSAL LOGIN" NOW WORKINGBy Chip Anderson
Site News
"UNIVERSAL LOGIN" NOW WORKING - We've finally, finally, finally fixed something that has been bugging lots of people for a long time. In the past, we had two very different ways to log into our website. People who subscribed to our Extra or Basic charting service logged in using the boxes on our homepage. People who subscribed to John Murphy's Market Message logged in by clicking the "John Murphy" tab and then entering their information in the popup box that appeared. People that subscribed to both services had to enter their information in both places (ugh!). WELL NO LONGER! Now, everyone can use the boxes on our homepage to login regardless of their subscription type and "combo" subscribers can move between the charting sections and the Market Message area without getting harassed a second time. Finally!


Posted at 04:02 PM in Site News | Permalink


July 06, 2008SECTOR ROTATION SAYS BEARISHBy Chip Anderson
John Murphy
SECTOR ROTATION MODEL... One of our readers asked where we are in the Sector Rotation Model. That model shows the normal sector rotation that takes place at various stages in the business cycle. The chart shows that basic materials and energy are market leaders at a market peak. As the economy starts to slow, money starts to rotate out of those two inflation-sensitive groups. Basic materials peak first and energy last. This week's downturn in basic material stocks suggests that the topping process is moving even further along. Energy may be the next to roll over. As the economy slows, money flows into consumer staples, healthcare services, and utilities. That's where we appear to be right now. One way we can tell that a bottom is near is when money starts to flow into financial and consumer discretionary stocks. So far, there's no sign of that happening. That leaves us in the midst of a bear market with money flowing toward staples, healthcare, and utilities.

STOCKS LEAD THE ECONOMY... Everytime I show the Sector Rotation Model, I feel the need to point out that the stock market (red line) peaks well before the economy (green line). Although most of us are aware that the stock market is a leading indicator of the economy, that point keeps getting lost on Wall Street and the media. Ever since the market peaked last fall, the media has presented a parade of economists arguing that the economy was still on sound footing. I remember seeing a headline "fear versus fundamentals" back in January (that was repeated again this week on CNBC). The implication being that the market was falling on "fear" instead of "fundamentals". With the stock market having had one of the worst first halfs in decades, we're now starting to get confirmation that the economy is in bad shape. It's a little late for that to do anybody any good. That's why we study the market and pretty much ignore the media, economists, and Wall Street suits.
NOTE: John will be on vacation next week.
金币:
奖励:
热心:
注册时间:
2006-7-3

回复 使用道具 举报

 楼主| 发表于 2009-3-17 09:12 | 显示全部楼层
August 17, 2008THE DOLLAR GOES GREEN AND MAX PAIN REVISITEDBy Chip Anderson
Tom Bowley
The dollar has bottomed and is beginning to trend higher for the first time in several years. Dropping crude oil prices are pushing gas prices lower at the pump and the dollar is strengthening. That's a combo that should make most consumers feel wealthier in time. Europe's economic woes as well as weakness in other parts of the world is putting pressure on foreign currencies. With the Federal Reserve here in the U.S. on hold - at least for now - the dollar is strengthening on a relative basis to its foreign counterparts. What's good for the greenback is not-so-good for commodities. The commodity run appears to be over. I'd be a seller into strength. The technicals have quickly deteriorated to levels not seen in the last few years. The strength in the dollar will make it difficult for commodities to regain their earlier form. Take a look at Chart 1 below to see how the technicals on the dollar are beginning to change for the better.

For the first time in over two years, the dollar has moved above the 50 week SMA. While the dollar could encounter some short-term resistance near 78, the long-term resistance area will be in the 80.00-80.50 range. Should the dollar push through that resistance, I believe we'll challenge the 92.50 level possibly by the end of 2009 or early 2010. A stronger dollar will push all commodities lower, but will especially hit gold hard. Until conditions suggest otherwise, you should consider trading the trend at hand.
In the July 19th issue, I discussed the effect of max pain and how the market gravitated higher to lessen the impact of net in-the-money put options. The same thing just occurred for August options expiration, only in reverse. Financials and consumer discretionary stocks had led a sizeable market rally into the beginning of this week. I calculated on Monday evening that the XLF (ETF tracking financials) had $118 million in net in-the-money call option premium. I'm only talking about one ETF here, so you can imagine what the total value of net in-the-money calls were at Monday's close across all index, stock and ETF options. Tuesday's decline in the XLF erased $67 million of this net call premium and Wednesday's 61 cent drop finished off the rest. JP Morgan Chase (JPM) had one of its worst days ever on Tuesday, wiping out millions of in-the-money call premium. Stock prices tend to gravitate towards the area of max pain, which is the price point where in-the-money call premium equals in-the-money put premium. While this gravitational pull doesn't work with every stock or sector at every expiration date, I'd caution any trader from trading stocks during options expiration week without first checking the underlying open interest. A quick glimpse at the open interest and in-the-money call and put options could save your portfolio dearly.
If you're not familiar with the concept of max pain or are interested in seeing how it might help your trading, follow the link below to an audio/video presentation that was done on Tuesday for our members. The presentation was shortened to highlight the discussion of max pain as it pertained to several stocks - mostly commodity stocks. I think you'll find it interesting at the very least. Go to www.investedcentral.com/maxpain.html for more details.
Happy trading!


Join Tom and the Invested Central team at www.investedcentral.com. Invested Central provides daily market guidance, intraday stock alerts, annotated stock setups, LIVE member chat sessions, and much, much more.






Posted at 04:05 PM in Tom Bowley | Permalink


August 17, 2008ASCENDING WEDGE IMPLIES CORRECTION IMMINENTBy Chip Anderson
Carl Swenlin
The rally that began off the July lows has not demonstrated the kind of strength we normally expect from the deeply oversold conditions that were present at its beginning. Instead, the meager price advance has served only relieve oversold compression and advance internal indicators to moderately overbought levels. In the process, as the chart shows, the price pattern has morphed into an ascending wedge formation, a bearish formation that usually breaks to the downside. Since we are in a bear market (the primary trend is down), odds of the negative outcome are increased.

The next chart shows our On-Balance Volume (OBV) Indicator Set. The Climactic Volume Indicator (CVI) measures extreme OBV movement within the context of a short-term OBV envelope for each stock in the index. The Short-Term Volume Oscillator (STVO) is a 5-day moving average of the CVI. The Volume Trend Oscillator (VTO) summarizes rising and falling OBV trends. These charts tell us if the index is overbought or oversold based upon volume in three different time frames. All three are giving us useful information at present.
The CVI shows that upside volume climaxes have been quite mediocre, certainly well below the levels that we see when significant rallies are launched. The STVO and VTO show that the oversold conditions that existed at the July low have been cleared, and that the market is beginning to become overbought. With overbought internals and a bearish chart formation, we should be expecting a correction very soon.

A correction would not necessarily be a bad thing. The July low needs to be retested on a medium-term basis, and a successful retest would set up a broad double bottom, suitable to support a decent rally; however, in my estimation, prices will need to go a lot lower than they were in July before internals will be sufficiently oversold to fuel a healthy advance.
A bullish take on current conditions would emphasize that the subject ascending wedge is a short-term condition, and any downside resolution is likely to be short-term as well, meaning that a very short correction could result in a higher low that keeps the rising trend intact, albeit at a less accelerated angle. There could even be an upside breakout from the formation, but that is a long shot.
Bottom Line: While our trend-following model has us on an intermediate-term buy signal, my opinion is that we should expect a correction which, at the very least, will retest the July lows. Since we are in a bear market, there is also a strong possibility that any correction could be the start of the next leg down.


Posted at 04:03 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


August 17, 2008GOLD FUTURES - GOOD TIME TO BE A BUYER?By Chip Anderson
Richard Rhodes
The past month in the commodity markets has been a treacherous as we have seen it in recent years; and not one commodity has been spared. That said, our focus is upon gold futures given they have dropped from a high of $1,033.90 to their current level of $792.10, which is hard upon what we believe is major trend support at the sharply rising 20-month moving average. Quite simply, since, the 2001 breakout above this level - prices have returned to the 20-month on several occasions, and in each and every case this has been the proper time to be a buyer. Thus the question becomes whether this time is different...or not.

Obviously, one could very well make the bullish case as history is on one's side, with the risk as rather well-defined by a -2% breakdown below the 20-month level, which would put the stop at about $772.00. Friday's low trade for gold futures was $777.70, of which prices rallied roughly $15 off their low. Is this the requisite test of support and are higher prices forthcoming? Good questions to be sure; our only concern would be that it is different this time given the length of time prices have spent above the 50-month moving average - generally prices mean revert back to this level. Moreover, the 50%-62% retracement level consistent with bull market corrections stands at $550-$640...which is also where the 50-month crosses. Hence, one has to define one's time horizons.
In ending, we believe a short-term rally is developing to upwards of $850, but that is about as far as it goes. Of course we would reassess once our target was approached, but we would so with thoughts that an intermediate-term leg lower towards the retracement level is highly probable.
Good luck and good trading,
Richard Rhodes


Want more of Richard's award-winning advice? Check out his Web site: Rhodes-Capital.com






Posted at 04:02 PM in Richard Rhodes | Permalink


August 17, 2008TWO SECTOR LEADERS ARE STAPLES AND HEALTHCAREBy Chip Anderson
John Murphy
Until proven otherwise, the two strongest market sectors are still consumer staples and healthcare. And both are defensive categories. Chart 1 shows the Consumer Staples Select (SPDR) trading at a new eight month high after breaking through its spring high. It's nearing a test of its record high formed last December. Its relative strength ratio (below chart) has been rising since last summer when the market started to peak. Chart 2 shows the Health Care SPDR (XLV) bottoming at the end of June. The XLV has exceeded its spring high and its 200-day moving average. Its relative strength line turned up during May when the last market rally ended. The simplest way to play the two sectors is through these ETFs. If you're a stock picker, there are lots to choose from.




Subscribe to John Murphy's Market Message today!






Posted at 04:01 PM in John Murphy | Permalink


August 17, 2008"WEATHERING" THE MARKETBy Chip Anderson
Chip Anderson
When was the last time you saw a 100% accurate weather forecast for your area? Chances are that at least some of the weather predictions your local weather person tells you won't come to pass. In many cases, most of the predictions are wrong. So why do we keep listening to weather forecasts?
Weather forecasts are useful because they help us prepare for what is likely. If the forecast calls for rain, we bring our umbrellas with us when we go out. If sunshine is predicted, we bring our sunglasses. We know that we might not need these things, but more than likely we will and we like to be prepared.
Technical analysis is very similar to weather forecasting. Good technical analysts know that T/A can prepare you for what is likely to happen but, just like many weather forecasts, things can change in unpredictable ways. Here are some other ways that technical analysis is like weather forecasting:
  • Weather forecasters measure temperature and air pressure and then use that data to determine more about the factors that cause weather changes - i.e., fronts, high pressure, low pressure, etc. Technical analysts use price and volume to determine more about the factors that cause market changes - i.e. fear and greed, trends, reversals, support, etc.
  • Despite huge quantities of weather data at their disposal, weather forecasters still use their experience and intuition when creating each forecast. Technical analysis also draws heavily from the experience and intuition of the person doing the analysis (you!).
  • Accurate weather forecasting requires local knowledge and experience. A forecaster from Florida that moves to Alaska will need time to become familiar with Alaska's weather patterns. Similarly, technical analysis requires experience and knowledge about the kinds of markets being charted - stocks are different from commodities which are different from mutual funds, large stocks are different from small stocks, etc.
  • In the early days of weather forecasting, charlatans tried to convince people that they could somehow control the weather or that their predictions where always accurate. Unfortunately, even today, you can find people making similar claims about technical analysis.
  • Weather forecasts tend to be most accurate when things aren't changing. If it has been sunny for the past three days and no big weather systems are approaching, chances are it will be sunny again today. Technical analysis also works well when conditions aren't changing dramatically. Both disciplines have more trouble with predicting exactly when big changes will occur.
  • Both weather forecasting and technical analysis work well for the "mid-sized view." While predicting the weather for a large city is possible, predicting things for a city block is very hard. Similarly, second-by-second technical analysis can be extremely tricky; daily and weekly analysis is more reliable. Conversely, predicting weather for the country as a whole (i.e., "It will be sunny in the US today") and predicting the market as a whole (i.e., "This year stocks will go up") are too broad to be useful.
It is easy to lose perspective on what technical analysis can and cannot do. Try to remember this comparison with weather forecasting to keep yourself aware of its benefits and limitations.



Posted at 04:00 PM in Chip Anderson | Permalink


August 02, 2008EARLY BULLISH SIGNS EMERGING?By Chip Anderson
Tom Bowley
Spotting tops and bottoms is perhaps the best reason for utilizing technical and sentiment indicators in your investing and trading arsenal. The first signs of a bottom forming can be subtle and I'm beginning to see a few. Consumer discretionary stocks, which have been relative laggards during the market weakness, are showing slight signs of relative strength and on a longer-term weekly chart have printed a long-term positive divergence. Take a look at Chart 1:

Given the steep increase in crude oil prices over the first half of 2008, it's surprising that consumer discretionary stocks have held up as well as they have on a relative basis. The Conference Board Consumer Confidence Index increased in July (reported July 29th as of July 22nd) for the first time since December. One month's increase doesn't make a trend, but it certainly bears watching. Consumer confidence is important not only because it reports the consumer's view of current conditions, but it also provides the consumer's view of future expectations. A further deterioration in crude oil prices would likely have a bullish effect on the consumer discretionary sector and by the looks of the crude oil chart below, further deterioration is becoming more likely.

If crude oil breaks that head & shoulders pattern to the downside, the measurement would be to the $98-$102 area. One of my favorite stocks in the consumer discretionary group from a long-term perspective is Starbucks (SBUX). At Invested Central, we trade stocks, we don't invest for the long-term. However, the technical picture of Starbucks (SBUX) is quite compelling for a longer-term investor. The name brand is obvious and on the heels of a horrible quarter, you can pick it up on the cheap. Take a look at the long-term weekly chart below:

Until next time...
Happy trading!


Join Tom and the Invested Central team at www.investedcentral.com. Invested Central provides daily market guidance, intraday stock alerts, annotated stock setups, LIVE member chat sessions, and much, much more.






Posted at 04:05 PM in Tom Bowley | Permalink


August 02, 2008IWM AND QQQQ HIT RESISTANCEBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Russell 2000 ETF (IWM) and Nasdaq 100 ETF (QQQQ) were stifled at resistance this week and the bulls are getting a test. After surging above 69, IWM met resistance at broken support and the 62% retracement mark. QQQQ met resistance at 46 in early July and this level held throughout the month. QQQQ shows relative weakness because the July breakout attempts failed. Both ETFs need to break resistance if the broad market rally is to continue.
Short-term momentum remains bullish for now. StochRSI is a nifty indicator that applies the Stochastic Oscillator to RSI. Yes, it is an indicator of an indicator. This makes it more sensitive than normal RSI and better suited for short-term signals. I like to think of it as RSI on Red Bull. On both ETF charts, StochRSI moved above .80 on 16-July and held above .50 since then. The surge above .80 turned short-term momentum bullish and the ability to hold above .50 kept the bulls in favor. For a counter signal that would turn short-term momentum bearish, I am watching for a sharp move below .20 in StochRSI.


There is also a videoversion of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.


Posted at 04:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


August 02, 2008RALLY LACKS CONVICTIONBy Chip Anderson
Carl Swenlin
The rally that began nearly three weeks ago, out of the jaws of a potential crash, has become rather unimpressive in the last two weeks. As I said in my last article, the rally seemed to be contrived from the beginning, and support for the rally has faded rather than grown, as we normally see in bull market rallies. At this point (about an hour before the close on Friday), the technical chops seem to be lacking for the rally for the market to power upward to the primary declining tops line (in the area of 1375).
One of the things that is lacking is volume. As you can see on the chart below, initial volume was pretty good, but recent volume is substandard.

The next chart is one that always has my primary focus. The CVI (Climactic Volume Indicator) measures extreme OBV (On-Balance Volume) movement within the context of a short-term OBV envelope for each stock in the index. When a rally is launched from the deeply oversold conditions we have seen recently on virtually all our medium-term indicators, we expect to see the CVI move upwards to at least +50, and preferably to the +75 range. This kind of upward spike presents evidence of a broadly-based initiation climax, which indicates that most on the stocks in the index are participating in the new rally.
As you can see, over the last several weeks, the CVI has remained in a fairly narrow range, neither getting severely overbought or severely oversold (which would be a good bottom sign in these circumstances). It is clear from the chart that CVI overbought spikes do not always result in extended rallies; however, I am certainly not confident in any rally that does not have such a spike.

Finally, the chart below has three medium-term indicators -- one for price, breadth, and volume. It is typical of most of our medium-term indicators, reflecting extremely oversold conditions at the July low. While we normally expect these conditions to result in a pretty vigorous rally, so far the oversold condition is being cleared with a not very inspiring price advance. This indicates that there was not much compression associated with the oversold conditions, compression which would be needed to power prices significantly higher. Another way to say it is that there was no build up of buying pressure, even though selling pressure seemed to have become exhausted.

Bottom Line: If we keep the fact that we are in a bear market foremost in our mind, it will help us maintain our guard, and temper our enthusiasm for positive market action. If the rally continues, more buy signals will be generated by our primary timing model, but I suspect that these will result in whipsaw. Long positions should be managed on a short-term basis.


Posted at 04:03 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


August 02, 2008QUESTIONS FOR THE FUTUREBy Chip Anderson
Richard Rhodes
This past July-2008 was a very important month for the capital markets; crude oil peaked and traded lower by -11%. This is rather substantial to be sure, and one would be reasonable to believe that the demand/supply equation coupled with a daily technical oversold condition would push crude prices back higher. Perhaps it shall in the short-term, but we fear any and all rallies are going to be sold and sold rather aggressively to push prices towards $100/barrel by the November election. The reason as to the "why and how" it does so is left to the benefit of time.
We on the other hand, will note perhaps the most bearish of reversal patterns in crude oil - the "monthly key reversal lower." This simply denotes exhaustion of the previous trend as July saw new highs above June's, while new lows printed below June's lows as well...with prices closing virtually on their lows as well. We'll now argue that mean reversion is firmly in place, with a downside target of a meeting with the 50-month moving average currently near $70/barrel. Now given this is a monthly chart, it may take a great deal of time to get there - and perhaps the moving average does move higher to meet prices at some point. That is a question for the future; we are now concerned that crude oil prices are headed lower and what the impact shall be upon the broader stock market. Will it be positive as it "juices" the consumer; or is it part of the de-leveraging process that sends the broader market and all sectors lower? Good questions...and we'll explore those in the days and weeks ahead.



Want more of Richard's award-winning advice? Check out his Web site: Rhodes-Capital.com






Posted at 04:02 PM in Richard Rhodes | Permalink


August 02, 2008ECONOMISTS ARE LATE AS USUALBy Chip Anderson
John Murphy
In a recent Market Message, I discussed how the stock market is a leading indicator of the economy and why it isn't a good idea to use economic forecasting to trade the stock market. Historically, the market turns down at least six months before the economy. Chart 1 shows the NYSE Advance-Decline Line peaking last June. That suggested a possible recession by December of last year. Chart 2 shows the S&P 500 peaking last October. That puts the odds for a recession somewhere around April of this year. This week's economic reports showed that second quarter growth was below economic forecasts. It probably would have been even worse without a temporary boost from rebate checks. More importantly, GDP growth for the fourth quarter of last year was actually negative. It was reported this morning that the unemployment rate for July rose from 5.5% to 5.7% to the highest level in more than four years. A number of economists were quoted over the last two days saying that the economy was now in recession. Thanks for that late newsflash nearly a year after the stock market started dropping. These are the same folks who accused investors of panicing at the end of last year by using the "fear versus fundamentals" slogan that was flashed on TV screens. With the stock market now in an offical bear market, what are investors supposed to do with the newfound pessimism in the economic community? How many times do we have to repeat this cycle before people realize that the only way to trade the stock market is to study the market itself -- not the economy. The study of the market is what the charting approach is all about. And what Stockcharts.com is all about.




Subscribe to John Murphy's Market Message today!






Posted at 04:01 PM in John Murphy | Permalink


August 02, 2008USING KELTNER CHANNELSBy Chip Anderson
Chip Anderson
Hello Fellow ChartWatchers!
Let's start the month of August off right with a good, old-fashioned education article about the modern version of a good, old-fashioned chart overlay, Keltner Channels! Here we go...
Keltner Channels are a set of three lines that are overlaid on top of the price bars of a chart. As with other channel overlays, the outer two lines define a region that generally "contains" the price action and helps you determine if the prices are "too high" or "too low" relative to a specified moving average. Here is an example:

In the chart above, the Keltner Channels are the thin blue lines above and below the candlesticks on the chart. The red line corresponds to the 20-day Exponential Moving Average that defines the center of the channel. Notice that the candles generally appear to "bounce" off the blue channel lines are return to the red central line.
金币:
奖励:
热心:
注册时间:
2006-7-3

回复 使用道具 举报

 楼主| 发表于 2009-3-17 12:06 | 显示全部楼层
September 21, 2008BUY THIS BOTTOMBy Chip Anderson
Tom Bowley
Market bottoms come in all shapes and sizes, but most have a few key ingredients. Without exception, critical market bottoms are borne out of excessive fear and panic. On Thursday, the VIX shot past 42. The last time we've seen the VIX that high, we were carving out the bottom of the 2000-2002 bear market (Chart 1). The equity only put call ratio touched 1.18 on Monday, signaling panic amongst retail investors. The 5 day moving average of the equity only put call ratio hit .95, exceeded only by the reading of 1.01 on March 17th - that was the day the market also saw a very significant bottom. I like to also measure the 5 day moving average of the total put call ratio and plot that against the 60 day moving avg to determine "relative" pessimism and optimism. As the spread between the two widens to extreme levels, bottoms and tops are formed in the market. The total put call ratio is highlighted in Chart 2.


Why is this bottom different? I believe it's different because it's confirmed by a long-term positive divergence on the S&P 500 weekly chart (Chart 3). Positive and negative divergences on the WEEKLY charts appear infrequently. It's an advance sign that long-term selling momentum is waning (in the case of a positive divergence). A negative divergence implies that the long-term buying momentum is slowing. Chart 3 below provides a few excellent examples.

One group that must lead us out of the mess we've been in is the financials. On Friday, the bank index broke out above critical resistance - toppling both its recent downtrend line and also significant price resistance at 75 (Chart 4). The relative strength of financials has been on the improve for the last few weeks and that bodes well for the longer-term health of the market (Chart 5).


Of course, I cannot end this week's look at the market without a quick snippet about max pain. We just witnessed perhaps the most manipulated market behavior ever this week, and it's totally legal. At a time when financials needed help in the worst way, our government announced a resolution trust-type entity AND banned shorting financials until October 2. While the SEC absolutely should focus attention on naked shorting, I was shocked to see our government take a step away from a free market society by not allowing the shorting of financial shares, even if just for a brief period of time. Not only was it unfair - without any warning - but it violently manipulated the stock market the day before options expiration. Let me provide you a few facts as they existed at 1pm EST on Thursday afternoon. The SPY (ETF tracking the S&P 500) was trading at $113.80. The max pain on the SPY was $127.06. The amount of net in-the-money put premium totaled $1.95 BILLION!!!! After the rally Thursday afternoon and the massive gap up on Friday morning, the SPY opened at 126.70. $1.95 BILLION SAVED! Ring the register!
There were many more examples, but let me give you just one more. Goldman Sachs (GS), which had fallen to $86.85 on Thursday at its low, rallied to open on Friday morning at $142.51. Max pain was near $141.00. MILLIONS SAVED! Ring the register. Imagine the impact this had across all stock, ETF and index options. Rest assured it saved key financial institutions billions and billions of dollars.
If you haven't had a chance to listen to our max pain presentation, it is archived on our home page and it's FREE. It's well worth the hour or so to learn more about max pain and its impact on short-term market direction. As a bonus, it includes a discussion regarding The Bowley Trend and how you can benefit from historical market trends.
Have a great week and happy trading!


Join Tom and the Invested Central team at www.investedcentral.com. Invested Central provides daily market guidance, intraday stock alerts, annotated stock setups, LIVE member chat sessions, and much, much more.






Posted at 04:05 PM in Tom Bowley | Permalink


September 21, 2008VOLUME AND VOLITILITY SURGEBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Volume and volatility surges foreshadowed bear market rallies in November, January and March. Both surged again this week and the market took notice with a huge bounce over the last two days. The chart below shows the S&P 500 ETF (SPY) with volume and the S&P 500 Volatility Index ($VIX). The blue arrows show volume surges above 400 million shares, while the red arrows show VIX surges above 30. A volume surge after an extended decline reflects a selling climax or capitulation that exhausts selling pressure. Similarly,a VIX surge above 30 reflects excessive bearishness that can lead to a rally. Of note, the VIX fell just short of the 30 threshold in July, but SPY volume surpassed the 400 million mark. Even though this pairing is not perfect, it is still helpful in identifying the confluence of excessive bearishness and capitulation. With a surge over the last two days, a bounce is clearly underway. Unfortunately, there is no way to tell how long the bounce will last or how far it will extend. The November and January bounces were short-sharp affairs that lasted just 2 weeks. In contrast, the March advance lasted two months and the July rally lasted a month. One thing is for sure, there is a ton of resistance around 130-132.

There is also a video version of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.


Posted at 04:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


September 21, 2008FINALLY A BOTTOM?By Chip Anderson
Carl Swenlin
In my September 5 article I said that I thought is more likely that we would see a continued decline, rather than a retest of the July lows. This week the market blew out the July lows and was very near to crashing on Thursday. Then prices blasted up out of the lows in a dramatic upside reversal. There was good follow through on Friday, and now we must ponder if a significant bottom has been made.
With historic levels of fundamental turmoil in the financial markets, and unbelievable volatility in prices, it is extremely difficult to keep a level head and keep focused on technical basics. I am reminded of my flying days and the primary directives for emergency procedures.
  • Maintain aircraft control (don't panic and crash for no good reason).
  • Analyze the situation, and take corrective action.
I have always thought of these rules as being appropriate for handling all of life's problems, and they especially apply to the current problems in the stock market. No matter what your current situation, you can't go back and start over. You are stuck with what you've got, so do your best to work through it.
Getting back to the charts, we can see below that prices are still in a long-term declining trend channel, which currently defines the bear market. The rally is approaching a declining tops line, and it will probably penetrate that resistance and head higher, possibly to test the bear market declining tops line. The most interesting feature is the positive divergence between the PMO and the price index -- while price made a lower low, the PMO made a higher low.

There are also positive divergences on our primary breadth and volume indicators shown on the next chart. These positive divergences are bullish.

Our indicators and price action suggest strongly that we are beginning a rally that should last at least a couple of weeks. I also think that this week's deep low needs to be retested, and I am not convinced that a retest will be successful. My cycle work projects that a 9-Month Cycle low is due at the end of October -- about the time a retest would take place -- and cycle forces could take us to a new price low.
It is worth mentioning that the unprecedented avalanche of failures and bailouts is likely to get worse before it gets better, and we must wonder if a meltdown is over the horizon.
Bottom Line: While we continued to be buffeted by one crisis after another, the best thing we can do is "stay on instruments" (keep our eyes on the charts). At present, the charts say the rally is likely to continue, albeit not at the current rate of climb. At the end of the day, we are still in a bear market, and we should expect that the rally will fail before prices can break out of the major declining trend channel.


Posted at 04:03 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


September 21, 2008VIEWING OUR "RISK AVERSION" CHARTBy Chip Anderson
Richard Rhodes
We'll admit last week was one of the more "interesting" trading weeks we have seen in a number of years, and if we must liken it to anything we've seen in our 25-years of trading - it would be the week before and of the 1987 Crash. The question we and many others have is whether last week was "The Low" or just "A Low" in the stock market; and to be perfectly frank...we don't know. But perhaps the most important chart in our trading universe at the present time is the simple "tactical allocation" ETF ratio chart between stocks and bonds - we use the S&P 500 Spyder (SPY) and the Lehman 20+year Bond Fund (TLT) ratio as our guide. In essence, this is a "risk-aversion" chart.

Quite simply, as stocks have moved lower, we've seen bond prices move higher/bond yields move lower as institutions/investors/traders have sought out the safety of the bond market at the expense of stocks. This resulted in the SPY/TLT ratio chart moving lower; and it has done so since July-2008 - breaking major support levels along the way. However, last week's unprecedented government intervention related to collapsing credit markets pushed stocks higher and bond prices lower/bond yields higher as market participants "feared" losing more money in the bond market as yields rose, with the only place to put that cash was in money market funds or in stocks - they chose stocks.
Hence, a bullish key reversal has formed off quite low levels, which the 14-week stochastic turning higher from oversold levels. In the past, this has led the ratio higher and coincided with higher stock prices. Whether or not we or you agree with the government intervention - the technicals are showing that last week was at least "a bottom", with the jury still out as to whether it was "the bottom." As we move forward, we'll certainly be able to fill in more of the myriad of technical blanks. Until then, sector and industry tactical long and short rotation will be paramount to outperformance.


Want more of Richard's award-winning advice? Check out his Web site: Rhodes-Capital.com







Posted at 04:02 PM in Richard Rhodes | Permalink


September 21, 2008FINANCIALS SURGEBy Chip Anderson
John Murphy
A massive government rescue plan and a temporary ban on short selling has boosted the Financials Sector SPDR by nearly 12% (Chart 1). It's the day's strongest sector on a day when all sectors are in the black. Brokers (not shown) are up 12% and banks nearly a similar amount. Chart 2 shows the PHLX Bank Index trading over its 200-day moving average for the first time in more than a year. If the financials can hold most of those gains through the end of the day, it will be a big positive for them and the rest of the market.




Subscribe to John Murphy's Market Message today!






Posted at 04:01 PM in John Murphy | Permalink


September 06, 2008DOLLAR'S RISE CRUSHING COMMODITIESBy Chip Anderson
Tom Bowley
The U.S. dollar couldn't move lower forever. It had to turn and when it did, we knew things might get ugly for commodities. Since the July 14th low in the dollar index, we've seen the greenback rise over 10% (see Chart 1). That has sent commodity prices reeling. Crude oil prices per barrel have tumbled nearly 30% (Chart 2). Silver is down approximately 37%. Copper is down close to 25%. Gold has fallen about 19%. Commodity-related stocks have been bludgeoned as institutions have been liquidating stocks that the bears simply couldn't touch just a couple of months ago.


Volatility provides opportunities, especially as options expiration approaches. Take a quick look at the VIX, which broke out of a downtrend early last week.

We will be watching the action very closely as we finish next week and then head into another options expiration week. Analysis of max pain generally serves us well. If you're interested in learning more about max pain and how options expiration can affect the stocks you trade, then go to www.investedcentral.com/maxpain.html for more details about an upcoming LIVE presentation. Best of all, it's FREE!
Happy trading!


Join Tom and the Invested Central team at www.investedcentral.com. Invested Central provides daily market guidance, intraday stock alerts, annotated stock setups, LIVE member chat sessions, and much, much more.








Posted at 04:05 PM in Tom Bowley | Permalink


September 06, 2008MOMENTUM TURNS BEARISH FOR DIABy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Stocks opened weak after Friday's employment report, but the bulls found their footing late morning and rallied for a mixed close. While it may seem positive that stocks firmed after bad news, keep in mind that stocks already priced in a lot of bad news with Thursday's sharp decline. Chart 1 shows the Dow Industrials ETF (DIA) firming just below 112.5 and closing with a small gain on Friday. Despite Friday's firmness, the rising wedge break and support break remain in play. One day of firmness is not enough to undo such a sharp decline. Also notice that CCI (20) moved below -100 to turn momentum bearish. In general, a move above +100 reflects bullish momentum that stays in effect until a move below -100. While this is not meant as a stand-alone trading system, I consider the move below -100 to be bearish and it confirms the bearish signals on the price chart. These bearish signals remain in effect until proven otherwise.

There is also a video version of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.


Posted at 04:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


September 06, 2008BREAKDOWN POINTS TO LOWER PRICESBy Chip Anderson
Carl Swenlin
On August 15 I wrote an article pointing out that an ascending wedge had formed on the S&P 500 chart. I noted that this is a bearish formation, and that the most likely resolution would be a breakdown from the wedge followed by a price correction. The breakdown did in fact occur two days after I made my comments, but the correction did not immediately follow. Instead prices moved sideways for about two weeks before finally breaking down again on Thursday, belatedly fulfilling the expectation of a correction. Now we must ask if this is the beginning of a deeper correction or if it will merely end as a successful retest of the July lows.
The first evidence to consider is that we are still firmly in a bear market, and the down trend is clearly visible on the chart below. Another worrisome sign is that the PMO (Price Momentum Oscillator) has topped below the zero line, which should always be viewed with apprehension, particularly when it occurs at the end of a rally.

The next chart shows our On-Balance Volume (OBV) Indicator Set. The Climactic Volume Indicator (CVI) measures extreme OBV movement within the context of a short-term OBV envelope for each stock in the index. The Short-Term Volume Oscillator (STVO) is a 5-day moving average of the CVI. The Volume Trend Oscillator (VTO) summarizes rising and falling OBV trends. These charts tell us if the index is overbought or oversold based upon volume in three different time frames. All three are giving us useful information at present.
The CVI recently hit a climactic top just before the price break forced a climactic CVI low. Since this CVI low occurred in conjunction with a price trend change, I assume that it is an initiation climax that will lead prices lower. The STVO supports this conclusion because it is topping in overbought territory. The VTO, is not particularly overbought, but you can see that it is topping at the same level as it did at previous price tops.

It is also worth mentioning that September is historically one of the worst months of the year, and the market is entering this dangerous period in a very weak condition. A crash is not out of the question, although, that is not a prediction, just a caution to not get too anxious to pick a bottom.
Bottom Line: While positive outcomes can and do happen during bear markets, the odds are strongly against them. Another decline has emerged out of a short, weak rally, and I think that a continued decline is more likely than a simple retest of the July lows.


Posted at 04:03 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


September 06, 2008MORE S&P 500 DECLINES AHEAD?By Chip Anderson
Richard Rhodes
The world's temperature gauge for risk is what we refer to as the "carry-trade" indicator...or the Euro/Yen Spread. When this spread is rising, then the world is said to be putting the carry-trade on and expanding risk profiles; conversely, when the spread is falling...the carry-trade is being taken off and risk is being shunned. We look at this to take the temperature of the capital markets in terms of risk. Right now, the patient is sick, and risk is being shunned, and the technical prospects for the patient indicate further risk aversion and a continuation of the "de-leveraging process."
Our statement is backed up by the simple technical fact the weekly Euro/Yen Spread chart has broken below its bull market trendline as well as its bull market 120-week exponential moving average. This would imply the "triple top" will breakdown with a close under 1.52, which would then target previous high support at 1.40 and then even lower.

Therefore, the trend is lower, and we'll note the recent lows in the spread all coincided with trading lows in the S&P 500. Given this material breakdown in the spread, then we'll have to assume that further S&P 500 declines are ahead of us...perhaps sharply so. Henceforth, we are aggressive sellers of rallies as they materialize, with our downside S&P target still rather wide between 960 and 1090.
Good luck and good trading, Richard


Want more of Richard's award-winning advice? Check out his Web site: Rhodes-Capital.com








Posted at 04:02 PM in Richard Rhodes | Permalink


September 06, 2008FIBONACCI LINES - HOW MUCH IS "TOO MUCH"?By Chip Anderson
Chip Anderson
How high is "too high?" How low is "too low?" Think back to any time that you've owned a stock and think about when you started to get worried about it's performance. At what point did "your gut" start to tell you that you needed to sell? Chances are your gut started talking to you after the stock had moved up (or down) by 38.2%.
Wow, that's a really specific number - "38.2." It seems kind of arbitrary also. There's no way that could be correct, right? I mean, without knowing anything about the stock you were trading, or the amount of money involved, or the overall market conditions, or anything else - how can we stand here and tell you that you got nervous right at 38.2%?
The reason is because 38.2 appears to be programmed into the human psyche (as well as many other parts of nature). 38.2 is one of a set of numbers called "Fibonacci Percentages." They are derived from the "Fibonacci Sequence" which is a list of numbers where each number equals the sum of the previous two. i.e.,
1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21, 34, 55, 89, 144, 233, 377, 610 etc.
The branching in trees, arrangement of leaves on a stem, the flowering of artichoke, an uncurling fern and the arrangement of a pine cone - all these things exhibit Fibonacci characteristics . In addition, if you take any large Fibonacci number and divide it by the previous number, you'll get something very close to 1.6180339887 (the larger the number, the closer you'll get). Now, 1.6180... has been known for centuries as "The Golden Ratio" - mostly because we humans tend to prefer things - art, sculptor, architecture, etc. - that have proportions that equal the Golden Ratio.

Which of these picture looks the most "natural" to you? The middle one has Golden Ratio proportions.
Getting back to stock charting, R.N. Elliott made the first well-known connection between price movements and the Golden Ratio. He noted that many reversals occurred around 61.8% or its compliment 38.2% (i.e., 100 - 61.8). Combined with 50% and 100%, they make up the standard set of Fibonacci Percentages.
Regardless of how the numbers were arrived at, chart analysts have observed that prices often will reverse after moving up (or down) by one of those percentages. Basically, those percentages are where something tells many people that it is time to take action - and thus prices reverse. Strange but true. Check it out:

The Fibonacci Lines on this chart were created based on the move from Feb. 9th to May 30th - so just focus on the shaded blue area of the chart. Like a weatherman, the lines "forecast" that support for IBM would occur around 118.35 essentially because lots of people would probably feel that IBM had "fallen enough" and would start buying it again. That is precisely what happened at the end of June (red arrows).
Unfortunately many people have gone on to claim that Fibonacci lines (and their variants) have almost "magical powers" to predict price movements. Like most Technicial Analysis tools, we think Fibonacci Lines are useful forecasting tools - but not magical.
You can add Fibonacci Lines to your charts using our ChartNotes annotation tool. To get started, simply click on the "Annotation" link below any SharpCharts.
金币:
奖励:
热心:
注册时间:
2006-7-3

回复 使用道具 举报

 楼主| 发表于 2009-3-17 12:07 | 显示全部楼层
October 19, 2008IS THIS THE BUFFETT-BOTTOM?By Chip Anderson
Tom Bowley
Warren Buffett said he was buying stocks this past week. Should you? Well, it depends. If you buy stocks on a regular basis as part of a disciplined strategy - say in your 401(k) plan - then keep buying. The idea of buying stocks over the long haul is not only to buy when the market is soaring, but more importantly, to also buy when the market is falling. The key element is your time horizon. If you don't need the money for the next 5-10 years, then you stay invested and keep buying.
Here's the problem. Fewer and fewer of Americans buy and hold. We've seen many of our strongest companies buckle. Most financial companies have been brought to their knees during this financial crisis and the crisis is threatening to take many other sectors with it. American International Group (AIG) was thought to be a darling among Wall Street analysts. We don't need to detail the woes of AIG, just suffice it to say that no company is immune to failure. So if you're of the buy-and-hold mentality, remain diversified.
I am not of the buy-and-hold mentality and never will be. Technical analysis is where it's at. When the first signs of technical weakness appear, beware. Let sectors regain relative strength before committing back into the group. This very simple strategy avoids major carnage and it's the major carnage that wrecks portfolios, not the minor losses from timing a trade incorrectly.
Charts 1 and 2 below highlight, in hindsight, two major sector breakdowns in our market over the last few years. Both are heavily responsible for the technical damage the entire market is suffering right now.


We need housing to begin to show signs of improvement before the major indices are likely to recover.
While I have tremendous respect for Warren Buffett as an investor, he will admittedly tell everyone that he can't time market bottoms. I will wait for more technical signs before becoming aggressive.
Over the course of the last 3-4 weeks, the only trades that Invested Central has considered have been ETFs and they've been few and far between. Options expiration and max pain provided some super opportunities last week as the number of net in-the-money puts was 3 to 4 times the amount we had ever seen before. Coincidentally (sarcasm intended), the market soared on Monday and gapped up on Tuesday and we headed for the exits. We are 100% in cash at the moment and plan to stay that way in the near-term as the gyrations in the market are nauseating.
During markets like this, capital preservation is Job #1 for traders.
Happy trading!


Join Tom and the Invested Central team at www.investedcentral.com. Invested Central provides daily market guidance, intraday stock alerts, annotated stock setups, LIVE member chat sessions, and much, much more.






Posted at 04:05 PM in Tom Bowley | Permalink


October 19, 2008DIA RETURNS TO THE GAPBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
In a volatile week with huge swings, the Dow Industrials ETF (DIA) returned to Wednesday's gap with another 10% move. The magenta lines on the 30-minute chart show the zigzag indicator, which measures movements that are 10% or more. As you can see, there was an advance greater than 10% on 12-13 October, a decline greater than 10% on 14-16 October and an advance greater than 10% on 16-17 October. Wow, what a week for day traders. There was a day when these swings would look impressive on a weekly chart. Obviously, this is not your father's Dow.


With these big swings, the Dow Industrials ETF (DIA) remains stuck in a volatile range and short of a breakout on the daily chart. I am watching two items to signal a trend changing breakout. First, the pullback on Tuesday-Wednesday established key resistance around 99. Mondays' surge was impressive and Thursday's recovery affirms support, but we have yet to see follow through and a resistance breakout. Second, the Commodity Channel Index (CCI) moved below -100 in early September and momentum remains bearish overall. At the very least, CCI needs to break into positive territory. However, I would like to see a surge above +100 to show some real strength and turn momentum bullish. Be sure to check out the corresponding video for more details.
There is also a video version of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.


Posted at 04:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


October 19, 2008VERY OVERSOLD MARKETBy Chip Anderson
Carl Swenlin
To say that the market is very oversold is not exactly breaking news because it has been oversold for at least a few weeks; however, the oversold condition has been steadily getting worse over that time, and we have perhaps reached the limit of how oversold the indicators will get without the market taking some time to clear the condition. Keep in mind that the condition can be cleared if the market merely drifts sideways while indicators drift higher toward neutral territory, but, considering the kind of volatility we have been experiencing, it seems that a rally is more likely.
Let's look at the chart below, which has some major points of interest. First, the PMO (Price Momentum Oscillator) and the Percentage of Stocks Above Their 200-EMA have reached their lowest points since the July 2002, which was the beginning of the end of the 2000-2002 Bear Market. Note that it took nearly nine months for this bottoming process to take place in the form of a triple bottom. Also, current prices have dropped into the support zone provided by that previous bear market bottom.
This all looks like a pretty good setup for at least a bear market rally of some substance. The first thing that has to happen is a rally the lasts more than two days, and we need to see if the bottom will be a "V" spike or a double bottom with at least several weeks between each bottom. The latter would be preferable because, the more work put into the bottom, the longer the rally is likely to last. A "V" bottom would beg for a retest.

Any rally that begins now should be viewed and played as a short-term event, because we have seen how quickly they have been running out of steam. The first indication that a rally may develop into something longer term will be if the Thrust/Trend Model generates a buy signal. On the chart below I have highlighted the two components of the T/TM that we need to watch -- the PMO (Price Momentum Oscillator) and the Percent Buy Index (PBI). When both these indicators have passed up through their moving averages, a new buy signal will be generated. Even though this is a medium-term signal, it should also be worked as a short-term event, because of the whipsaw we have experienced during this bear market. (The rally last long enough to trigger a buy signal, then fails.)

Finally, I am compelled to show you a chart of the 9-Month Cycles. My current projection for the next cycle low is October 22. As you can see, it is highly likely that the cycle low is already in as of last week, although we can never be sure except in hindsight. Nevertheless, the cycle chart is one more piece of evidence that we could be getting a sustainable rally at any time.

Bottom Line: The market is extremely oversold, and we have plenty of evidence that a rally is due. I do not for one minute believe the bear market is over, but it does not seem reasonable that the vertical descent will continue unabated. Reasonable? Perhaps that is not the best word to use in these circumstances. Let's just say that the technicals are screaming for a good sized bounce. Having said that, I will leave you with a reminder that we are playing by bear market rules. Oversold conditions are extremely dangerous and do not always present opportunities on the long side. Be careful!


Posted at 04:03 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


October 19, 2008"JUMP OFF POINT" FOR CRUDE OIL?By Chip Anderson
Richard Rhodes
Quite simply, the trend is sharply lower. The massive de-leveraging taking place in the capital markets has not spared crude oil at all; however, this shouldn't be a surprise given the "bell ringing" at the top was none other than a "key reversal month" that has led to mean reversion back into the 50-month moving average. The question is whether this level now crossing at $73.43 can be regained in the days ahead and be used as a "jump off point" to further gains. Unfortunately, we think not. A number of fundamental and technical factors at play will not allow for this to occur, with the probability of an even sharper decline than what we have seen YTD if prices continue to extend lower below this level.

One only need look at the 14-month stochastic that it has just rolled over and exited overbought territory. Hence, it remains quite some distance from levels that in the past have provided for rallies. If the stochastic must move to oversold levels, then it could very well be one year or more before we see a larger and more tradable bottom, this obviously begs the question as to what level crude would obtain before this larger rally could unfold. Our current target is $40,which will come into closer purview if the rising trendline at $60 is violated.
Given this, one would obviously not want to be in the oil stock complex to be sure; with the integrated oil players such as Exxon-Mobil (XOM), Conoco-Phillips (COP). Chevron (CVX) and Marathon Oil (MRO) likely to outperform the Oil Service stocks as they did during the last crude oil downturn. If we are have a favorite, it would be Chevron (CVX) given it sports a 4.10% dividend
Good luck and good trading!


Posted at 04:02 PM in Richard Rhodes | Permalink


October 19, 2008COMMODITES ARE LAST ASSET TO PEAKBy Chip Anderson
John Murphy
A number of readers have asked if I thought the U.S. was in a recession or heading into one. Others have asked if I thought this recession would be worse than most. Although I'm not an economist, it is possible to make some judgements about the direction of the economy by looking at various financial markets. Two of them are stocks and commodities. On July 18, I wrote an article suggesting that commodities were peaking based on a number of technical indicators. That article also contained a headline that read: "Commodities Peak During Bear Markets". Here is an excerpt from that earlier message: "At the end of an economic expansion, stocks usually peak before commodities. If stocks enter a bear market (and a recession starts), commodities usually enter a downside correction as well. During the stagflation years of the 1970's, serious downturns in stocks caused profit-taking in commodities. The commodity rally resumed after the stock market and the economy turned back up again." Stocks lost half of their value during 1973 and 1974 which led to a recession the second year. Commodities also dropped during that recessionary year. Historical studies show that stocks peak anywhere from six to nine months before the economy. From October 2007, that would put the outer target for an economic peak in July 2008 which is when commodities peaked.



Subscribe to John Murphy's Market Message today!






Posted at 04:01 PM in John Murphy | Permalink


October 19, 2008DISPLAYING MORE THAN ONE STOCK ON A CHARTBy Chip Anderson
Chip Anderson
Hello Fellow ChartWatchers,
Recently we've gotten several questions about how someone can display more than one stock on a single chart. I thought I'd take time this week to go over the steps you can take to do that with our SharpCharts Workbench. Let's get started.
In this example, we'll create a chart of the Dow with the S&P Large Caps, Mid Caps, and Small Caps below it.

Create a chart of your "first" stock
There are several ways to create a new SharpChart. The easiest is to just go to our homepage and enter "$INDU" into box for step #2, then press "Go".


Remove any existing Indicators and Overlays
To make things easier, let's remove any Indicators and Overlays on your default chart. The quickest way to do that is to click the "Clear All" buttons in the "Overlays" area (#1) and "Indicators" area (#2). Be sure to click the "OK" button to confirm each removal. Finally, click the "Update" button (#3) to display your clean chart.


Add the "second" stock as a "Price" indicator
So here's the magic: You can use the "Price" indicator to add additional ticker symbols to your chart. Simply select "Price" from one of the empty indicator dropdowns (#1) and then enter the ticker symbol you want to chart in the "Paramaters" box (#2). In our case, we want to use "$spx" (which is, coincidently, what is automatically added). Finally, we want the $SPX plot to appear underneath our current Dow chart, so we need to make sure that the "Position" dropdown is set to "Below" (#3). Finally, as always, let's click the "Update" button (#4) to see what we get.


Checking our progress so far
At this point, you should have a chart that looks similar to the one above. (Note: Members that have changed their Default chart settings will probably see some differences in any areas that they changed.) Note that $SPX now appears below the chart of $INDU.


Add the other two ticker symbols
Let's add the other two indices by repeating the process we just learned. Don't forget to change the value in the "Parameters" boxes (#2 and #4) to $MID and $SML. When you're done, click the "Update" button (#5) to see the results.


Checking the results
You should see something very similar to the chart above. This is about as good as a Free User of StockCharts.com can get. StockCharts.com members however have some very powerful additional capabilities that I want to look at next.


Opening the Advanced Options area
Members who are logged in should see the green "Advanced Options" triangle located just to the right of the "Indicators" area. (Don't confuse it with the one next to the "Overlays" section.) If the Advanced Options area isn't already on your screen, click that green triangle to make it appear.


Change to an "All Candlestick" chart
Let's display the other indices as candlesticks instead of line plots. Find the "Style" dropdowns (#1) and change all of them from "- Auto -" to "Candlestick", then click "Update" (#2). You should see 4 candlestick plots on your new chart. Terrific! But wait... The three indices' plots are not as tall as the $INDU plot. Let's fix that.


Increase the height of the Price plots
For this example, we want the indices' to be 80% as tall as the Dow chart. The quickest way to do that is to use the "Reset All Heights" dropdown (#1). Select "0.8" from that dropdown, then click the "Set" button. As soon as you do that, all of the "Height" dropdowns (red box) are changed from "- Auto -" to "0.8". You can then click the "Update" button (#2) to see the results.


Checking our progress
You should see something similar to the chart above (which has been scrunched down to save screen space). Four candlestick plots of different ticker symbols in one chart - pretty cool! There's still one more thing I want to add however - time scales for the $SPX and $MID plots.


Adding more time scales
Back down in the "Indicators" area, select "Date/Time Axis" in the empty indicator dropdown. Then do it again so that you have two of them (red box).


Move the time scales into position
Find the "Up" triangle in the "Reorder" column that's next to the first "Date/Time Axis" (Red Box). Click on that triangle twice to move that "Date/Time Axis" line directly under the "Price" indicator for $SPX. Next, find the "Up" triangle for the second "Date/Time Axis" (Blue Box) and click on it once to move it under the "Price" indicator for $MID. Finally, click "Update" to see our finished masterpiece!



Click here to see a live version of this chart.
As with all forms of power, this one does come with some limitations. Free users and Basic members can only add up to 3 additional ticker symbols to any chart. Extra members can add up to 6.
Sorry for the length of this article, but I wanted to be absolutely sure that everyone knows how to use this important capability. Hopefully you can take the lessons from this demonstration and improve your charts as a result.
- Chip






Posted at 04:00 PM in Chip Anderson | Permalink


October 05, 2008SEPTEMBER WEAKNESS SPILLING OVERBy Chip Anderson
Tom Bowley
Two weeks ago, I said to buy the bottom. Sometimes, you're just wrong. I was wrong. Technical analysis is to the study of price action to increase the odds of predicting future price action. It's not an exact science, there are no guarantees, and there are times when you just have to tip your hat to the other side. So far, that's been the case. The market fell precipitously this past week, closing at new lows across our major indices. Volume was increasing late in the week, though it wasn't as heavy as we saw a couple weeks earlier. We can argue that it was the fault of Congress for acting too slowly. Others might argue that the bailout bill itself is the problem. From a technical perspective, the reason for the decline doesn't really matter. We're only concerned about what happened technically with the price action. We must always respect the combination of price/volume breakdowns, regardless of what other technicals are indicating. From the following monthly S&P 500 chart, you can see that we are as oversold now as we've been since the bottom of the bear market in 2002. Monthly RSI has moved below 30 and stochastics are approaching single digits, something that never happened in the 2000-2002 bear market.

We knew that September was historically weak and this past September certainly did nothing to disprove that notion. Since 1950 on the S&P 500, September is the only calendar month that has moved lower as opposed to moving higher. It is also the only calendar month that has negative annualized returns over the past 58 years. What many market participants don't realize is that Mondays are - by far - the worst day of the calendar week. Since 1950, the annualized return on Mondays (on the S&P 500) is a negative 16%. While I've done no study, I'd bet that psychological forces have a lot to do with it. But what's interesting is that if you had simply avoided trading on Mondays since the May 19th top (or shorted), your performance would likely have been much, much better. Consider the following: Since May 19th, we've had 17 Mondays, 12 of them the S&P 500 has moved lower. Of the 5 that have moved higher, only 1 (September 8) moved up more than 1%. Of the 12 down Mondays, 9 moved down more than 1% and 6 moved lower by 2% or more. Perhaps most astonishing is that the S&P 500 has lost 327.40 points since the close on May 19th, dropping from 1426.63 to 1099.23. The cumulative point losses on Mondays total 328.27, 100% of the decline. For comedy movie buffs who have seen Office Space, the stock market has had a REALLY "bad case of the Mondays".


Join Tom and the Invested Central team at www.investedcentral.com. Invested Central provides daily market guidance, intraday stock alerts, annotated stock setups, LIVE member chat sessions, and much, much more.






Posted at 04:05 PM in Tom Bowley | Permalink


October 05, 2008FILTERING THE NOISEBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
September was one of the most volatile months in recent memory. Bar charts and candlestick charts are great, but the wild high-low swings can interfere with basic trend analysis. Moving averages provide a good means to smooth this volatility by cutting through the daily noise. For those who want it all, a combination of high-low-close bars and a short moving average may even be appropriate. This combination shows the high-low range, but also focuses on average prices to discern a trend.

The accompanying chart shows the S&P 500 ETF (SPY) with bars in gray and a 5-day EMA in blue. Even though September has been exceptionally volatile, the 5-day EMA shows a steady downtrend. In fact, the 5-day EMA does not look any more variable than the prior months. Despite Tuesday's big rebound, this EMA hit a new low to affirm the downtrend that began August.

The second chart shows the 5-day EMA without bars or candlesticks. It is a pretty empty chart, but it sure cuts through the clutter. There are four trendlines that denote the swings over the last six months. The current swing is down and the decline even accelerated this week. SPY may be oversold, but it is clearly in the falling knife category as the 5-day EMA dropped over 5% this week. As this trendline now stands, the 5-day EMA needs to move above 119 to reverse this down swing (break the trendline).
There is also a video version of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.


Posted at 04:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


October 05, 2008BUYING OPPORTUNITY?By Chip Anderson
Carl Swenlin
In my September 19 article I said: "Our indicators and price action suggest strongly that we are beginning a rally that should last at least a couple of weeks. I also think that this week's deep low needs to be retested, and I am not convinced that a retest will be successful." As it turned out, there was no rally and the expected retest and failure encompassed one of the worst one-day declines in history.
From top to bottom the S&P 500 Index has dropped nearly 30%, but as usual we can't turn on financial news without hearing somebody assert that this is now the "buying opportunity of a lifetime". I wish it were, but in my opinion it is not. For it to be that great a buying opportunity stocks would have to have extraordinary fundamental value, and that kind of condition has not existed for over 20 years.
Based upon 2008 Q2 GAAP earnings the P/E of the S&P 500 is about 21, which puts it slightly above the normal P/E range of 10 to 20, meaning that stocks are very overvalued (the exact opposite of being a bargain). To demonstrate, the chart below displays the S&P 500 in relation to its normal P/E range going back to 1925. The S&P 500 is the heavy black line, the red line shows where the S&P 500 would be if it had a P/E of 20 (overvalued), the blue line is if the P/E were 15 (fair value), and the green line represents a P/E of 10 (undervalued).
I have applied red arrows to identify the periods where stocks were truly undervalued, sometimes mouth-wateringly so -- truly buying opportunities of a lifetime. As you can see, current prices are very overvalued, and possibly near the selling opportunity of a lifetime. To those who think this is the time to buy, I must ask, based upon what? Clearly, prices can rise even when stocks are overvalued, but current economic fundamentals makes that outcome a long shot.

As for our market outlook, the next chart puts the decline in perspective. Prices are deeply oversold, as are many of our technical indicators, so it is reasonable to expect a rally to clear this condition; however, we are in a bear market, and I have no reason to believe that the recent lows are the final bear market lows. There is a 9-Month Cycle trough due around October 22, and it is possible that it arrived early at the recent lows. Otherwise, we should probably look for a bounce followed by a retest of the lows in late-October.

My view of the financial crisis is that it is going to last a long time, and that there will be no easy fix, even if we had some really smart people trying to solve the problem, which we do not. Three weeks ago most congress persons had no more awareness of the problems we are facing than the man on the street. How much confidence do you have that the very people who caused the problem are suddenly going to become smart enough to fix it? In my opinion, they are only going to make it worse.
Bottom Line: Stocks are way overvalued and the economic outlook is dismal. The only long exposure that should be considered is on a short-term basis when the inevitable bear market rallies occur.


Posted at 04:03 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


October 05, 2008WHERE ARE WE NOW?By Chip Anderson
Richard Rhodes
The bear market reasserted itself last week in a violent manner; trading sharply higher and lower in a matter of hours and days. This isn't your garden variety bear market as this one smells and feels much different given the enormity of the credit crisis. And there is no end in sight to the crisis from a fundamental perspective, which is giving rise to increasing calls that a "crash" is imminent. Perhaps that indeed what lurks around the corner, but crashes are very low probability events as they reside at the "end of the tail" of the probability distribution curve. We would argue we've had a serious of "mini-crashes" if one looks at the homebuilders; the oil and oil service sector; and the commodity miners. The decline in the homebuilders took 2-years to accomplish, while the oil/oil service and commodity miners took all of 3-months.

The question where does that put us now is a very good one. From a longer-term technical perspective, the S&P monthly chart has broken below its longer-term bull market trendline which would argue for sharply lower prices. However, the 14-month RSI is oversold for only the second time since 1980, with the other time occurring at the October-2002 bottom. This certainly puts the risk-reward towards a countertrend rally in the least. Shorter-term, we find the price distance below the 20-month moving avearge to be on par with that seen at other interim 2000-2002 bear market lows. The 1050-1080 zone is about as low at it gets. Again, this would argue for countertrend rally in the least.
Therefore, the risk-reward favors a tradable rally from current-to-lower levels as quite a bit of negative news has been discounted; the question however, still remains whether the rate of increasingly bearish fundamental news and earnings will overwhelm the technicals. It's all about risk-reward, and it would seem to us barring a low probability crash...we should be considering long positions into this decline.


Posted at 04:02 PM in Richard Rhodes | Permalink


October 05, 2008SELLING SHOULD HAVE BEEN DONE MONTHS AGOBy Chip Anderson
John Murphy
Over the past couple of weeks, I've suggested taking no new action in the stock market. Part of my reasoning is that we've been recommending a bearish strategy for the past year and see no reason to change that. Selling should have been done earlier in the year when major sell signals were first reported here. My January 3 Market Message reported on the major sell signal given by the monthly MACD lines last December (Chart 1). A number of other technical indicators also give major sell signals at the start of the year that we reported on. None of those sell signals have been reversed and we've made several bearish recommendations since then. I realize that there are opportunities for short-term traders. My main focus, however, remains on intermediate and major trends. Since there's little justication for buying, the main question is whether we should be doing more selling at the moment. Here's why I don't think October is a good time to sell.



Subscribe to John Murphy's Market Message today!






Posted at 04:01 PM in John Murphy | Permalink


October 05, 2008THE NEW LANDSCAPEBy Chip Anderson
Chip Anderson
With all the changes happening in the financial world right now it's gotten really hard to keep up with the latest news. This bank is failing. That company is merging with this one. That sector is over exposed to the credit crunch. Etc., etc., etc.
One of the great things about technical analysis is that it works REGARDLESS of market conditions - you just have to remain calm and understand how to use the tools at your disposal.
In this case, as always, a great place to start is our S&P Sector Market Carpet. Here are all the stocks that make up the nine S&P sector ETFs in one easy-to-use display. By using the slider at the bottom, you can quickly see which sectors and stocks have been weathering the current storm the best. It is like a "visual Scan Engine."
Let's look at the long-term view of the current MarketCarpet:

To create this chart, click on our "Market Carpets" link, then select the "S&P Sectors Carpet". Initially, you'll see a short-term view of things - two days long to be exact. But we are interested in the long-term situation. So the first thing to do is to use the mouse to drag the left edge of the slider at the bottom of the chart all the way over to the left side where "#1" is (see the purple arrow?). That will give us the Price Performance comparison for the past 45 days.
There is still a problem however. The carpet is almost all solid red or solid green. That's because the color scale at the top of the chart only goes from +5% to -5%. Since we are looking at a long term chart, we want to expand that color scale. Simply click where #2 is and the scale will expand to show +20% to -20%. Now there isn't as much solid red and solid green. That's all it takes to set up a long-term MarketCarpet.
There's still a bunch of solid red on the chart. Notice how Energy stocks in particular have been hammered. The stocks in that sector are down 30% on average (see the yellow circle?). Even though there are bigger losers in other sectors, the Energy sector has been hit the hardest over the past 45 days. The Materials sector is down 21.2% and Tech stocks are down 18.2%. Ouch.
But wait - what about all those bad Financial stocks we've been hearing about? The carpet shows that the story with Financial stocks is mixed and very volatile. Mixed in with the big losers like AIG and Wachovia (WB) are huge winners that you never hear about like Huntington Bancshare (HBAN) and Marshall & Isley (MI). Simply click on any of the green squares in the blue circle to see what those charts look like.
And what is the "strongest" sector these days? Not surprisingly, Consumer Staples is down the least - just 1.7% on average. Even though none of those stocks show up as big winners or losers, the lack of huge swathes of red in that sector really stands out.
The MarketCarpet shows you the "landscape" of the market. Don't forget to use it on a regular basis when looking for strong and weak stocks.
-- Chip
金币:
奖励:
热心:
注册时间:
2006-7-3

回复 使用道具 举报

 楼主| 发表于 2009-3-17 12:08 | 显示全部楼层
November 16, 2008LOOK UNDER THE SURFACEBy Chip Anderson
Tom Bowley
This has been one ugly bear season. It cannot be compared to anything else seen on the S&P 500 since 1950. Not even close. But I'll say one thing - there's an awful lot of horrible economic news priced into this market right now. I am convinced that the worst is behind us. That doesn't mean we won't continue to see horrendous economic reports. This will be a holiday shopping season that every retailer in America had wished they could have skipped. We will see hundreds and hundreds of thousands of jobs lost in the coming months. As a result, home prices are nowhere near stabilizing yet. And without home prices stabilizing and economic improvement, banks aren't exactly sitting in the catbird seat either.
But the market prices these things in. That's why we've seen the NASDAQ drop 37.1% in the last 10 weeks. The S&P 500 and the Dow Jones aren't far behind, down 32.9% and 27.5%, respectively, during these last 10 weeks. The NASDAQ, from November 4th's close to the intraday low on November 13th, lost over 350 points, or 19.75%, in less than 7 trading days. Most technicians trying to time market bottoms using their trusty, dusty MACD's and OBV's and SUV's (oops, wrong story!), have erred miserably. They haven't worked with the precision most technicians have grown accustomed to. Instead, this wild market ride has been 100% about emotion. Sentiment indicators have worked like a charm. Two weeks ago, I commented that the VIX had just broken beneath its 20 day EMA for the first time in 2 months and that I was looking for a drop to 46. A couple days later, it hit 44 and change before bouncing again. Now the 50 day SMA on the VIX becomes an important level on a closing basis. Also, the put call ratio and the various moving averages that we use to identify "relative" complacency and pessimism have been of utmost importance in spotting key short-term reversals. Literally, on Thursday as we were wrapping up our noon chat and folks were exiting, I took a final look at the latest put call reading that was published at 1pm EST and it provided us with the final clue to start buying. The "equity only" put call ratio - during just one half hour reading - showed over 200,000 equity puts purchased and just 98,000 calls bought. That half hour ratio was over 2 to 1 in favor of puts, something I cannot ever recall seeing on the equity only reading. The market EXPLODED higher from 1pm on Thursday. Check out this 2 day chart on the NASDAQ:

We recorded the last few minutes of that chat session on our website for anyone wishing to listen to my shock and dismay following that put call reading! Reviewing sentiment indicators like the put call provides opportunities that otherwise would be missed using standard technical indicators and it's why it's such a huge part of our trading arsenal.
The MACD (dare I say!) has turned decidedly bullish on the daily charts. We have a long-term positive divergence in place as shown below:

The market appears to be at or rapidly closing in on a tradeable bottom. We believe the risk/reward is such that aggressive traders could look to enter long positions in increments during further weakness. Let's not forget, this Friday is options expiration and MAX PAIN!!!
As always, keep those stops in place!
Happy trading!


Join Tom and the Invested Central team at www.investedcentral.com. Invested Central provides daily market guidance, intraday stock alerts, annotated stock setups, LIVE member chat sessions, and much, much more.





Posted at 05:06 PM in Tom Bowley | Permalink


November 16, 2008DOW BATTLES SUPPORTBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Dow Industrials surged off support for the fourth time in five weeks. Will this bounce produce a breakout or failure? As the candlestick chart below shows, the Dow Industrials is locked in a volatile trading range with support around 8000 and resistance around 9700. The Dow dipped below 8250 least four times and surged above 9250 at least three times. Talk about a yo-yo.

In an effort to weed out some of this volatility, I am also looking at a close-only chart. There are three dips below 8500 and a broadening formation is taking shape. These patterns are normally associated with tops, but we can probably apply some reverse logic with one forming after the Sept-Oct decline. Currently, the Dow is moving from the upper trendline towards the lower trendline, which targets further weakness towards 7800-8000. Thursday's big bounce looks impressive, but it is not quite enough to reverse the two week downswing. Sorry for getting so short-term, but these are big swings we are dealing with. While I was impressed with Thursday's surge, it was just one day and Friday proves that some follow through is needed for confirmation. A close above minor resistance at 9000 would provide such follow though.
The bottom indicator shows On Balance Volume (OBV) moving to new lows this week. Joe Granville theorized that volume leads price. If this is the case, then OBV is pointing to new lows for the Dow. Look for a break above the blue trendline and early November high to reverse the downtrend in OBV.
There is also a video version of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.


Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


November 16, 2008RYDEX RATIOS DIVERGEBy Chip Anderson
Carl Swenlin
Decision Point charts a couple of indicators that are useful in determining investor sentiment based on actual deployment of cash into Rydex mutual funds. The Rydex Asset Ratio is calculated by dividing total assets in Bear plus Money Market funds by total assets in Bull funds. The Rydex Cash Flow Ratio is calculated by dividing Cumulative Cash Flow into Bear plus Money Market funds by Cumulative Cash Flow into Bull funds. (A thorough discussion of these ratios can be found in the Glossary section of our website.) When total assets in a given fund increase/decrease, the cause is an advance or decline in the fund's shares; however, there is also a component of the amount of cash moving into and out of the fund. This is why we have the two indicators.
On the Assets Ratio chart below, we can see that the Ratio is deeply oversold, implying that sentiment is very bearish, and that an important price bottom is being formed. This oversold reading is a direct result of the severe market decline depressing bull fund prices and inflating bear fund prices. The next chart shows a completely different picture.

While the Asset Ratio is oversold and bullish, the Cash Flow Ratio below is overbought and bearish. It is telling us that investors are quite bullish, and that a decline should be expected. That the two Ratios have diverged so severely is a very unusual situation, so let's take a closer look at what happened.

The next chart shows that, when the market began to consolidate, cash flowed out of bear funds and into bull funds. I can think of no other reason except that Rydex investors were anticipating a rally and trying to pick a bottom. This is bearish. I should emphasize, however, that the Ratios reflect the activity of a relatively small percentage of total market participants. Nevertheless, these indicators have a good performance record and are useful tools.

Bottom Line: The current divergence of the Rydex Ratios leaves us in a predicament as to which we should believe. In my opinion, the Cash Flow Ratio shows what is happening beneath the surface of asset totals, and it should be the first to be believed.


Posted at 05:04 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


November 16, 2008BOOKSTORE NEWS: FREE SHIPPING FOR THE HOLIDAYS!By Chip Anderson
Site News
That's right folks! Beginning today (November 16th), we are offering free shipping for all orders in our Online Bookstore. Now is the time to stock up on those books you have been considering, or purchase that holiday gift for friends and family. We have a number of really useful book bundles that would make wonderful gifts for the investor.
No coupon code is needed - simply go to the Bookstore, select the items you wish to purchase, and the "Free Shipping" option will be available in the drop-down in the checkout process. Please note that the free shipping offer is only available for shipments being sent within the US, and for standard USPS shipments only. This offer is valid until Dec. 31st, 2008.


Posted at 05:02 PM in Site News | Permalink


November 16, 2008S&P JUMPS 6% AFTER TOUCHING NEW LOWBy Chip Anderson
John Murphy
After dropping briefly to the lowest level since March 2003, the S&P 500 achieved an upside reversal day (as did all of the other major indexes) that resulted in a 6% gain. It also did that on the highest volume in weeks. The fact that the S&P touched a new low before rallying is especially impressive (Chart 1). The Nasdaq did the same (Chart 2). The Dow Industrials bounced off psychological support near 8000. The rally was aided by short-term positive divergences in both the daily RSI and MACD lines. Although all market groups participated, the biggest gains were seen in consumer discretionary, financials,REITS, and small caps. Commodity stocks also rallied strongly. Gold and energy stocks gained 12%. The commodity bounce was aided by stronger stocks and a weaker dollar. Many commodity markets were closed during the late stock rally and will probably see more buying tomorrow. Bond prices sold off as stocks rallied.




Subscribe to John Murphy's Market Message today!







Posted at 05:01 PM in John Murphy | Permalink


November 16, 2008NYSE HIGH-LOW LINE TELLS THE TALEBy Chip Anderson
Chip Anderson
StockCharts.com is all about visually representing what's going on in the markets. Here's a sobering visual representation for you:
Daily NYSE High-Low Line:

Weekly NYSE High-Low Line:

You can view these two charts anytime at http://stockcharts.com/charts/gallery.html?$NYHL
The $NYHL index a market breadth indicator that is calculated at the end of each day by taking the number of stocks making New 52-week Highs on the NYSE and subtracting the number of stocks making New 52-week Lows. Those values are then plotted cumulatively to create the NYSE High-Low Line that you see above.
Because it is a cumulative plot, the actual value of each point on the chart is unimportant. (In fact, they will change if you adjust the starting date of the chart.) What is important is the shape of the line - up is healthy, down is sick.
Get the picture? We're sick. We've been sick awhile. We will probably be sick for a while longer. For long-term ChartWatchers, there's not much point in hopping back into the market until these lines start going up again.
-- Chip


Posted at 05:00 PM in Chip Anderson | Permalink


November 02, 2008HISTORY REPEATS ITSELF AGAIN AND AGAIN AND AGAINBy Chip Anderson
Tom Bowley
Previously, I've mentioned a favorite indicator of mine - The Bowley Trend. The Bowley Trend is an analysis of stock market history, dating back to 1950 on the S&P 500 and 1971 on the NASDAQ. It identifies discernible bullish and bearish trends that have emerged over time and provides additional clues as to the direction of equity prices. I use The Bowley Trend to corroborate technical signals.
I mentioned in a July article the 2nd worst historical week of the year. We just experienced a major league beating during the absolute worst period. The most interesting aspect of October is that the worst historical period is followed immediately by the best historical period - amazingly, the bearish switch is turned off and the bullish switch is turned on, literally overnight. Consider the following annualized returns since 1971 on the NASDAQ:

October 22: 15 up days, 11 down days, annualized return -64.98%
October 23: 8 up days, 16 down days, annualized return -89.82%
October 24: 11 up days, 16 down days, annualized return -66.26%
October 25: 9 up days, 19 down days, annualized return -66.85%
October 26: 12 up days, 15 down days, annualized return -110.15%
October 27: 11 up days, 15 down days, annualized return -110.28%

Pretty darn bearish, I'd say. Now consider these bullish numbers from a period that immediately follows the above bearish period:

October 28: 17 up days, 8 down days, annualized return +132.02%
October 29: 16 up days, 10 down days, annualized return +68.14%
October 30: 13 up days, 13 down days, annualized return +46.85%
October 31: 17 up days, 9 down days, annualized return +105.77%
November 1: 16 up days, 12 down days, annualized return +62.41%
November 2: 16 up days, 9 down days, annualized return +144.07%
November 3: 16 up days, 10 down days, annualized return +84.13%
November 4: 15 up days, 9 down days, annualized return +54.94%
November 5: 21 up days, 5 down days, annualized return +153.46%
November 6: 15 up days, 11 down days, annualized return +43.91%

Quite a reversal, huh? This historical tendency was a contributing factor for Invested Central turning bullish on Monday, October 27th. The Bowley Trend shorts indices during bearish historical periods, goes long indices during historical bullish periods and remains 100% in cash during neutral periods - neutral periods are defined as periods where there are no discernible trends. During October alone, The Bowley Trend posted an incredible 27.44% return, over 45 percentage points higher than the actual negative return of 17.73%. Perfectly on cue, the major indices reversed course at the close on October 27th. Folks, I don't make this stuff up, I just report the facts. It is periods like these that has enabled The Bowley Trend to nearly triple the "buy and hold" returns of the NASDAQ since 1971. And it's as simple as following a calendar - the dates do not change. It's also why we provide this indicator to our members each day, it's that important.
Technically, the market is recovery mode. We've got a long way to go and the depths of this recession will be great. I've identified near-term support and resistance for the Dow Jones on the following chart:


From the above chart, I've identified a key price resistance level on the Dow Jones near 10,400. I believe the current range on the Dow is from 7800-10400 and that's where we'll trade. Should the Dow approach that resistance on lessening volume, be very cautious, and possibly consider shorting if you have a propensity to short. The volatility index, or VIX, is finally taking a breather. Take a look at the two VIX charts below. The first shows where we were in early September and my analysis then vs. where the VIX stands now and what it's signaling.


Expect volatility to remain high, but lessening from the ridiculous levels over the past several weeks. Traders will need to remain on their toes, capturing profits when available and keeping appropriate stops in place to avoid big losses.
Happy trading!


Join Tom and the Invested Central team at www.investedcentral.com. Invested Central provides daily market guidance, intraday stock alerts, annotated stock setups, LIVE member chat sessions, and much, much more.






Posted at 05:05 PM in Tom Bowley | Permalink


November 02, 2008AIRLINES TAKE OFFBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Amex Airline Index ($XAL) is leading the market higher with a break above two key moving averages this week. XAL produced one of the sharpest October recoveries with surge from 14 to 25 over the last three weeks. This surge carried the index above the 50-day moving average and 200-day moving average. Both moving averages are still moving lower, but this October surge shows extraordinary strength. Not too many indices are currently trading above their 200-day moving average. For example, the S&P 500 is some 30% below its 200-day moving average.

In addition to these moving average breakouts, XAL shows relative strength versus the S&P 500. First, the S&P 500 broke below its July low, but the Airline Index held above its July low. Second, the S&P 500 tested its mid October low last, but the Airline Index held well above its mid October low. These two higher lows show that the Airline Index is holding up better than the S&P 500. Third, the bottom indicator window shows the Price Relative, which shows the performance of XAL relative to SPX. This indicator formed a higher low in October and broke above its September high this month. A breakout in the price relative confirms relative strength in the Airline Index.
There is also a video version of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.


Posted at 05:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


November 02, 2008CHANGING WITH THE MARKETBy Chip Anderson
Carl Swenlin
When the market changes, we must change our tactics, strategies, and analysis techniques to accommodate the new market conditions. This is not a new idea, but it is one that is not very widely recognized, particularly when applied to the long-term. In recent writings I have emphasized that we are in a bear market, and that we must play by bear market rules. Overbought conditions will usually signal a price tops, and oversold conditions can often see prices slip lower to even more oversold conditions. When making these comments, my focus has been on the cyclical bull and bear markets. What I want to address in this article are the secular forces of which we must be aware.
On the chart below I have identified the five secular trends that have occurred in the last 80-plus years. First is the 1929-1932 Bear Market, which, although it was short, saw the market decline 90%. Next was a secular bull market that lasted from 1932 to 1966, which overlaps with the consolidation of the 1960s an 1970s. In the early 1980s another secular bull market began which peaked in 2000 (basis the S&P 500). Finally, we seem to have entered another consolidation phase that could last another 10 to 15 years.

I began my market studies in the early 1980s, before the big bull market took off, and I learned from the guys who learned all they knew from the market action of the 1960s and 1970s. Applying those rules to the new bull market was confusing, frustrating, and unprofitable. While I didn't participate in those markets, it is easy to imagine the bewilderment of those who, educated in the bull market of the 1920s, took the elevator all the way down to the basement starting in 1929.
The long bull market after the 1932 bottom was missed by most of those traumatized by the crash, but it trained a whole new group of analysts who learned that the market always goes up . . . until everything they knew was proven wrong by a 20-year consolidation. Finally, the battle cry of the 1980s and 1990s bull, "this time it's different," was learned well by those who ultimately ate the 50% decline of 2000-2002.
Unfortunately, it takes time to unlearn the lessons of the heady 1980s and 1990s, and we can still observe people using bogus valuation models that only work in bull markets. We still see people trying to pick bottoms, and we still see people who think that a stock is under valued because it is down 70%. By the time this current secular market phase is over, people will have learned all new rules, that will not apply to the next 20 years.
Whether or not I have correctly identified the current secular market phase as a consolidation remains to be seen, but I am certain that we are no longer operating on the rules of the last secular bull market.


Posted at 05:03 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


November 02, 2008WILL OIL SERVICES RETEST RECENT LOWS?By Chip Anderson
Richard Rhodes
The world stock markets remain rather "volatile" as the credit crisis continues to unfold, while this volatility pendulum continues to create some very unique and interesting value propositions we haven't seen in quite some time. Our focus at present is the relative relationship of the Oil Service Index (OSX) to Crude Oil futures; and the fact that this relative ratio is just off its lowest point in over a decade - having fallen from its high above 8.0 in 1998 to its 2008 low near 1.70. The current course of de-levering by the world's hedge funds has pushed this ratio from 4.0 to its recent low near 1.70, with last week's surge higher putting overhead trendline resistance into view in terms of a bullish breakout.

We find this bullish setup interesting from the perspective that perhaps oil service shares may have forged their bottom given last week's reversal from major weekly/monthly support levels; however, we do expect oil service shares to at least retest their recent lows as our forecast for crude oil futures stands at $39-$40...down another $25-$30 from current levels. We would be remiss if we didn't believe that oil service shares would falter in tandem with the price of crude oil.
Having said this, our favorite choices on a retest are Transocean Offshore (RIG), Schlumberger (SLB), Weatherford Int'l (WFT) and National Oilwell Varco (HOV).


Posted at 05:02 PM in Richard Rhodes | Permalink


November 02, 2008LIBOR DROP ENCOURAGES MARKETSBy Chip Anderson
John Murphy
One of the recent positive trends is the continuing drop in the three-month London Interbank Overnight Lending Rate (LIBOR). That rate determines what banks charge each other for loans. During the credit freeze that started in mid-September, the LIBOR jumped from 2.8% to 4.8% as stocks fell sharply. Since mid-October, however, the LIBOR has been dropping. It fell another 16 basis points today to 3.03 (see arrow) which is the lowest level in six weeks. That's helping to stabilize global stock markets.



Subscribe to John Murphy's Market Message today!
金币:
奖励:
热心:
注册时间:
2006-7-3

回复 使用道具 举报

 楼主| 发表于 2009-3-17 12:10 | 显示全部楼层
By Chip AndersonTom Bowley
This has been one ugly bear season. It cannot be compared to anything else seen on the S&P 500 since 1950. Not even close. But I'll say one thing - there's an awful lot of horrible economic news priced into this market right now. I am convinced that the worst is behind us. That doesn't mean we won't continue to see horrendous economic reports. This will be a holiday shopping season that every retailer in America had wished they could have skipped. We will see hundreds and hundreds of thousands of jobs lost in the coming months. As a result, home prices are nowhere near stabilizing yet. And without home prices stabilizing and economic improvement, banks aren't exactly sitting in the catbird seat either.
But the market prices these things in. That's why we've seen the NASDAQ drop 37.1% in the last 10 weeks. The S&P 500 and the Dow Jones aren't far behind, down 32.9% and 27.5%, respectively, during these last 10 weeks. The NASDAQ, from November 4th's close to the intraday low on November 13th, lost over 350 points, or 19.75%, in less than 7 trading days. Most technicians trying to time market bottoms using their trusty, dusty MACD's and OBV's and SUV's (oops, wrong story!), have erred miserably. They haven't worked with the precision most technicians have grown accustomed to. Instead, this wild market ride has been 100% about emotion. Sentiment indicators have worked like a charm. Two weeks ago, I commented that the VIX had just broken beneath its 20 day EMA for the first time in 2 months and that I was looking for a drop to 46. A couple days later, it hit 44 and change before bouncing again. Now the 50 day SMA on the VIX becomes an important level on a closing basis. Also, the put call ratio and the various moving averages that we use to identify "relative" complacency and pessimism have been of utmost importance in spotting key short-term reversals. Literally, on Thursday as we were wrapping up our noon chat and folks were exiting, I took a final look at the latest put call reading that was published at 1pm EST and it provided us with the final clue to start buying. The "equity only" put call ratio - during just one half hour reading - showed over 200,000 equity puts purchased and just 98,000 calls bought. That half hour ratio was over 2 to 1 in favor of puts, something I cannot ever recall seeing on the equity only reading. The market EXPLODED higher from 1pm on Thursday. Check out this 2 day chart on the NASDAQ:

We recorded the last few minutes of that chat session on our website for anyone wishing to listen to my shock and dismay following that put call reading! Reviewing sentiment indicators like the put call provides opportunities that otherwise would be missed using standard technical indicators and it's why it's such a huge part of our trading arsenal.
The MACD (dare I say!) has turned decidedly bullish on the daily charts. We have a long-term positive divergence in place as shown below:

The market appears to be at or rapidly closing in on a tradeable bottom. We believe the risk/reward is such that aggressive traders could look to enter long positions in increments during further weakness. Let's not forget, this Friday is options expiration and MAX PAIN!!!
As always, keep those stops in place!
Happy trading!


Join Tom






Arthur Hill
The Dow Industrials surged off support for the fourth time in five weeks. Will this bounce produce a breakout or failure? As the candlestick chart below shows, the Dow Industrials is locked in a volatile trading range with support around 8000 and resistance around 9700. The Dow dipped below 8250 least four times and surged above 9250 at least three times. Talk about a yo-yo.

In an effort to weed out some of this volatility, I am also looking at a close-only chart. There are three dips below 8500 and a broadening formation is taking shape. These patterns are normally associated with tops, but we can probably apply some reverse logic with one forming after the Sept-Oct decline. Currently, the Dow is moving from the upper trendline towards the lower trendline, which targets further weakness towards 7800-8000. Thursday's big bounce looks impressive, but it is not quite enough to reverse the two week downswing. Sorry for getting so short-term, but these are big swings we are dealing with. While I was impressed with Thursday's surge, it was just one day and Friday proves that some follow through is needed for confirmation. A close above minor resistance at 9000 would provide such follow though.
The bottom indicator shows On Balance Volume (OBV) moving to new lows this week. Joe Granville theorized that volume leads price. If this is the case, then OBV is pointing to new lows for the Dow. Look for a break above the blue trendline and early November high to reverse the downtrend in OBV.
By Chip Anderson



Carl Swenlin
Decision Point charts a couple of indicators that are useful in determining investor sentiment based on actual deployment of cash into Rydex mutual funds. The Rydex Asset Ratio is calculated by dividing total assets in Bear plus Money Market funds by total assets in Bull funds. The Rydex Cash Flow Ratio is calculated by dividing Cumulative Cash Flow into Bear plus Money Market funds by Cumulative Cash Flow into Bull funds. (A thorough discussion of these ratios can be found in the Glossary section of our website.) When total assets in a given fund increase/decrease, the cause is an advance or decline in the fund's shares; however, there is also a component of the amount of cash moving into and out of the fund. This is why we have the two indicators.
On the Assets Ratio chart below, we can see that the Ratio is deeply oversold, implying that sentiment is very bearish, and that an important price bottom is being formed. This oversold reading is a direct result of the severe market decline depressing bull fund prices and inflating bear fund prices. The next chart shows a completely different picture.

While the Asset Ratio is oversold and bullish, the Cash Flow Ratio below is overbought and bearish. It is telling us that investors are quite bullish, and that a decline should be expected. That the two Ratios have diverged so severely is a very unusual situation, so let's take a closer look at what happened.

The next chart shows that, when the market began to consolidate, cash flowed out of bear funds and into bull funds. I can think of no other reason except that Rydex investors were anticipating a rally and trying to pick a bottom. This is bearish. I should emphasize, however, that the Ratios reflect the activity of a relatively small percentage of total market participants. Nevertheless, these indicators have a good performance record and are useful tools.

Bottom Line: The current divergence of the Rydex Ratios leaves us in a predicament as to which we should believe. In my opinion, the Cash Flow Ratio shows what is happening beneath the surface of asset totals, and it should be the first to be believed.





Site News




After dropping briefly to the lowest level since March 2003, the S&P 500 achieved an upside reversal day (as did all of the other major indexes) that resulted in a 6% gain. It also did that on the highest volume in weeks. The fact that the S&P touched a new low before rallying is especially impressive (Chart 1). The Nasdaq did the same (Chart 2). The Dow Industrials bounced off psychological support near 8000. The rally was aided by short-term positive divergences in both the daily RSI and MACD lines. Although all market groups participated, the biggest gains were seen in consumer discretionary, financials,REITS, and small caps. Commodity stocks also rallied strongly. Gold and energy stocks gained 12%. The commodity bounce was aided by stronger stocks and a weaker dollar. Many commodity markets were closed during the late stock rally and will probably see more buying tomorrow. Bond prices sold off as stocks rallied.











Chip Anderson
StockCharts.com is all about visually representing what's going on in the markets. Here's a sobering visual representation for you:
Daily NYSE High-Low Line:

Weekly NYSE High-Low Line:

You can view
The $NYHL index a market breadth indicator that is calculated at the end of each day by taking the number of stocks making New 52-week Highs on the NYSE and subtracting the number of stocks making New 52-week Lows. Those values are then plotted cumulatively to create the NYSE High-Low Line that you see above.
Because it is a cumulative plot, the actual value of each point on the chart is unimportant. (In fact, they will change if you adjust the starting date of the chart.) What is important is the shape of the line - up is healthy, down is sick.
Get the picture? We're sick. We've been sick awhile. We will probably be sick for a while longer. For long-term ChartWatchers, there's not much point in hopping back into the market until these lines start going up again.
--



Tom Bowley
Previously, I've mentioned a favorite indicator of mine - The Bowley Trend. The Bowley Trend is an analysis of stock market history, dating back to 1950 on the S&P 500 and 1971 on the NASDAQ. It identifies discernible bullish and bearish trends that have emerged over time and provides additional clues as to the direction of equity prices. I use The Bowley Trend to corroborate technical signals.
I mentioned in a July article the 2nd worst historical week of the year. We just experienced a major league beating during the absolute worst period. The most interesting aspect of October is that the worst historical period is followed immediately by the best historical period - amazingly, the bearish switch is turned off and the bullish switch is turned on, literally overnight. Consider the following annualized returns since 1971 on the NASDAQ:

October 22: 15 up days, 11 down days, annualized return -64.98%
October 23: 8 up days, 16 down days, annualized return -89.82%
October 24: 11 up days, 16 down days, annualized return -66.26%
October 25: 9 up days, 19 down days, annualized return -66.85%
October 26: 12 up days, 15 down days, annualized return -110.15%
October 27: 11 up days, 15 down days, annualized return -110.28%

Pretty darn bearish, I'd say. Now consider these bullish numbers from a period that immediately follows the above bearish period:

October 28: 17 up days, 8 down days, annualized return +132.02%
October 29: 16 up days, 10 down days, annualized return +68.14%
October 30: 13 up days, 13 down days, annualized return +46.85%
October 31: 17 up days, 9 down days, annualized return +105.77%
November 1: 16 up days, 12 down days, annualized return +62.41%
November 2: 16 up days, 9 down days, annualized return +144.07%
November 3: 16 up days, 10 down days, annualized return +84.13%
November 4: 15 up days, 9 down days, annualized return +54.94%
November 5: 21 up days, 5 down days, annualized return +153.46%
November 6: 15 up days, 11 down days, annualized return +43.91%

Quite a reversal, huh? This historical tendency was a contributing factor for Invested Central turning bullish on Monday, October 27th. The Bowley Trend shorts indices during bearish historical periods, goes long indices during historical bullish periods and remains 100% in cash during neutral periods - neutral periods are defined as periods where there are no discernible trends. During October alone, The Bowley Trend posted an incredible 27.44% return, over 45 percentage points higher than the actual negative return of 17.73%. Perfectly on cue, the major indices reversed course at the close on October 27th. Folks, I don't make this stuff up, I just report the facts. It is periods like these that has enabled The Bowley Trend to nearly triple the "buy and hold" returns of the NASDAQ since 1971. And it's as simple as following a calendar - the dates do not change. It's also why we provide this indicator to our members each day, it's that important.
Technically, the market is recovery mode. We've got a long way to go and the depths of this recession will be great. I've identified near-term support and resistance for the Dow Jones on the following chart:


From the above chart, I've identified a key price resistance level on the Dow Jones near 10,400. I believe the current range on the Dow is from 7800-10400 and that's where we'll trade. Should the Dow approach that resistance on lessening volume, be very cautious, and possibly consider shorting if you have a propensity to short. The volatility index, or VIX, is finally taking a breather. Take a look at the two VIX charts below. The first shows where we were in early September and my analysis then vs. where the VIX stands now and what it's signaling.


Expect volatility to remain high, but lessening from the ridiculous levels over the past several weeks. Traders will need to remain on their toes,



Arthur Hill
The Amex Airline Index ($XAL) is leading the market higher with a break above two key moving averages this week. XAL produced one of the sharpest October recoveries with surge from 14 to 25 over the last three weeks. This surge carried the index above the 50-day moving average and 200-day moving average. Both moving averages are still moving lower, but this October surge shows extraordinary strength. Not too many indices are currently trading above their 200-day moving average. For example, the S&P 500 is some 30% below its 200-day moving average.

In addition to these moving average breakouts, XAL shows relative strength versus the S&P 500. First, the S&P 500 broke below its July low, but the Airline Index held above its July low. Second, the S&P 500 tested its mid October low last, but the Airline Index held well above its mid October low. These two higher lows show that the Airline Index is holding up better than the S&P 500. Third, the bottom indicator window shows the Price Relative, which shows the performance of XAL relative to SPX. This indicator formed a higher low in October and broke above its September high this month. A breakout in the price relative confirms relative strength in the Airline Index.




Carl Swenlin
When the market changes, we must change our tactics, strategies, and analysis techniques to accommodate the new market conditions. This is not a new idea, but it is one that is not very widely recognized, particularly when applied to the long-term. In recent writings I have emphasized that we are in a bear market, and that we must play by bear market rules. Overbought conditions will usually signal a price tops, and oversold conditions can often see prices slip lower to even more oversold conditions. When making these comments, my focus has been on the cyclical bull and bear markets. What I want to address in this article are the secular forces of which we must be aware.
On the chart below I have identified the five secular trends that have occurred in the last 80-plus years. First is the 1929-1932 Bear Market, which, although it was short, saw the market decline 90%. Next was a secular bull market that lasted from 1932 to 1966, which overlaps with the consolidation of the 1960s an 1970s. In the early 1980s another secular bull market began which peaked in 2000 (basis the S&P 500). Finally, we seem to have entered another consolidation phase that could last another 10 to 15 years.

I began my market studies in the early 1980s, before the big bull market took off, and I learned from the guys who learned all they knew from the market action of the 1960s and 1970s. Applying those rules to the new bull market was confusing, frustrating, and unprofitable. While I didn't participate in those markets, it is easy to imagine the bewilderment of those who, educated in the bull market of the 1920s, took the elevator all the way down to the basement starting in 1929.
The long bull market after the 1932 bottom was missed by most of those traumatized by the crash, but it trained a whole new group of analysts who learned that the market always goes up . . . until everything they knew was proven wrong by a 20-year consolidation. Finally, the battle cry of the 1980s and 1990s bull, "this time it's different," was learned well by those who ultimately ate the 50% decline of 2000-2002.
Unfortunately, it takes time to unlearn the lessons of the heady 1980s and 1990s, and we can still observe people using bogus valuation models that only work in bull markets. We still see people trying to pick bottoms, and we still see people who think that a stock is under valued because it is down 70%. By the time this current secular market phase is over, people will have learned all new rules, that will not apply to the next 20 years.
Whether or not I



Richard Rhodes
The world stock markets remain rather "volatile" as the credit crisis continues to unfold, while this volatility pendulum continues to create some very unique and interesting value propositions we haven't seen in quite some time. Our focus at present is the relative relationship of the Oil Service Index (OSX) to Crude Oil futures; and the fact that this relative ratio is just off its lowest point in over a decade - having fallen from its high above 8.0 in 1998 to its 2008 low near 1.70. The current course of de-levering by the world's hedge funds has pushed this ratio from 4.0 to its recent low near 1.70, with last week's surge higher putting overhead trendline resistance into view in terms of a bullish breakout.

We find this bullish setup interesting from the perspective that perhaps oil service shares may have forged their bottom given last week's reversal from major weekly/monthly support levels; however, we do expect oil service shares to at least retest their recent lows as our forecast for crude oil futures stands at $39-$40...down another $25-$30 from current levels. We would be remiss if we didn't believe that oil service shares would falter in tandem with the price of crude oil.
Having said this, our favorite choices on a retest are Transocean Offshore (RIG), Schlumberger (SLB), Weatherford Int'l (WFT) and National Oilwell Varco (HOV).



John Murphy
One of the recent positive trends is the continuing drop in the three-month London Interbank Overnight Lending Rate (LIBOR). That rate determines what banks charge each other for loans. During the credit freeze that started in mid-September, the LIBOR jumped from 2.8% to 4.8% as stocks fell sharply. Since mid-October, however, the LIBOR has been dropping. It fell another 16 basis points today to 3.03 (see arrow) which is the lowest level in six weeks. That's helping to stabilize global stock markets.



Subscribe to John Murphy's Market Message today!
金币:
奖励:
热心:
注册时间:
2006-7-3

回复 使用道具 举报

 楼主| 发表于 2009-3-17 12:10 | 显示全部楼层
December 14, 2008MARKET RALLIES TO FIND RESISTANCEBy Chip Anderson
Tom Bowley
I knew eventually we'd get a rally with legs. The recent long-term positive divergences across our major indices suggested a 50 day SMA test was on the horizon and that's exactly what we saw this past week. Key indices hit resistance and, not surprisingly, backed away on the first attempt. The bears have been in the drivers seat for the last few months. They were not going to be taken down without a fight. The battle was waged and the bears were victorious - for now.
The market has stabilized somewhat and that's a positive. I wouldn't go so far as to say it's stable, just that it's in the process of stabilizing. Thursday afternoon's selloff occurred with the VIX barely budging higher. That's a critical sign that the fear and panic that ruled the market and ruined portfolios is not a major factor currently. Resiliency is a word often associated with the market now. Horrible news is being routinely ignored. The Employment report last Friday was worse than anyone could have predicted. Yet after a quick morning selloff, the major indices rallied. On Thursday evening, the Senate rejected the House's proposal on a $14 billion bailout package and futures were bleak. Asian markets tumbled overnight and given the late day selloff on Thursday, US investors were worried that another steep drop was upon us. But futures improved into the open and the major indices mostly rallied throughout the day, finishing in positive territory and near the highs of the day. It's that old adage, "sell on rumor, buy on news".
I am beginning to rely less on sentiment indicators as the market appears to be moving away from the emotional level of trading that we saw for many weeks. I expect to see more back and forth action once a range is established. That should set up for very profitable trades using momentum oscillators like stochastics and RSI. During the recent downtrend, the daily RSI has remained primarily below 50. If conditions are truly changing, we should see that oscillator begin to move back and forth between the key levels at 30 and 70. In sideways, consolidating markets, the stochastics and RSI oscillators can prove to be the most useful indicators for entry and exit points.
Technicals precede fundamentals. They always have and they always will. If you can follow the price action, you can trade the market. Will the recent bullishness last? Yes, it's quite possible. In fact, I'm watching for the highs on this current leg up to define our trading range over the next several months. While January 2008 was horrific for equities, the December-January timeframe is historically quite bullish. Financials are trying to repair themselves technically, but hurdles remain. As you can see from the chart of the XLF below, it's attempting to ascend past key short-term price and moving average resistance as reflected below:

A move past key resistance will open the door to higher equity prices overall. Similarly, the SOX is also knocking at resistance's door as shown below in Chart 2:

These are two influential groups that will most likely need to participate in further strength in equities. Without them, this attempt could be futile.
I want to wish everyone a relaxing holiday season and a happy new year!
Happy trading!


Posted at 05:05 PM in Tom Bowley | Permalink


December 14, 2008GOLD BENEFITS FROM WEAK DOLLARBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
After surging from the low 70s to the upper 80s, the U.S. Dollar Index ($USD) experienced its sharpest decline in years. In fact, this week's decline was the sharpest in over 10 years. The bottom indicator window shows the 1-week Rate-of-Change dipping to -3.89% this week. While this may seem like a trend changing event, keep in mind that the Dollar was quite overbought after the prior advance. Some sort of correction is normal and the index could very well retrace 50% of the prior advance.


Weakness in the greenback sparked a rally in gold this week as the streetTRACKS Gold ETF (GLD) gained over 8%. The surge off support looks impressive, but GLD remains in a falling price channel for the year. This pattern, however, could be bullish because it looks like a massive flag. Flags are corrective patterns that form after a big advance. A break above the 40-week moving average and upper trendline would signal a continuation of the prior advance (55-100).
There is also a video version of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.


Posted at 05:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


December 14, 2008TIME RUNNING OUT ON RALLYBy Chip Anderson
Carl Swenlin
Last week we looked at a descending wedge pattern on the S&P 500 chart that could have sparked a rally had it resolved to the upside. Prices actually did break upward, but volume was poor, and the up move stalled immediately. Now there is an ascending wedge pattern inside a declining trend channel. The technical expectation is for the wedge to resolve to the downside, but I should emphasize that it would only have short-term implications.

I am becoming more concerned with the medium-term prospects for the stock market. In late-October the market became extremely oversold by virtually every measure. This was a signal for us to start looking for an important rally. Since then, the oversold readings have been getting worked off as the market has been grinding sideways and lower. As you can see on the chart below, three of our medium-term indicators for price, breadth, and volume have been moving up and are relatively overbought (relative to their recent trading ranges).

On the chart of our OBV suite of indicators below, note that the medium-term VTO (bottom panel) is at overbought levels. The short-term CVI and STVO have also peaked in overbought territory.

Bottom Line: There has been a small rally out of the November lows, but volume has been weak. Deeply oversold readings have so far failed to deliver a rally of the strength and duration we would normally expect, and, with internals now becoming overbought, time is running out. The problem, I suspect, is that the only buyers are nervous short sellers. Once the shorts have covered, new buyers needed to continue the rally fail to materialize because nobody wants to buy this market.


Posted at 05:03 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


December 14, 2008WORLD MARKETS, CRUDE OIL, AND S&P ENERGYBy Chip Anderson
Richard Rhodes
As we approach the end of the year, we find world stock markets attempting to trade a bit higher, although volatility remains quite high, but off it's worst high levels. However, we believe it shall not be low for very long; hence our propensity is to use this rally attempt to put put back on several short positions. From our trading perspective, we believe the energy sector have quite a bit of downside remaining...even thought the sector has been decimated. Our reasoning: lower crude oil prices on the order of $30-$36/barrel. This range is a bit wider than we have previously stated, and it incorporates last week's Goldman Sachs reversal from $200/barrel to $30/barrel in the next 3-months due to the widening of the "super contango." Our reading of the technicals behind the S&P Energy ETF (XLE) seem to bear this out...no pun intended!
Looking at the XLE weekly chart, we find prices fell off a cliff much like all other sectors - breaking down through its bull market trendline and its 70-week and 200-week moving averages. Obviously this is bearish stuff, with the trend remaining lower. What our interest is in at present is the manner in which prices are consolidating in sideways fashion in conjunction with the inability of the 14-week stochastic to move higher out of oversold territory. This argues rather strongly we think for a resumption of the downtrend in the very near future that should coincide with crude oil prices falling towards our above-stated range. Our target is $33-to$36, which is about -25% off current levels. The question is one of timing.



Posted at 05:02 PM in Richard Rhodes | Permalink


December 14, 2008% NYSE STOCKS ABOVE 200 AVERAGEBy Chip Anderson
John Murphy
A reliable measure of the market's strength or weakness can be found in the % of NYSE stocks trading above their 200-day averages. That's because 200-day averages are used to measure a market's long-term trend. [A 50-day line measures short- and intermediate- market trends]. Chart 1 shows the indicator since the start of 2006. The sharp drop during the second half of 2007 was one of the bearish signs that warned of a coming bear market. During bull market corrections, the indicator will often pullback into the 40-50% region. The April 2006 bull market correction bounced from 40%. Drops below 40% signal the start of a bear market which occurred during the second half of 2007. Bear market bounces can rise into the 50-60% region. The April/May bounce rose to 53% before turning back down again. The August bounce failed at 40%. A reading above 60% is normally needed to signal a new bull market. Chart 2 shows the trend during 2008 which is still very low 4%. That means that 96% of NYSE stocks are trading below their 200-day lines. While that historically low reading reflects a deeply oversold market, it doesn't show any sign of turning higher. Remember that the stock market is a market of stocks. The market can't be expected to rise much when the overwhelming majority of its stocks are still in major downtrends.




Posted at 05:01 PM in John Murphy | Permalink


December 14, 2008CHARTSTYLES ARE POWERFUL, UNDERUSED FEATURE OF STOCKCHARTSBy Chip Anderson
Chip Anderson
Hello Fellow ChartWatchers!
Happy Holidays and welcome to our December issue of ChartWatchers. We only do one newsletter in December and so you can bet it's a good one. John, Arthur, Carl, Richard and Tom are all focused on the market but I wanted to take time today to make sure that everyone is getting the most out of one of the key features of our website: ChartStyles.
ChartStyles are basically "templates" of charts. They contain everything about the chart except the ticker symbol. Members of our Basic and Extra services can save multiple ChartStyles into their accounts for quick access later. Consider the following example:
Let's say that you have been reading the newspaper and a story on Amazon (ticker symbol: AMZN) catches your eye. You'd like to do some research on AMZN's price movements - what's the best way to start?
Step One is to just go to StockCharts.com, enter AMZN in the Quick Chart box and click "Go!". That will give you a SharpChart of AMZN in your "Default" ChartStyle for your account. If you've never changed your Default style, you'll see a daily candlestock chart with RSI and MACD indicators.
While your Default chart is helpful, you'll want to do more in-depth research. Let's say that you also want to see the long-term view, the short-term view, a trending-or-oscillating study, and maybe a Renko study.
While you can change the settings below the chart to create each of these things, that gets tedious after awhile. There has to be a better way, right? That "better way" are ChartStyles. By taking the time to create and save each one of those different studies into your account as a ChartStyle, you can then pull up those settings instantly with just one or two clicks.
For example, here are the steps to create and save a "trending-or-oscillating study" as a ChartStyle:

Step 1 - Create a Chart with the Settings you Want
In this case, I added the Aroon Oscillator and Wilder's ADX studies to a standard candlestick chart. Both indicators can help you determine if a stock is "trending" or "trading" (i.e. oscillating sideways) which is very useful in determining which buy/sell signals to use. (See our ChartSchool articles on those indicators for more info.)


Step 2 - Make Sure your Settings are "General Purpose"Before saving a ChartStyle you want to take a moment and review your settings to ensure that they will work with other ticker symbols at other times. Specifically, you want to avoid using "Start/End" Range settings that have specific dates in them - those dates may not be valid when you use this ChartStyle several months from now. You also want to avoid using Price indicators that include the chart's main ticker symbol - those settings won't make sense when you apply this style to a different ticker.


Step 3 - Add the New ChartStyle to Your Account
Just below the chart is the "ChartStyle" line - I've outlined it in blue in the picture above. It contains all of the links you need to create and control your ChartStyles. Right now, we are trying to add a new ChartStyle to our account, so we need to click the "Add New" link (the black arrow). When we click that link, a popup area appears below it - that's what I've outlined in red above.
Let's call our new ChartStyle "Trend/Oscillate Study" - simply enter that in the "Name" field and click the "Add" button to create the new ChartStyle. (I'll talk about the "Button" field in my next article.)


Step 4 - Test the New ChartStyle
We can use the "ChartStyles" dropdown to test our new style. It contains all of our saved ChartStyles as well as our ">>Default<<" style and seven predefined styles. To test our new style, first select the "SCC Default" setting from the dropdown. You should see the standard RSI/MACD chart appear. Then select "Trend/Oscillate Study" and our Aroon/ADX chart should reappear. Success!
You can now apply that study to ANY ticker symbol just by selecting that entry from the ChartStyles dropdown. I bet you can think of 10 more studies that you'd like to create. Why wait? Go for it. Every ChartStyle you create makes StockCharts that much more powerful for you. Enjoy!
If you get confused by any of this, click the yellow "Instructions" link for more information.
Happy Holidays everybody!
-- Chip
金币:
奖励:
热心:
注册时间:
2006-7-3

回复 使用道具 举报

 楼主| 发表于 2009-3-17 12:11 | 显示全部楼层
January 18, 2009TECHNICAL ANALYSIS 101 - PART 1By Chip Anderson
Chip Anderson
This is the first part of a series of articles about Technical Analysis from a new course we're developing. If you are new to charting, these articles will give you the "big picture" behind the charts on our site. if you are an "old hand", these articles will help ensure you haven't "strayed too far" from the basics. Enjoy!
Defining Technical AnalysisTechnical analysis is the study of price and volume changes over time. Technical analysis usually involves the use of financial charts to help study these changes. Any person who analyzes financial charts can be called a Technical Analyst.
Despite being surrounded with data, charts, raw numbers, mathematical formulas, etc., technical analysts are really studying human behavior - specifically the behavior of crowds with respect to fear and greed. All of the investors that have any kind of interest in a particular stock can be considered to be "the market" for that particular stock and the emotional state of those investors is what determines the price for that stock. If more investors feel the stock will rise, it will! If more feel that the stock will fall, then fall it will. Thus, a stock's price change over time is the most accurate record of the emotional state - the fear and the greed - of the market for that stock and thus, technical analysis is, at its core, a study of crowd behavior.
"Weathering" the MarketWhen was the last time you saw a 100% accurate weather forecast for your area? Chances are that at least some of the weather predictions your local weather person tells you won't come to pass. In many cases, most of the predictions are wrong. So why do we keep listening to weather forecasts?
Weather forecasts are useful because they help us prepare for what is likely. If the forecast calls for rain, we bring our umbrellas with us when we go out. If sunshine is predicted, we bring our sunglasses. We know that we might not need these things, but more than likely we will and we like to be prepared.
Technical analysis is very similar to weather forecasting. Good technical analysts know that T/A can prepare you for what is likely to happen but, just like many weather forecasts, things can change in unpredictable ways. Here are some other ways that technical analysis is like weather forecasting:
  • Weather forecasters measure temperature and air pressure and then use that data to determine more about the factors that cause weather changes - i.e., fronts, high pressure, low pressure, etc. Technical analysts use price and volume to determine more about the factors that cause market changes - i.e. fear and greed, trends, reversals, support, etc.
  • Despite huge quantities of weather data at their disposal, weather forecasters still use their experience and intuition when creating each forecast. Technical analysis also draws heavily from the experience and intuition of the person doing the analysis (you!).
  • Accurate weather forecasting requires local knowledge and experience. A forecaster from Florida that moves to Alaska will need time to become familiar with Alaska's weather patterns. Similarly, technical analysis requires experience and knowledge about the kinds of markets being charted - stocks are different from commodities which are different from mutual funds, large stocks are different from small stocks, etc.
  • In the early days of weather forecasting, charlatans tried to convince people that they could somehow control the weather or that their predictions where always accurate. Unfortunately, even today, you can find people making similar claims about technical analysis.
  • Weather forecasts tend to be most accurate when things aren't changing. If it has been sunny for the past three days and no big weather systems are approaching, chances are it will be sunny again today. Technical analysis also works well when conditions aren't changing dramatically. Both disciplines have more trouble with predicting exactly when big changes will occur.
  • Both weather forecasting and technical analysis work well for the "mid-sized view." While predicting the weather for a large city is possible, predicting things for a city block is very hard. Similarly, second-by-second technical analysis can be extremely tricky; daily and weekly analysis is more reliable. Conversely, predicting weather for the country as a whole (i.e., "It will be sunny in the US today") and predicting the market as a whole (i.e., "This year stocks will go up") are too broad to be useful.
It is easy to lose perspective on what technical analysis can and cannot do. Try to remember this comparison with weather forecasting to keep yourself aware of its benefits and limitations.
Next time, we'll look at the real goal of Technical Analysis, why it works, and how it can be misused.


Posted at 07:16 PM in Chip Anderson | Permalink


January 18, 2009OTHER BOND CATEGORIES ARE BOUNCINGBy Chip Anderson
John Murphy
I recently wrote about how investment grade corporate bonds were starting to gain some ground on Treasury bonds. Today, I'm adding two other bond categories to that list. The flat line in Chart 1 is the 20+Year Treasury Bond iShares (TLT) which has been the strongest part of the yield curve over the past few months. That's been partly due to a flight to safety and deflationary concerns. The three other lines in Chart 1 are relative strength ratios versus the TLT. All three bond ETFs have been gaining ground on Treasury Bonds since mid-December. The strongest has been the LQD (blue line) which I wrote about in the earlier article. The next strongest is National Muni Bond Fund (PZA) which is the green line. The next in line is the High Yield Corporate Bond Fund (HYG). Charts 2 through 4 show what those bond ETFs look like. The LQD in Chart 2 is trading well above its 200-day line. The Muni Bond ETF (Chart 3) is testing that resistance line and its early November peak. Chart 4 shows the High Yield Corporate Bond ETF trading at a three-month high and nearing its 200-day line. For those who think that the recent surge in Treasury bond prices is overdone (I certainly do), these other bond ETFs offer some alternatives.




Posted at 04:12 AM in John Murphy | Permalink


January 17, 2009IS THE DOLLAR TOPPING?By Chip Anderson
Tom Bowley
An interesting result of the government bailout of the financials and automakers, along with the huge economic stimulus package will be the long-term impact on the U.S. dollar. Can the dollar maintain its relative value as interest rates fall and deficits mount? Let's take a look at a few charts regarding the dollar and how we can profit if the dollar does plunge. First, let's take a look at the long-term picture of the dollar:

As you can see, the long-term trend in the dollar is down. Unless the dollar can pierce through the 92-93 area, the intermediate-term trend is down as well. Only the near-term chart shows any positive action on the dollar. And that rally is suspect technically as shown below:

A bearish head and shoulders pattern formed from October through December and broke down below the neckline with force. Should the dollar fail to navigate the near-term resistance (retest of neckline) and the longer-term trend resumes to the downside, gold is likely to be a primary beneficiary. Gold is one commodity whose long-term uptrend remains intact because of the long-term downtrend in the dollar. Take a glimpse at the long-term chart on gold:

The dollar and gold have an inverse relationship that's quite evident when you compare the two charts. During periods of dollar strength, gold weakens. However, dollar weakness leads to gold strength. So the question remains: What happens to the dollar as a result of the massive government bailout and the economic stimulus package? Answer that question correctly and you profit. It's as simple as that.
Happy trading!


Posted at 08:25 PM in Tom Bowley | Permalink


January 17, 2009RALLY FAILUREBy Chip Anderson
Carl Swenlin
In my January 2 article I pointed out that the stock market was overbought by bear market standards, but that the rally had plenty of internal room for prices to expand upward if bullish forces were to persist. There was a brief rally and a small breakout, but then the rally failed, breaking down from an ascending wedge formation. I wasn't really expecting a bullish resolution, but one must keep an open mind when appropriate conditions appear.
On the chart below you can see the short-term declining tops line through which the breakout occurred. Instead of a buying opportunity, it was a bull trap. At this point we must assume that the November low will be tested. Note also that the PMO has crossed down through its 10-EMA, generating a sell signal.

The weekly chart below gives a better perspective, I think. It shows how aggressive the current down move is compared to the price activity that precedes it. Also, the PMO has topped below its moving average, a bearish sign. Prices are once again approaching the long-term support drawn from the 2002 lows. A successful retest could set up a double bottom from which another intermediate-term rally could launch, but in a bear market we shouldn't bet on that outcome.

For many months I have been emphasizing that our analysis should be biased toward bearish outcomes because we are operating in the longer-term context of a bear market. The tide is going out and it is foolish to try to swim against it. In a much broader context, we are in the midst of a global debt collapse that is only in the beginning stages. I find it impossible to imagine economic circumstances in the immediate future that would be even remotely favorable to stocks.
Bottom Line: In a bull market overbought conditions most often result in small corrections, consolidations, or deceleration of the up trend. In a bear market overbought conditions are usually a sign that a price top is at hand. Because the most recent overbought event has resulted in a price top, I think we can safely assume that the bear has not retreated.


Posted at 08:20 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


January 17, 2009EURO FINDS SUPPORT AS DOLLAR HITS RESISTANCEBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
With a bounce on Friday, the Euro Trust ETF (FXE) found support from a confluence of indicators and chart features. First, broken resistance turns into support in 130-132 area. Second, there is support in this area from the 50-day moving average. Third, the decline over the last few weeks retraced around 62% of the prior advance. The ETF was also oversold after a rather sharp decline from 145 to 130. This combination of conditions and chart features made FXE ripe for a bounce.


With the Euro bouncing, the US Dollar Index Bullish ETF (UUP) came under pressure on Friday. Notice that these two charts are mirror images of each other. After a surge over the last few weeks, UUP met resistance near broken support and the 50-day moving average. The advance in UUP looks like a rising flag, which is potentially bearish. For now, the flag is clearly rising as the trend has yet to actually reverse. A move below the early January low would break flag support and call for a continuation of the December decline.
There is also a video version of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.


Posted at 08:16 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


January 04, 2009WHAT LIES AHEAD?By Chip Anderson
Tom Bowley
In order to gain a decent perspective as to where we might go in 2009, it's always helpful to take a look at the past to see how we got here. 2008 was a horrible year for the major stock market indices. The Dow Jones, S&P 500, NASDAQ and Russell 2000 lost 33.84%, 38.49%, 40.54% and 34.80%, respectively for the year. It didn't matter where you put your money - nearly every stock index here in the U.S. as well as abroad suffered major financial and technical damage. It's not irreparable damage, but building a solid foundation for a future advance will be a key in 2009. Holding price support at the lows in the fourth quarter is paramount to building that solid foundation.
Clearly, the stock market suffered its worst annual loss in several decades. After all the selling and panic, especially towards the latter part of 2008, the Dow Jones finished 2008 23.66% below where it began this decade. The last time the Dow Jones lost ground during a decade was the 1930's, when it lost 39.64% over that ten year span. The Dow Jones would need to advance 31.00% to avoid having a losing decade. While anything is possible, that seems a tall order especially considering that the Dow Jones had already advanced 15.77% from the November 21st low through year end. Friday, January 2nd did get us off to a great start, albeit on light volume.
The U.S. stock market remains in a bear market. Despite the surge off of the November 21st lows, we must respect the longer-term bear market message. That doesn't mean we can't continue to advance near-term. In fact, I would be surprised if we didn't rally further during January. Historically, January is the best month for the NASDAQ and is one of the best months for the Dow Jones, S&P 500 and Russell 2000. Technically, if we look at possible Fibonacci retracements of the recent downtrend, we can attempt to pick a price point where the current rally may fizzle. Let's look first at the NASDAQ:

Here's the way the S&P 500 shapes up:

I do believe the market has moved from a very emotional, panic-stricken state to a more stable one. That's not to say we won't see periods of heightened volatility, but the initial shock that was felt in 2008 is behind us and so too is the enormous swings in prices from day to day. That should allow for a period of consolidation where momentum oscillators like stochastics and RSI can be used to more effectively time trades. Pay close attention to these indicators when they flash overbought and oversold conditions, however, because most likely trend changes will be sudden and perhaps without explanation. From the next chart of the VIX, you can see how the emotional roller coaster in the 3rd and 4th quarters of 2008 is finally calming down. Everyone can at least breathe a sigh of relief from that development.

I hope everyone had a very nice holiday season and here's to a healthier and happier 2009!
Happy trading!
Join Tom and the Invested Central team at www.investedcentral.com. Invested Central provides daily market guidance, intraday stock alerts, annotated stock setups, LIVE member chat sessions, and much, much more.






Advertisement:



Posted at 05:05 PM in Tom Bowley | Permalink


January 04, 2009QQQQ BREAKS CONSOLIDATION RESISTANCEBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
QQQQ broke consolidation resistance with a big surge on the first trading day of the year. After surging in late November and early December with two gaps, QQQQ stalled for most of December with a flat trading range. The consolidation pattern looks like a flag and the upside breakout calls for continuation of the Nov-Dec surge. For an upside target zone, the October-November highs mark the next resistance area around 34-36.

As expected, QQQQ volume levels have been low throughout the holiday season. In fact, QQQQ volume has been uninspiring throughout most of December. Volume was even below average on Friday's big move. While low volume advances are suspect, price action is first and foremost. The consolidation breakout should be considered bullish until proven otherwise. Volume will likely return in early January and it is important that the consolidation lows hold. A break below these lows on expanding volume would be bearish.
There is also a video version of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.


Posted at 05:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


January 04, 2009HOW OVERBOUGHT IS IT?By Chip Anderson
Carl Swenlin
For the last few weeks the stock market has been drifting higher on low volume, and there is no doubt in my mind that the Fed/Treasury has been the invisible hand that has quickly moved in to squelch any selling that started. Under these conditions, I find it difficult to draw any solid conclusions from indicators that have been fed a diet of questionable market activity. Nevertheless, we must work with the information we have and accept it at face value until more normal market action increases our confidence in our conclusions.
Looking at the chart below we can see pretty much all there is to see in the medium-term picture. Breadth and volume indicators are clearly in the overbought side of the trading range. Based upon the range we have seen during the bear market, internals are very overbought, but, relative to the normal indicator ranges, the indicators have a long way to go up if the rally continues.
The PMO (Price Momentum Oscillator) is still below the zero line, but it is recovering from the lowest reading since the 1987 Crash, and, relatively speaking, it too is overbought. However, there is still plenty of room before a continued rally will move the PMO to normal overbought levels.
Looking at the price index, we can see the S&P 500 is coming out of a "V" bottom, and there is plenty of room for it to rally before it hits serious overhead resistance. A rally up to that resisitance would convince most people that the bear market was over, but it wouldn't be. And by then the market would be seriously overbought by any standard.

In the short-term the market is very overbought, as demonstrated by the CVI (Climactic Volume Indicator) chart below; however, CVI readings this high can also be an initial impulse that initiates a rally.

Bottom Line: By bear market standards the market is overbought and due for a correction, but there is plenty of room for prices and indicators to expand upward. The low volume associated with the rally dampens my enthusiasm for the positive signs that exist, and I wonder if investors are ready to forget the fear that has been generated by the severe beating they have been dealt by the economy and falling markets.


Posted at 05:03 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


January 04, 2009PURSUING HEDGING STRATEGIES IN 2009By Chip Anderson
Richard Rhodes
As the credit crisis continues apace into 2009, we believe the time is rather "ripe" for pursuing various hedging "thematic" strategies to profit from relative valuations across the globe. Quite simply, we believe that the credit crisis will fundamentally impact various global regions in a different manner. Asian countries are likely to prosper more so than Latin American countries as Asia isn't as dependent upon energy or natural resources as is Latin America. Also, Ecuador's tacit default has caused a bit of angst in the region. Therefore, we are putting on a long Asia-Pacific ex-Japan (EPP)/short Latin America (ILF) spread trade.

Technically speaking, we see EPP has underperformed ILF for about the past 5-years; however, that changed in 2Q-2008 as the EPP/ILF ratio broke out of its bullish declining wedge. This bottoming pattern would suggest a multi-year rally; and one that appears ready to trade higher once again after a brief correction back into the now turning higher 60-week exponential moving average. If we keep it simple, and buy the ratio around 1.0, then we can expect over time to gain upwards of 50% on the trade with a target of 1.50.
We believe this shall be a "core position" for some years into the future, and we would look to add in various increments as we see it prove its merit with higher prices. More importantly, given the enormous government intervention into the capital markets around the world, we can not whether stocks go higher or lower - just that EPP outperforms ILF. There is beauty in this trade indeed.
Good luck and good trading!


Posted at 05:02 PM in Richard Rhodes | Permalink


January 04, 2009INTERMARKET TRENDS TURN MORE POSITIVEBy Chip Anderson
John Murphy
Chart 1 shows how the interaction between the four main asset classes unfolded during 2008 and how they're entering 2009. The two weakest assets were commodities and stocks. The two strongest were Treasury bonds and the dollar. During the first half of the year, commodities were the strongest asset class while the others lost ground. At midyear, however, a sharp rally in the dollar (green line) caused a massive collapse in commodities (black line) which continued until November. Treasury bonds (red line) rallied sharply on plunging commodities. During most of the second half, bonds and the dollar rallied while stocks (blue line) and commodities fell together. [During a recession, bond prices usually rise while stocks and commodities fall]. Starting in November, however, those trends started to reverse. The stock market started to recover as the dollar weakened. As we enter the new year, stocks and commodities are bouncing while the dollar and bonds are pulling back. While those trend reversals are still relatively small, they do suggest that investors are entering the new year in a more optimistic mood.



Posted at 05:01 PM in John Murphy | Permalink


January 04, 2009STYLEBUTTONS GIVE YOU MULTIPLE WAYS TO ANALYZE A STOCK INSTANTLYBy Chip Anderson
Chip Anderson
Hello Fellow ChartWatchers!
First off, Happy 2009! Let's hope this year is better than 2008 - one of the all time stinkers in terms of stock market performace. How bad was it? Here ya go:


Ugh. Well, let's not dwell on it too much. Instead I wanted to talk about another "hidden gem" feature of our website that can help subscribers get the most bang for their charting buck. Last time I talked about ChartStyles - templates of chart settings that you can save into your account. This week I want to show you how you can hook your saved settings up to small, easy to use buttons called StyleButtons that let you access you most important ChartStyles instantly.
First I want to show you how you can create a StyleButton for your Default style. If you've set up your account correctly you should have used the "Save As Default" link to customize the initial appearance of your charts so that they look the way you prefer. By doing that you've created a special ChartStyle called ">>Default<<". Let's assign a StyleButton to ">>Default<<" so that you will always have access to that style with a single mouseclick.
Start by logging into your account and then entering a ticker symbol in the QuickChart box in the upper right corner of the page. I used $COMPQ, the Nasdaq composite:



So this is what my current "Default" style looks like. Often, after experimenting with lots of different settings, I want to give up and quickly get back to this view. There are several ways to do that, but by adding a ChartButton I can do it in one click. To add a ChartButton for this default style simply click on the "Edit Properties" link in the "ChartStyle" area below the chart:



When you click on "Edit Properties", a popup box appears whith some settings. The one we care about is the "Shortcut" dropdown. That dropdown contains a list of numbers. Each number corresponds to a StyleButton position on the left side of the chart. Since we'd like our "Default" StyleButton to always be at the top of the chart we'll set the "Shortcut" dropdown to "1" and then press "Save Changes"



After saving that change our workbench page now looks like this:



Notice the difference? It's subtle but there is now a grey button just to the left of the top of our chart. That is a StyleButton. If you move your mouse over that button you'll see its name (">>Default<<" in this case). Clicking that button will now always bring you back to your Default style.
StyleButtons are most useful when you have several that show you different views of the same stock - for instance a Long-term view and a Short-Term view. To create a new StyleButton first create the ChartStyles that you will use with the "Add New" link then simply assign a "Shortcut" number to any of the styles that you want to make into buttons. When you are done you should see something like this:



In the example above I've created a "Weekly" style for button #2 and a Monthly style for button #3. My mouse is over button #3 so that you can see its name - as soon as I move my mouse away the name disappears.
As you can see StyleButtons give you one-click access to any kind of chart analysis you can imagine. Maybe you want a Renko style, a 1-minute style, a 10-year style and a Trending/Trading style (from my last article). All of that an more can be saved into your account as ChartStyles and then associated with StyleButtons for instance access.
-- Chip
金币:
奖励:
热心:
注册时间:
2006-7-3

回复 使用道具 举报

 楼主| 发表于 2009-3-17 12:12 | 显示全部楼层
February 21, 2009BE PREPAREDBy Richard Rhodes
Richard Rhodes
In our last commentary, we noted that the S&P Energy ETF (XLE) was in the process of forming a bearish consolidation that argues for sharply lower prices. And since then, prices have consolidated further, but
are now poised to breakdown below trendline support and the October-2008 lows. However, this sector remains a favorite of both fundamental and momentum traders as perceived safety plays. However,
we would argue that while they may be so now; they will not be in the future, and in fact - if the market does indeed rally at some point soon - they shall not lead the rally.



In support of this thesis, we look at the S&P Energy ETF vs the S&P Consumer Discretionary ETF (XLE:XLY). Arguably, in this horrid economy, one would think that you would have to be out of your
collective trading mind to buy anything related to the discretionary stocks. But, the ratio chart shows that XLE has under-performed XLY since June-2008, and we are more interested know in the fact a bearish
consolidation has formed, which would imply the trend that began in June-2008 is about to reassert itself in the weeks ahead. Moreover, we see the very same pattern when we look at XLE vs the S&P 500 Spyder (SPY). This leads us to conclude that XLE is not where one wants to hold long positions; either in bull or bear moves, for it is poised to under-perform rather dramatically - perhaps by as much as 25%
difference if our back of envelope technical measurement target a 1.8 ratio. What one was considered "safety", will soon become a source of funds for more "risky" assets. Be forewarned; be prepared.


Posted at 04:44 PM in Richard Rhodes | Permalink


February 21, 2009MASTERING OUR BLOGSBy Chip Anderson
Site News
In case you missed it, we are now publishing a ton of new content about charting and technical analysis on our seven(!) different blogs.  One of the great things about blogs is that you can "subscribe" to a blog and then get notified as soon as anything new is posted.  Each one of our blogs has a "Subscribe" button up top and I encourage you to click on them and set up a subscription in order to stay up-to-date with the latest info from us.
If you are new to using blog subscriptions (also called "RSS Feeds"), then just click on the "View Feed XML" link that appears after you hit subscribe.  That should take you to a page that lets you subscribe to the feed using your web browser.  For more information about Feeds, I urge you to review the information on this page and watch the video at the bottom (it's very entertaining!).
Finally, if you are like me, you want to everything that's happening at StockCharts all the time.  If that's the case, then instead of looking at each one of our blogs individually, you can look at the "Master StockCharts Blog" which contains copies of all the recent articles from all of the other seven blogs in one place.  You can also chose to subscribe to the master blog instead of subscribing to all seven of the other blogs.


Posted at 03:41 PM in Site News | Permalink


February 21, 2009JUICING UP YOUR RETURNSBy Tom Bowley
Tom Bowley
I receive a lot of questions regarding the "ultra" shares and "ultrashort" shares and how to effectively trade them.  In particular, there are always questions asking why those "juiced" ETF returns don't correspond to the indices they're supposed to track over time.  Let me give you an example.  Take a look at the two charts below.  The first is a five month chart of the Dow Jones U.S. Financial Index ($DJUSFN), while the second reflects the ProShares UltraShort Financial (SKF) during that same timeframe.  The SKF is designed to inversely track the $DJUSFN at a 200% clip.  In order to benefit from weakness in financials, you could purchase the SKF and profit to the tune of 200% the decline in the index.  Just keep in mind that a ride on Space Mountain at DisneyWorld will seem like a stroll in the park compared to an investment in the SKF, however.  :-)
On the line charts (line charts show only closing prices) below, take a look at where the SKF closed on February 20th vs. January 20th vs. November 20th.  It was lower each time.  But how can that be if the $DJUSFN is lower each time?  If the index is putting in lower lows, shouldn't the ultrashort SKF be putting in higher highs?  The answer is no - check this out:


On November 20th, the $DJUSFN closed at 167.95 and the SKF closed at 262.45.  On February 20th, the $DJUSFN closed at 143.56 while the SKF closed at 188.25.  So over the last three months, the $DJUSFN fell 14.52%.  Since the SKF is designed to inversely double the returns of the $DJUSFN, one would reasonably expect to see the SKF closing roughly 29% higher than it did in November.  Instead, the SKF has FALLEN from 262.45 to 188.25, or 28.27%.  It should have GAINED 29%, but instead it DECLINED 28%.  What gives?  Well, so long as the index moves in one direction or the other, juiced ETFs do a fine job of following at a 200% clip - generally speaking.  However, after several days of ups and downs in the index, the juiced ETFs lose their value and cannot fulfill that 200% promise.  For a fairly simple explanation, go to our website at www.investedcentral.com and click on "Trading the Juiced ETFs".  It's roughly a 15 minute demonstration showing why the juiced ETFs cannot keep pace over time.  If you like to trade juiced ETFs, it will be well worth the time.

Here's the bottom line.  Avoid the temptation to trade the juiced ETFs based on its technicals.  I've come to realize that the technicals associated with those ETFs are irrelevant.  Instead, determine your entry and exit points based solely on the technicals of the underlying index that the ETF is designed to track.  From that index, determine your target and apply those measurements to the juiced ETF.

Happy trading!




Posted at 07:56 AM in Tom Bowley | Permalink


February 21, 2009TECHS TAKE A PUNCHBy Arthur Hill
Arthur Hill
Two weeks ago I featured the Nasdaq 100 ETF (QQQQ) with a triangle breakout, strong OBV and relative strength. The ETF surged to resistance from the early January high, but ultimately failed to break above this key level. With a sharp decline over the last eight trading days, the trading bias has quickly shifted back to the bears. The failure at resistance, gap down, trendline break and MACD crossover are all bearish until proven otherwise. At the very least, QQQQ needs to fill Tuesday's gap to merit a reassessment.



The second chart shows the Nasdaq with similar characteristics. There are, however, two notable differences. While QQQQ reached its early January high and broke the triangle trendline, the Nasdaq fell short of this high and did not break the triangle trendline. The Nasdaq is a much broader index than
the Nasdaq 100 (QQQQ) and shows relative weakness. With a gap down, trendline break and MACD crossover, the bulk of the evidence is currently bearish for the Nasdaq as well. Before getting too bearish, notice that trading has been extremely choppy since October. Both the Nasdaq and QQQQ have traded on either side of their October lows the last four months. While the bias is currently bearish, the seas remain treacherous for both bulls and bears.

There is also a video version of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.




Posted at 07:51 AM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


February 20, 2009A LOT OF MARKETS ARE AT CRITICAL CHART JUNCTURES...By John Murphy
John Murphy
GOLD TOUCHES $1000 FOR FIRST TIME IN A YEAR... A number of financial markets are testing important chart points. Let's start with gold. Bullion touched $1,000 today for the first time since last March. Chart 1 shows the streetTracks Gold Trust (GLD) very close to touching its March 2008 high at 100. On a short-term basis, however, the price of gold looks overbought. Some profit-taking from this level wouldn't be surprising. If that's true, some counter-trend moves may be seen in some other markets. The dollar may have also started one.


DOLLARS DIPS AS EURO BOUNCES ... The U.S. Dollar has been rising along with gold since December. Chart 2, however, shows the Power Shares DB US Dollar Index Fund (UUP) dropping today from chart resistance near its November high. Chart 3 shows the Euro bouncing off chart support along its November low. That suggests that some "short-term" market dynamics might be changing. A weaker dollar might contribute to some profit-taking in gold and buying in some oversold commodities. A bouncing Euro might suggest that the recent selloff in stocks is overdone as well. I've shown before that stocks have been trading in tandem with the Euro since midyear and opposite the dollar.








Posted at 03:42 PM in John Murphy | Permalink


February 20, 2009RETESTBy Carl Swenlin
Carl Swenlin
The long-awaited retest of the November lows has finally arrived. The S&P 500 is still slightly above that support, but the Dow has penetrated it. Even though every rally since November has been greeted with intense hope of a new advance that would end the bear market, the market gradually rolled over into a declining trend after the January top.
The November bottom was also a 9-Month Cycle bottom. In a bull market we would expect the market to rally for several months. The fact that the rally failed so quickly, is a very bearish sign.


The longer-term view shows that the 2002 bear market lows are also being tested again, so the market is at a very critical point. Many people who are still holding equities (at a 50% loss) are counting on being bailed out by a big rally. If prices fall significantly below long-term support, we are likely to see another selling stampede.



The long-term condition of the market is deeply oversold, as demonstrated by the Percent of Stocks Above Their 200-EMA. This indicator has never been at these low levels for such an extended period of time. Normally, a rally is in the cards as soon as these levels are reached, but the market is flat on its back, and it is hard to say when it will recover. It is important not to get too anxious to get back in. We are in a bear market, and negative outcomes are much more likely than positive ones.

Also, remember that oversold conditions in a bear market are extremely dangerous. If the current support zone fails, a market crash could quickly follow.

The medium-term condition of the market is neutral. Note that the ITBM and ITVM charts below are mid-range and falling. This is not a level from which we would expect a powerful rally to be launched.


Bottom Line: The market is in the midst of a retest of very important support. Since we are in a bear market, I expect that the support will fail.


Technical analysis is a windsock, not a crystal ball. Be prepared to adjust your tactics and strategy if conditions change.


Posted at 03:17 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


February 20, 2009TECHNICAL ANALYSIS 101 - PART 2By Chip Anderson
Chip Anderson
This is the second part of a series of articles about Technical Analysis from a new course we're developing. If you are new to charting, these articles will give you the "big picture" behind the charts on our site. if you are an "old hand", these articles will help ensure you haven't "strayed too far" from the basics. Enjoy!  
(Click here to see the first part of this series.)
The Value of Technical AnalysisThe reason technical analysis has value is that directional price moves are often sustained for a period of time allowing analysts to detect and profit from the change in price. Even though a technical analyst has many math-based tools to analyze price and volume movement, the process is ultimately an art in the study of human behavior.
Just as the meteorologist can never guarantee a weather forecast, a technical analyst can never be perfectly certain of future price movements since human behavior is involved.
Figuring out the what and when…
All investors are faced with three basic questions with their investments. What to invest in, when to buy and when to sell. Technical analysis provides a framework for investors to methodically select equities and pick times to buy and sell. Emotion, the investor’s nemesis, is greatly reduced in these decisions since the investor can develop a list of ‘what and when’ rules to follow. Rather than ‘buying and hoping for the best’, technical analysts always know how much risk they are taking and know when to ‘get out while the getting is good’.
Only price and volume only…
Only historical price and volume data is used for technical analysis. The underlying premise of technical analysis is that all known information such as what a company does, its financial results, analyst’s ratings, management performance, politics, news, etc. are reflected in the historical price and volume data. This is a powerful concept since it is impossible to gage how these factors may influence future price separately.
It is important to understand technical analysis can only be used to determine the likely direction of future prices. It cannot anticipate news events or how investors will respond to them.
The Goal of Technical Analysis



The graph above is a historical price chart for the company Analog Devices, Inc., ticker symbol ADI. The line represents the price of ADI over a period of a year. The price chart illustrates how prices can move up, down or sideways for months at a time. Technical analysis uses methodologies to help indicate when prices are beginning to change direction. The goal of a technical analyst is to buy an equity when the price chart indicates prices are beginning to move up and then sell when the price chart indicates prices are beginning to move sideways or down.
Why Technical Analysis WorksTechnical analysis works because price and volume often reveal the collective psychology (the “fear/greed balance”) of a market’s participants. Technical charts can reveal changes in the fear/greed balance soon after those changes occur and that provides opportunities for profitable trades. Technical analysts work to identify charts where the fear/greed balance has recently changed in a predictable manner. They then place trades to try and profit from that change. Once they have bought a stock, technical analysts monitor price and volume for sell signals. Done correctly, trades based on technical analysis carry a higher than average chance of success but disciplined money management techniques must still be used to guard against unforeseen price movements.
Misuse of Technical AnalysisWhile the basics of technical analysis are easy to learn, applying them correctly and successfully isn’t easy. Because of this many people have lost money using technical analysis techniques and then concluded that chart analysis has no value. In addition, unfortunately, many unsuspecting investors have purchased technical “systems” that promise outlandish returns for little effort. By the time the buyer figures out that the system doesn’t work, their money is long gone.
Technical analysis is just like any other money making occupation – it takes time and energy and it involves risk. Anybody who says otherwise shouldn’t be trusted. Here are ways technical analysis has been misused in the past:
The Holy Grail mentality…

One of the most common misconceptions about technical analysis is that a trading system (a set of buy and sell rules) can be devised that provides consistent profits with little to no risk.
There are several reasons that a ‘perfect system’ cannot be sustained. Firstly, the market is made up of people with free will and guided by fear and greed. A perfect system requires prices to consistently move in predictable patterns. This will never be possible when people are involved. Secondly, many financial institutions monitor the market for patterns of systematic trading. Once detected, the financial institution can take advantage of the system (investing with or against it) which eventually compromises and defeats the ‘perfect system’. And finally, what motivation could someone have to share a ‘perfect system’ at any price? Such a system would be invaluable to one person but worthless (for the second reason) if too many people or even one institution discovered it.
Just tell me what to buy…
Investment charlatans and gurus have always been offering advice how to profit in the market. These are the people who take financial advantage of new and uninformed investors by promising quick and profitable investment success. Claims of ultra-high rates of return or knowledge of future events for substantial fees are the best ways to identify such schemers.
Although a real guru is a spiritual guide or teacher, the title ‘Market Guru’ is gladly accepted by advisors who have developed notoriety with fortuitous calls of major market changes or unusual approaches to investing. Today’s TV media and Internet enthrone new market gurus on a regular basis. There are precious few true market gurus like Warren Buffet who have proven their market savvy over decades. Most market gurus can only provide profitable guidance as long as the market is favoring their investment philosophy. As the market changes, new market gurus will emerge as their philosophies’ agree with the new market dynamics.
Technical Analysis lets me control the market…

While few people consciously believe that they can control a stock’s price directly, subconsciously, chart analysis can give new investors a false sense of control which will cause them to lose objectivity. “My stock just broke below my trendline today, but it will come back tomorrow since that is a really good trendline!”
The opposite response is just as damaging – “My stock broke my trendline! T/A is worthless!” Both responses are driven by emotion, something that technical analysis strives to eliminate.

Next time, we'll take a critical look at the assumptions that Technical Analysis makes about the markets.



Posted at 03:00 PM in Chip Anderson | Permalink


February 15, 2009Next ChartWatchers Will Be Published Next WeekendBy Chip Anderson
Site News
Just a reminder, ChartWatchers is published on the first and third full weekends of each month.  Our next issue will be published on the weekend of Feb. 21st., with articles appearing in this blog starting on Feb. 20th.
BTW, the US and Canadian Markets are closed on Monday, Feb. 16th due to the President's Day holiday in the US and the Family Day holiday in Canada.


Posted at 08:02 AM in Site News | Permalink


February 07, 2009NEW BLOGS, NEW CHARTWATCHERS, NEW BOOK FROM JOHN MURPHY!By Chip Anderson
Chip Anderson
Hello Fellow ChartWatchers!
This week is the start of big changes here at StockCharts.com.  We are moving much of our free content over into a new set of Blogs.  ("Blogs" are Web Logs - collections of articles on a particular topic.)  Things like, well, this newsletter are actually perfect for the Blog format.  And so, this is the first blog-based version of ChartWatchers!
What does that mean?  If you only read ChartWatchers as email in your mailbox, it doesn't mean much.  But if you look at ChartWatchers on the web, it means that you can now read many of the articles BEFORE they are sent out in email.  As soon as each author sends us their article, we'll add it to the ChartWatchers Blog area where you can read it immediately.  If you subscribe to that blog with a "Feed Notification tool", you'll get notified as soon as new articles are ready.  No more waiting until all the articles are complete!
(Again, don't panic.  If you like reading ChartWatchers as an email message, you don't need to do a thing.  It will still show up in your email box like it always has.)
Now, we didn't stop with just making ChartWatchers into a blog.  We added a slew of additional blogs that should help you get more value out of StockCharts.com.  Some of these currently contain some old content - we're in the process of migrating all the old ChartWatchers for example - and some of these are brand new!  Here's a run down:
StockCharts.com - Chip Anderson
A behind-the-scenes look at StockCharts.com from the president's perspective.


StockCharts.com - Don't Ignore This Chart!
A new feature from us.  A daily look at charts with interesting technical developments.

StockCharts.com - ChartWatchers
The new home for our free newsletter.  Look for articles to appear here first before they are sent out as complete emails.

StockCharts.com - Mailbag
Our "Letters to the Editor" blog.  Real questions from real users with real answers from the people that better darn well know... us!


StockCharts.com - Scanning Stocks
Tips, tricks and example stock scans that can help you get the most out of the StockCharts.com Scan Engine.


StockCharts.com - Status
Reports about server availability. Every day we'll post a summary of our service performance including how much downtime we had (if any).

StockCharts.com - Step by Step

Our tutorial blog with lots of easy to follow instructions for doing common tasks.  Charting, scanning, changing settings - even fixing common browser problems; all will be explained with lots of pictures to guide you through.

StockCharts.com - What's New
Latest announcements about new content and features on StockCharts.com.
I strongly encourage everyone to check out all these blogs on a regular basis and subscribe to them if you can.  We'll be updating them often.  Just click on the "Blogs" link on the left side of any of the pages on our website.
BIG NEWS: John Murphy has released "The Visual Investor, 2nd Edition"!John's original version of "The Visual Investor" influenced me heavily.  It was extremely easy to read and it has helped hundreds of thousands of people understand how to use financial charts to make investing decisions.  Now John has completely revised "The Visual Investor" to bring it into the age of the Internet.  New charts, new chapters, new examples - but with the same old easy-to-read logic that has helped a generation of chartists get started.
I CANNOT RECOMMEND THIS BOOK HIGHLY ENOUGH!
...which is why we have it on sale in our bookstore right now.  Get you copy now.


Posted at 04:35 PM in Chip Anderson | Permalink


February 07, 2009MACD LINES SHOW SOME PROMISEBy John Murphy
John Murphy
A reader complained this week that we failed to point out the "negative divergence" in the daily MACD lines during January prior to the latest downturn. The reason I didn't point it out was because none existed. In fact, it may be the other way around. At the moment, the daily MACD lines look more positive than negative. Chart 1 overlays the MACD lines (and MACD histogram) over daily bars for the S&P 500. The chart shows that the MACD lines bottomed during October and gave a positive divergence during November (rising trendline) before rallying into the start of January. No negative divergence was given at the early January top. Although the S&P fell to the lowest level in two months during January, the MACD lines remained well above their earlier lows. The lines have now turned positive again (see circle). To me, that looks like positive divergence and hints at more market strength. The market is rallying today with the biggest gains coming from financial stocks (and banks in particular). The S&P is up more than 2% and is nearing a test of last week's intra-day high at 877. A close through that initial chart barrier would strengthen the market's "short-term" trend and keep the three-month trading range intact. There's even more good news.




Posted at 04:34 PM in John Murphy | Permalink


February 07, 2009OBV AND RELATIVE STRENGTH DRIVE QQQQBy Arthur Hill
Arthur Hill
The Nasdaq 100 ETF (QQQQ) is breaking out of its trading range. The chart below shows QQQQ stuck in a trading since 10-Oct. Focusing on the blue dotted line marking the mid October lows, we can see that QQQQ traded above and below this line numerous times the last four months. In essence, QQQQ went nowhere from 10-Oct until early February. A triangle formed from early November as the trading range narrowed over the last two months.
QQQQ could be finding direction now. With an advance over the last five days, QQQQ broke the triangle trendline and is closing in on resistance from the early January high (red line). A breakout here would be quite positive and argue for a counter-trend rally. The big trend remains down, but bear market rallies are perfectly normal. QQQQ could possibly make it to the falling 200-day moving average.



Relative strength and On Balance Volume (OBV) confirm the triangle breakout. The first indicator shows QQQQ relative to SPY. This relative strength comparative rises when QQQQ outperforms SPY and falls when QQQQ underperforms. QQQQ has been outperforming since the second week of January because that is when the relative strength comparative broke resistance. On Balance Volume (OBV) is a cumulative indicator that adds volume on up days and subtracts volume on down days. Granville theorized that volume leads prices. If this is the case, then OBV suggests that QQQQ will break its January high soon. Notice that OBV broke its December and January highs this week.
Click here for a video presentation of this information.


Posted at 04:30 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


February 07, 2009JANUARY FORECASTS A DOWN YEARBy Carl Swenlin
Carl Swenlin

Research published by Yale Hirsch in the "Trader's Almanac" shows that market performance during the month of January often predicts market performance for the entire year. The January "barometer" has been particularly prescient in odd years (the first year of a new Congress), with only two misses in 69 years (as of 12/31/2008). While the January barometer has a good record of prediction, I still put it in the "for what its worth" column, because I can't think of any sound reason why it should work, and in many years it seems that a correct forecast is simply serendipity.


As usual we think you should view charts of actual market movement before making decisions based on reported average performance. For example, in 1987 the January Barometer forecast an up year. Well, it was an up year, but what a wild ride! On our website we have an extensive series of these charts going back to 1920. It is worth studying the charts so that you have an educated opinion of how this forecast device really works.

Bottom Line: The January barometer predicts that 2009 will be a down year. Regardless of what the barometer says, I think it is wishful thinking to believe that 2009 will be a winner. Consumers, which are 70% of our economy, are scared to death for their jobs. Until unemployment stops rising I think investor risk aversion will remain high.


Posted at 02:21 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


February 07, 2009FOCUSING ON THE ENERGY SECTORBy Richard Rhodes
Richard Rhodes
Our focus today is upon the Energy Sector (XLE) and its relative valuation to the S&P 500 Spyders (SPY). Given the current bear market, we've found recently that market participants are once again willing
to return aggressively to what they know worked rather well in the last bull market - buying energy stocks as the dwindling world energy supply story continues to get quite a bit of play. We think this is
wrong-headed, for Energy is a "late cycle mover" rather than an "early cycle mover" out of recessions. Perhaps it is different this time; but we think not. Hence, we believe it wise to consider lightening up
aggressive overweight energy positions, and in some cases...we would advocate selling short the exploration & production group. We aren't as bearish on the oil service group, but that is a story for another day.
Technically speaking, the ratio has declined from its high of .70 to an initial low at .49, and from that point to today...a bearish sideways consolidation has formed upwards into the 200-day moving average. Perhaps just as important, this moving average is itself rolling over in bearish fashion. Reasonably thinking, we would expect it then to prove its merit as resistance, and for another leg lower to
develop to below the recent low at .49...into the 2005-to-2007 consolidation range. For those Elliotticians out there, this would be a simple A-B-C correction; which would give us two peaks upon which to
draw a declining trendline - a line in the sand upon which when broken above, would then signal the development of the next relative energy bull market. Until then, there is quite a bit of risk holding energy
shares.




Posted at 08:55 AM in Richard Rhodes | Permalink


February 07, 2009BERMUDA TRIANGLE - WALL STREET STYLEBy Tom Bowley
Tom Bowley
We've seen this all before.  The sure-fire short setups get waxed as trendline support holds.  Then the bulls grow confident as the market soars only to get turned back by trendline resistance.  The cycle continues to repeat itself until we get resolution.  If you time your entries perfectly, the triangle formations can be powerful trading patterns, but patience and extreme discipline is required.
Right now, the market is faced with exactly that triangle mentality.  The triangle keeps squeezing with each high moving lower and every low moving higher.  At some point, something must give.  That time is quickly approaching.  The breaking of the triangle pattern doesn't necessarily dictate whether the bear market ends.  In fact, I would argue it doesn't matter at all.  It does matter whether the bulls can turn the recent upside action into something longer lasting, however.
Let's take a look at the unfolding triangles, first on the S&P 500:



Next, the NASDAQ:



There is one difference on the buying this time - it's the volume that's accompanying the move higher.  Any time we can get the price movement and volume confirmation, it's much more bullish.  We haven't broken resistance though.  Until we do, the volume is not as meaningful.  Whether we see enough bullishness to crack through triangle resistance is a story for next week.

The odds of reaching that first Fibonacci retracement (38.2%) area increases greatly if the major indices can break their current triangle patterns with heavy volume.  That's what I'll be looking for as next week unfolds.  Also, financials helped to spark the turnaround on Thursday morning and the rally has continued in that space since.  If and when that rally ends, it will likely signal the end to the overall market rally as well.

Happy trading!





Posted at 08:49 AM in Tom Bowley | Permalink
金币:
奖励:
热心:
注册时间:
2006-7-3

回复 使用道具 举报

 楼主| 发表于 2009-3-17 12:14 | 显示全部楼层
By Richard RhodesRichard Rhodes
In our last commentary, we noted that the S&P Energy ETF (XLE) was in the process of forming a bearish consolidation that argues for sharply lower prices. And since then, prices have consolidated further, but
are now poised to breakdown below trendline support and the October-2008 lows. However, this sector remains a favorite of both fundamental and momentum traders as perceived safety plays. However,
we would argue that while they may be so now; they will not be in the future, and in fact - if the market does indeed rally at some point soon - they shall not lead the rally.



In support of this thesis, we look at the S&P Energy ETF vs the S&P Consumer Discretionary ETF (XLE:XLY). Arguably, in this horrid economy, one would think that you would have to be out of your
collective trading mind to buy anything related to the discretionary stocks. But, the ratio chart shows that XLE has under-performed XLY since June-2008, and we are more interested know in the fact a bearish
consolidation has formed, which would imply the trend that began in June-2008 is about to reassert itself in the weeks ahead. Moreover, we see the very same pattern when we look at XLE vs the S&P 500 Spyder (SPY). This leads us to conclude that XLE is not where one wants to hold long positions; either in bull or bear moves, for it is poised to under-perform rather dramatically - perhaps by as much as 25%
difference if our back of envelope technical measurement target a 1.8 ratio. What one was considered "safety", will soon become a source of



By Chip Anderson
Site News
In case you missed it, we are now publishing a ton of new content about charting and technical analysis on our seven(!) different blogs.  One of the great things about blogs is that you can "subscribe" to a blog and then get notified as soon as anything new is posted.  Each one of our blogs has a "Subscribe" button up top and I encourage you to click on them and set up a subscription in order to stay up-to-date with the latest info from us.
If you are new to using blog subscriptions (also called "RSS Feeds"), then just click on the "View Feed XML" link that appears after you hit subscribe.  That should take you to a page that lets you subscribe to the feed using your web browser.  For more information about Feeds, I urge you to



By Tom Bowley
Tom Bowley
I receive a lot of questions regarding the "ultra" shares and "ultrashort" shares and how to effectively trade them.  In particular, there are always questions asking why those "juiced" ETF returns don't correspond to the indices they're supposed to track over time.  Let me give you an example.  Take a look at the two charts below.  The first is a five month chart of the Dow Jones U.S. Financial Index ($DJUSFN), while the second reflects the ProShares UltraShort Financial (SKF) during that same timeframe.  The SKF is designed to inversely track the $DJUSFN at a 200% clip.  In order to benefit from weakness in financials, you could purchase the SKF and profit to the tune of 200% the decline in the index.  Just keep in mind that a ride on Space Mountain at DisneyWorld will seem like a stroll in the park compared to an investment in the SKF, however.  :-)
On the line charts (line charts show only closing prices) below, take a look at where the SKF closed on February 20th vs. January 20th vs. November 20th.  It was lower each time.  But how can that be if the $DJUSFN is lower each time?  If the index is putting in lower lows, shouldn't the ultrashort SKF be putting in higher highs?  The answer is no - check this out:


On November 20th, the $DJUSFN closed at 167.95 and the SKF closed at 262.45.  On February 20th, the $DJUSFN closed at 143.56 while the SKF closed at 188.25.  So over the last three months, the $DJUSFN fell 14.52%.  Since the SKF is designed to inversely double the returns of the $DJUSFN, one would reasonably expect to see the SKF closing roughly 29% higher than it did in November.  Instead, the SKF has FALLEN from 262.45 to 188.25, or 28.27%.  It should have GAINED 29%, but instead it DECLINED 28%.  What gives?  Well, so long as the index moves in one direction or the other, juiced ETFs do a fine job of following at a 200% clip - generally speaking.  However, after several days of ups and downs in the index, the juiced ETFs lose their value and cannot fulfill that 200% promise.  For a fairly simple explanation, go to our website at www.investedcentral.com and click on "Trading the Juiced ETFs".  It's roughly a 15 minute demonstration showing why the juiced ETFs cannot keep pace over time.  If you like to trade juiced ETFs, it will be well worth the time.

Here's the bottom line.  Avoid the temptation to trade the juiced ETFs based on its technicals.  I've come to realize that the technicals associated with those ETFs are irrelevant.  Instead, determine your entry and exit points based solely on the technicals of the underlying index that the ETF is designed to track.  From that index, determine your target and apply those measurements to the juiced ETF.






By Arthur Hill
Arthur Hill
Two weeks ago I featured the Nasdaq 100 ETF (QQQQ) with a triangle breakout, strong OBV and relative strength. The ETF surged to resistance from the early January high, but ultimately failed to break above this key level. With a sharp decline over the last eight trading days, the trading bias has quickly shifted back to the bears. The failure at resistance, gap down, trendline break and MACD crossover are all bearish until proven otherwise. At the very least, QQQQ needs to fill Tuesday's gap to merit a reassessment.



The second chart shows the Nasdaq with similar characteristics. There are, however, two notable differences. While QQQQ reached its early January high and broke the triangle trendline, the Nasdaq fell short of this high and did not break the triangle trendline. The Nasdaq is a much broader index than
the Nasdaq 100 (QQQQ) and shows relative weakness. With a gap down, trendline break and MACD crossover, the bulk of the evidence is currently bearish for the Nasdaq as well. Before getting too bearish, notice that trading has been extremely choppy since October. Both the Nasdaq and QQQQ have traded on either side of their October lows the last four months. While the bias is currently bearish, the seas remain treacherous for both bulls and bears.






John Murphy
GOLD TOUCHES $1000 FOR FIRST TIME IN A YEAR... A number of financial markets are testing important chart points. Let's start with gold. Bullion touched $1,000 today for the first time since last March. Chart 1 shows the streetTracks Gold Trust (GLD) very close to touching its March 2008 high at 100. On a short-term basis, however, the price of gold looks overbought. Some profit-taking from this level wouldn't be surprising. If that's true, some counter-trend moves may be seen in some other markets. The dollar may have also started one.


DOLLARS DIPS AS EURO BOUNCES ... The U.S. Dollar has been rising along with gold since December. Chart 2, however, shows the Power Shares DB US Dollar Index Fund (UUP) dropping today from chart resistance near its November high. Chart 3 shows the Euro bouncing off chart support along its November low. That suggests that some "short-term" market dynamics might be changing. A weaker dollar might contribute to some profit-taking in gold and buying in some oversold commodities. A bouncing Euro might suggest that the recent selloff in stocks is overdone as well. I've shown before that stocks have been trading in tandem with the Euro since midyear and opposite the dollar.











Carl Swenlin
The long-awaited retest of the November lows has finally arrived. The S&P 500 is still slightly above that support, but the Dow has penetrated it. Even though every rally since November has been greeted with intense hope of a new advance that would end the bear market, the market gradually rolled over into a declining trend after the January top.
The November bottom was also a 9-Month Cycle bottom. In a bull market we would expect the market to rally for several months. The fact that the rally failed so quickly, is a very bearish sign.


The longer-term view shows that the 2002 bear market lows are also being tested again, so the market is at a very critical point. Many people who are still holding equities (at a 50% loss) are counting on being bailed out by a big rally. If prices fall significantly below long-term support, we are likely to see another selling stampede.



The long-term condition of the market is deeply oversold, as demonstrated by the Percent of Stocks Above Their 200-EMA. This indicator has never been at these low levels for such an extended period of time. Normally, a rally is in the cards as soon as these levels are reached, but the market is flat on its back, and it is hard to say when it will recover. It is important not to get too anxious to get back in. We are in a bear market, and negative outcomes are much more likely than positive ones.

Also, remember that oversold conditions in a bear market are extremely dangerous. If the current support zone fails, a market crash could quickly follow.

The medium-term condition of the market is neutral. Note that the ITBM and ITVM charts below are mid-range and falling. This is not a level from which we would expect a powerful rally to be launched.


Bottom Line: The market is in the midst of a retest of very important support. Since we are in a bear market, I expect that the support will fail.





The Value of Technical AnalysisThe reason technical analysis has value is that directional price moves are often sustained for a period of time allowing analysts to detect and profit from the change in price. Even though a technical analyst has many math-based tools to analyze price and volume movement, the process is ultimately an art in the study of human behavior.
Just as the meteorologist can never guarantee a weather forecast, a technical analyst can never be perfectly certain of future price movements since human behavior is involved.
Figuring out the what and when…
All investors are faced with three basic questions with their investments. What to invest in, when to buy and when to sell. Technical analysis provides a framework for investors to methodically select equities and pick times to buy and sell. Emotion, the investor’s nemesis, is greatly reduced in these decisions since the investor can develop a list of ‘what and when’ rules to follow. Rather than ‘buying and hoping for the best’, technical analysts always know how much risk they are taking and know when to ‘get out while the getting is good’.
Only price and volume only…
Only historical price and volume data is used for technical analysis. The underlying premise of technical analysis is that all known information such as what a company does, its financial results, analyst’s ratings, management performance, politics, news, etc. are reflected in the historical price and volume data. This is a powerful concept since it is impossible to gage how these factors may influence future price separately.
It is important to understand technical analysis can only be used to determine the likely direction of future prices. It cannot anticipate news events or how investors will respond to them.
The Goal of Technical Analysis



The graph above is a historical price chart for the company Analog Devices, Inc., ticker symbol ADI. The line represents the price of ADI over a period of a year. The price chart illustrates how prices can move up, down or sideways for months at a time. Technical analysis uses methodologies to help indicate when prices are beginning to change direction. The goal of a technical analyst is to buy an equity when the price chart indicates prices are beginning to move up and then sell when the price chart indicates prices are beginning to move sideways or down.
Why Technical Analysis WorksTechnical analysis works because price and volume often reveal the collective psychology (the “fear/greed balance”) of a market’s participants. Technical charts can reveal changes in the fear/greed balance soon after those changes occur and that provides opportunities for profitable trades. Technical analysts work to identify charts where the fear/greed balance has recently changed in a predictable manner. They then place trades to try and profit from that change. Once they have bought a stock, technical analysts monitor price and volume for sell signals. Done correctly, trades based on technical analysis carry a higher than average chance of success but disciplined money management techniques must still be used to guard against unforeseen price movements.
Misuse of Technical AnalysisWhile the basics of technical analysis are easy to learn, applying them correctly and successfully isn’t easy. Because of this many people have lost money using technical analysis techniques and then concluded that chart analysis has no value. In addition, unfortunately, many unsuspecting investors have purchased technical “systems” that promise outlandish returns for little effort. By the time the buyer figures out that the system doesn’t work, their money is long gone.
Technical analysis is just like any other money making occupation – it takes time and energy and it involves risk. Anybody who says otherwise shouldn’t be trusted. Here are ways technical analysis has been misused in the past:
The Holy Grail mentality…

One of the most common misconceptions about technical analysis is that a trading system (a set of buy and sell rules) can be devised that provides consistent profits with little to no risk.
There are several reasons that a ‘perfect system’ cannot be sustained. Firstly, the market is made up of people with free will and guided by fear and greed. A perfect system requires prices to consistently move in predictable patterns. This will never be possible when people are involved. Secondly, many financial institutions monitor the market for patterns of systematic trading. Once detected, the financial institution can take advantage of the system (investing with or against it) which eventually compromises and defeats the ‘perfect system’. And finally, what motivation could someone have to share a ‘perfect system’ at any price? Such a system would be invaluable to one person but worthless (for the second reason) if too many people or even one institution discovered it.
Just tell me what to buy…
Investment charlatans and gurus have always been offering advice how to profit in the market. These are the people who take financial advantage of new and uninformed investors by promising quick and profitable investment success. Claims of ultra-high rates of return or knowledge of future events for substantial fees are the best ways to identify such schemers.
Although a real guru is a spiritual guide or teacher, the title ‘Market Guru’ is gladly accepted by advisors who have developed notoriety with fortuitous calls of major market changes or unusual approaches to investing. Today’s TV media and Internet enthrone new market gurus on a regular basis. There are precious few true market gurus like Warren Buffet who have proven their market savvy over decades. Most market gurus can only provide profitable guidance as long as the market is favoring their investment philosophy. As the market changes, new market gurus will emerge as their philosophies’ agree with the new market dynamics.
Technical Analysis lets me control the market…

While few people consciously believe that they can control a stock’s price directly, subconsciously, chart analysis can give new investors a false sense of control which will cause them to lose objectivity. “My stock just broke below my trendline today, but it will come back tomorrow since that is a really good trendline!”
The opposite response is just as damaging – “My stock broke my trendline! T/A is worthless!” Both responses are driven by emotion, something that technical analysis strives to eliminate.





Site News
Just a reminder, ChartWatchers is published on the first and third full weekends of each month.  Our next issue will be published on the weekend of Feb. 21st., with articles appearing in this blog starting on Feb. 20th.
BTW, the US and Canadian Markets are closed on Monday, Feb. 16th due to the President's Day holiday in the US and the Family Day holiday in Canada.





Chip Anderson
Hello Fellow ChartWatchers!
This week is the start of big changes here at StockCharts.com.  We are moving much of our free content over into a new set of Blogs.  ("Blogs" are Web Logs - collections of articles on a particular topic.)  Things like, well, this newsletter are actually perfect for the Blog format.  And so, this is the first blog-based version of ChartWatchers!


I strongly encourage everyone to check out all these blogs on a regular basis and subscribe to them if you can.  We'll be updating them often.  Just click on the "Blogs" link on the left side of any of the pages on our website.
BIG NEWS: John Murphy has released "The Visual Investor, 2nd Edition"!John's original version of "The Visual Investor" influenced me heavily.  It was extremely easy to read and it has helped hundreds of thousands of people understand how to use financial charts to make investing decisions.  Now John has completely revised "The Visual Investor" to bring it into the age of the Internet.  New charts, new chapters, new examples - but with the same old easy-to-read logic that has helped a generation of chartists get started.
I CANNOT



By John Murphy
John Murphy
A reader complained this week that we failed to point out the "negative divergence" in the daily MACD lines during January prior to the latest downturn. The reason I didn't point it out was because none existed. In fact, it may be the other way around. At the moment, the daily MACD lines look more positive than negative. Chart 1 overlays the MACD lines (and MACD histogram) over daily bars for the S&P 500. The chart shows that the MACD lines bottomed during October and gave a positive divergence during November (rising trendline) before rallying into the start of January. No negative divergence was given at the early January top. Although the S&P fell to the lowest level in two months during January, the MACD lines remained well above their earlier lows. The lines have now turned positive again (see circle). To me, that looks like positive divergence and hints at more market strength. The market is rallying today with the biggest gains coming from financial stocks (and banks in particular). The S&P is up more than 2% and is nearing a test of last week's intra-day high at 877. A close through that initial chart barrier would strengthen the market's "short-term" trend and keep the three-month trading range intact. There's even more good news.




By Arthur Hill


Arthur Hill
The Nasdaq 100 ETF (QQQQ) is breaking out of its trading range. The chart below shows QQQQ stuck in a trading since 10-Oct. Focusing on the blue dotted line marking the mid October lows, we can see that QQQQ traded above and below this line numerous times the last four months. In essence, QQQQ went nowhere from 10-Oct until early February. A triangle formed from early November as the trading range narrowed over the last two months.
QQQQ could be finding direction now. With an advance over the last five days, QQQQ broke the triangle trendline and is closing in on resistance from the early January high (red line). A breakout here would be quite positive and argue for a counter-trend rally. The big trend remains down, but bear market rallies are perfectly normal. QQQQ could possibly make it to the falling 200-day moving average.



Relative strength and On Balance Volume (OBV) confirm the triangle breakout. The first indicator shows QQQQ relative to SPY. This relative strength comparative rises when QQQQ outperforms SPY and falls when QQQQ underperforms. QQQQ has been outperforming since the second week of January because that is when the relative strength comparative broke resistance. On Balance Volume (OBV) is a cumulative indicator that adds volume on up days and subtracts volume on down days. Granville theorized that volume leads prices. If this is the case, then OBV suggests that QQQQ will break its January high soon. Notice that OBV broke its December and January highs this week.
By Carl Swenlin



Carl Swenlin

Research published by Yale Hirsch in the "Trader's Almanac" shows that market performance during the month of January often predicts market performance for the entire year. The January "barometer" has been particularly prescient in odd years (the first year of a new Congress), with only two misses in 69 years (as of 12/31/2008). While the January barometer has a good record of prediction, I still put it in the "for what its worth" column, because I can't think of any sound reason why it should work, and in many years it seems that a correct forecast is simply serendipity.


As usual we think you should view charts of actual market movement before making decisions based on reported average performance. For example, in 1987 the January Barometer forecast an up year. Well, it was an up year, but what a wild ride! On our website we have an extensive series of these charts going back to 1920. It is worth studying the charts so that you have an educated opinion of how this forecast device really works.

Bottom Line: The January barometer predicts that 2009 will be a down year. Regardless of what the barometer says, I think it is wishful thinking to believe that 2009 will be a winner. Consumers, which are 70% of our economy, are scared to death for their jobs. Until unemployment stops



By Richard Rhodes
Richard Rhodes
Our focus today is upon the Energy Sector (XLE) and its relative valuation to the S&P 500 Spyders (SPY). Given the current bear market, we've found recently that market participants are once again willing
to return aggressively to what they know worked rather well in the last bull market - buying energy stocks as the dwindling world energy supply story continues to get quite a bit of play. We think this is
wrong-headed, for Energy is a "late cycle mover" rather than an "early cycle mover" out of recessions. Perhaps it is different this time; but we think not. Hence, we believe it wise to consider lightening up
aggressive overweight energy positions, and in some cases...we would advocate selling short the exploration & production group. We aren't as bearish on the oil service group, but that is a story for another day.
Technically speaking, the ratio has declined from its high of .70 to an initial low at .49, and from that point to today...a bearish sideways consolidation has formed upwards into the 200-day moving average. Perhaps just as important, this moving average is itself rolling over in bearish fashion. Reasonably thinking, we would expect it then to prove its merit as resistance, and for another leg lower to
develop to below the recent low at .49...into the 2005-to-2007 consolidation range. For those Elliotticians out there, this would be a simple A-B-C correction; which would give us two peaks upon which to
draw a declining trendline - a line in the sand upon which when broken above, would then signal the development of the next relative energy bull market. Until then, there is quite a bit of risk holding energy
shares.




By Tom Bowley


Tom Bowley
We've seen this all before.  The sure-fire short setups get waxed as trendline support holds.  Then the bulls grow confident as the market soars only to get turned back by trendline resistance.  The cycle continues to repeat itself until we get resolution.  If you time your entries perfectly, the triangle formations can be powerful trading patterns, but patience and extreme discipline is required.
Right now, the market is faced with exactly that triangle mentality.  The triangle keeps squeezing with each high moving lower and every low moving higher.  At some point, something must give.  That time is quickly approaching.  The breaking of the triangle pattern doesn't necessarily dictate whether the bear market ends.  In fact, I would argue it doesn't matter at all.  It does matter whether the bulls can turn the recent upside action into something longer lasting, however.
Let's take a look at the unfolding triangles, first on the S&P 500:



Next, the NASDAQ:



There is one difference on the buying this time - it's the volume that's accompanying the move higher.  Any time we can get the price movement and volume confirmation, it's much more bullish.  We haven't broken resistance though.  Until we do, the volume is not as meaningful.  Whether we see enough bullishness to crack through triangle resistance is a story for next week.

The odds of reaching that first Fibonacci retracement (38.2%) area increases greatly if the major indices can break their current triangle patterns with heavy volume.  That's what I'll be looking for as next week unfolds.  Also, financials helped to spark the turnaround on Thursday morning and the rally has continued in that space since.  If and when that rally ends, it will likely signal the end to the overall market rally as well.



金币:
奖励:
热心:
注册时间:
2006-7-3

回复 使用道具 举报

 楼主| 发表于 2009-3-17 12:15 | 显示全部楼层
March 07, 2009SITE NEWS FOR MARCH 7, 2009By Chip Anderson
Site News
NEW "WHAT'S NEW" AREA - We've reworked the "What's New" area on the "Members" page so that it now shows you all of the latest posts from our various blogs.  I know that some of you just look at your charts and never read the "What's New" area but please do yourself a favor and click the "Members" tab every now and then to look for interesting articles and announcements there.
BLOGGING FOR THESTREET.COM - Our new blog "Don't Ignore This Chart!" is pretty popular.  So popular in fact that it has been picked up by TheStreet,com's new website, StockPickr.com!  If you haven't checked it out, click here to see a collection of articles on charts with "interesting" technical developments.

MORE STEP-BY-STEP TUTORIALS
- We're continuing to add more tutorials to our Step-by-Step area.  Or first two were about how to create charts with multiple stocks on them - either overlaid or side-by-side.  Since then, we've been cranking out tutorials that can help you make sure your computer is configured correctly.  Look for more charting-oriented tutorials soon.


Posted at 10:14 PM in Site News | Permalink


March 07, 2009LOOKING TOWARDS SECTOR ROTATIONBy Richard Rhodes
Richard Rhodes
This year has seen the S&P decline by -24.3%; with the building crescendo of "fear" likely to provide for a bottom that can be traded sooner rather than later. We're looking towards sector rotation to play a large part in our trading strategy; and we're quite interested in the fundamentals as well as the technicals regarding a "long Industrials/short Healthcare (XLI:XLV)" pairs position. Quite simply, the Industrials have underperformed the S&P by -10.2% YTD, while Healthcare has outperformed by +7.5% YTD - this notes the obvious safety factor inherent in the Healthcare sector given its "less volatile" nature. However, the Obama Administration's tackling of the US healthcare system has sent XLV prices lower in the past two weeks. Moreover, there will likely be pressure upon XLV for the foreseeable future as Healthcare "safety" becomes a source of funds for those stocks - such as the Industrials - that have been beaten down. This is the fundamental argument.



Technically speaking, the XLI:XLV ratio has fallen rather precipitously in the past year from above 1.20 to a new low at 0.70; but it is precisely this "plunge" that has put the distance below the 130-week exponential moving average at historic proportions, with the 30-week stochastic falling below the oversold 20-level. We are mean reversionists at heart; and given this distance and the prior instances of the 30-week stochastic turning higher - then we are very interested in putting on this trade as the risk-reward is in our favor. Now, it hasn't turned higher yet; but once a catalyst appears...we'll be doing so.
Good luck and good trading,
Richard


Posted at 06:55 PM in Richard Rhodes | Permalink


March 07, 2009DOW THEORY STILL IN DOWNTRENDBy John Murphy
John Murphy
At the start of the 20th century, Charles Dow invented the Dow Theory. It was a simple idea. He created two stock indexes -- one for industrial stocks and one for the transports (which were exclusively rails). His reasoning was that both indexes should rise together in a healthy economy. While industrial companies made the goods, the rails transported those goods to market. One couldn't function without the other. Although he was applying that idea to the economy, his Dow Theory became a basic part of traditional technical analysis. When both indexes are rising together, a bull market exists. When they fall together, a bear market is present. Charts 1 and 2 compare the Dow Industrials and Dow Transports over the last three years. Both are in major downtrends which is bad for stocks and the economy. Although the transports turned down first in the second half of 2007, they retested their old highs in the spring of 2008 before finally peaking. The transports fell sharply during the second half of 2008 and are now trading at the lowest level since 2003 (the industrials have already broken that low). Since most attention is given to industrial stocks, I'd like to examine some driving forces behind the transportation plunge.






Posted at 06:44 PM in John Murphy | Permalink


March 07, 2009BREAKDOWN!By Carl Swenlin
Carl Swenlin
At the end of last week the S&P 500 had declined to and had settled on the support created by the November lows. It was poised to either rally and lock in a double bottom, or break down. On Monday prices broke down through support, and by Thursday's close it could be said that the breakdown was "decisive". When a breakdown is classified as decisive (greater than 3%), it means that chances are very high that the market will not be able to gather enough strength to rally back above the recently violated support. Reaction rallies back toward the support are possible, but not guaranteed.


The monthly-based chart below provides a better perspective of the seriousness of the breakdown, and we can also see the location of future support levels. The next support is at 600, at the low of the medium-term correction in 1996. I do not consider this an important support level. The first important support I see is the line drawn across the 1994 consolidation lows -- around 450 on the S&P 500.


The market is now very oversold in the medium-term and long-term, but in a secular bear market this is not a cause for rejoicing. Bear markets can crash out of oversold conditions. Bottom Line: The S&P 500 has decisively violated important support, and the most likely consequence is that prices will continue to decline, with 600 on the S&P being the most obvious level for us to see a bounce of any significance. While we could see a bounce before then, I think we should be more concerned that the decline will accelerate into a crash. There are still investors who have endured the decline from the bull market top and who were hoping that the 2002 bear market lows would mark the end of the current bear market. Now that long-term support has been clearly broken, another round of panic selling could be just around the corner.





Posted at 06:29 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


March 07, 2009WHERE'S THE FEAR?By Tom Bowley
Tom Bowley
Significant market bottoms generally share many key characteristics.  I like to see a spike in volume to get that last wave of selling in place.  During this "panicked" phase, it's also important to see pessimism rise to a relative level where we can be fairly confident that a rally can last more than an hour or two.  Obviously, oversold momentum oscillators like stochastics and RSI are in play at a bottom.  My favorite momentum oscillator - the MACD - can provide clues as to the duration of any potential rally.
On the Dow Jones chart below, notice that the MACD is pointing straight down on the daily chart.  It's unusual to see a long-term bottom form when momentum is so negative.  So at this point, if the pessimism ramps up to a point where a bottom forms, I'd only be looking for a short-term rally to follow.  In order to see a more sustainable rally ensue, I need to see this momentum slow and begin to reverse.  That's where long-term positive divergences come into play.  The market showed much more stability after the November lows and the positive divergence formed on the daily chart.  Check out the Dow Jones chart below:


  
While I acknowledge that market bottoms can be carved out without extreme pessimism, this type of pessimism usually does form during emotional markets.  I would certainly be much more confident about trading a rebound in the market if the pessimism reaches an extreme level first.  On the S&P 500 chart below, I've highlighted recent market bottoms, the 5 day moving average of the equity only put call ratio at that time, and the subsequent gains realized off of the panic bottom.  It's important to note that the average equity only put call ratio reading since the CBOE began providing the data in 2003 is .67.  The average since September 1, 2008 is .79, much higher due to the increased fear overall.  From these numbers, you can see that any move of the 5 day moving average above .90 should be respected.  Here's the chart:


  
For free educational videos of the put call ratio and how to successfully incorporate them in your trading strategy, go to www.investedcentral.com/putcall.html.
Happy trading!  


Posted at 05:53 PM in Tom Bowley | Permalink


March 06, 2009TECHNICAL ANALYSIS 101 - PART 3By Chip Anderson
Chip Anderson
This is the third part of a series of articles about Technical Analysis from a new course we're developing. If you are new to charting, these articles will give you the "big picture" behind the charts on our site. if you are an "old hand", these articles will help ensure you haven't "strayed too far" from the basics. Enjoy!  
(Click here to see the beginning of this series.)
Chart ConstructionCharts are created from data - Price data and Index data.  After discussing the various types of data used, we’ll look at how charts are constructed.
Price DataExchanges record the price and number of shares for each stock transaction.  These individual transactions are called tick data.   Tick data is compiled over different periods of time to construct price bar data.  Price bars show the beginning, highest, lowest and ending prices for a chosen time period.  Individual price bar time periods can range from one minute to one year.  Daily, weekly and 60-minute price bars are other common examples.
Price bars less than a day long are known as intraday price bars. Intraday price bars range from one minute to one hour and are typically used in technical analysis by day traders who hold positions for a matter of minutes or hours.
A daily price bar is constructed of all the transactions during a full day of trading.  Daily price bars are most often used in technical analysis by investors who hold positions from days to years.  
The number of shares traded in each transaction is called volume.  Volume is recorded as tick data just like price.  Volume tick data is added together to construct volume bars and are then charted with their corresponding price bars for technical analysis.
Index DataData for hundreds of indices, published by financial service companies and the major exchanges, are provided to StockCharts.com through third party data providers.  Indices are not tradable financial instruments.  Indices represent domestic and foreign market averages, industries, commodities, currencies, bonds and many other price, volume and breadth measurements of market activity.  Examples of market indices include the Dow Jones Industrial Average ($INDU), NYSE Healthcare Index ($NYP) and the New Zealand Dollar ($NZD).  The financial service companies are responsible for the accuracy of the indices they publish.
Breadth indices measure how many issues move within a particular market index.  Breadth indices give analysts insight into investor sentiment.  Examples of breadth indices include NASDAQ Advance-Decline Issues ($NAAD), NYSE Advance-Decline Volume ($NYUD) and AMEX Issues Unchanged ($AMADU).
Price ChartA price chart is a graph which shows how price and volume changes with time.  Price charts on StockCharts.com are called SharpCharts.  (Time-independent charting methods like Point & Figure charting will be discussed in detail later.)



The diagram above illustrates the layout of a typical SharpChart.  Price data, volume data and technical indicators are displayed on a SharpChart.  A technical indicator is a mathematical expression of price and/or volume which can provide insight into future price movements.  We will talk more about technical indicators later.  
Price data and overlays are plotted in the Price Plot Area.  Overlays are technical indicators that are normally expressed in terms of price.  Non-price values of overlays are displayed on the left axis as shown above.
Technical indicators that cannot be expressed in terms of price are normally plotted in the Indicator Panels.  Although only a single Indicator Panel is shown above, SharpCharts can be created with multiple Indicator Panels displayed above and below the Price Plot Area.  Additional date/time axes can be added between the Indicator Panels if needed.  The legend for both the Price Plot Area and Indicator Panel contain the information used to create the SharpChart.
Next time, we'll get into the specifics of Line charts, OHLC Bar charts, and Candlestick charts.
金币:
奖励:
热心:
注册时间:
2006-7-3

回复 使用道具 举报

 楼主| 发表于 2009-3-17 12:18 | 显示全部楼层
February 21, 2009TECHS TAKE A PUNCHBy Arthur Hill
Arthur Hill
Two weeks ago I featured the Nasdaq 100 ETF (QQQQ) with a triangle breakout, strong OBV and relative strength. The ETF surged to resistance from the early January high, but ultimately failed to break above this key level. With a sharp decline over the last eight trading days, the trading bias has quickly shifted back to the bears. The failure at resistance, gap down, trendline break and MACD crossover are all bearish until proven otherwise. At the very least, QQQQ needs to fill Tuesday's gap to merit a reassessment.



The second chart shows the Nasdaq with similar characteristics. There are, however, two notable differences. While QQQQ reached its early January high and broke the triangle trendline, the Nasdaq fell short of this high and did not break the triangle trendline. The Nasdaq is a much broader index than
the Nasdaq 100 (QQQQ) and shows relative weakness. With a gap down, trendline break and MACD crossover, the bulk of the evidence is currently bearish for the Nasdaq as well. Before getting too bearish, notice that trading has been extremely choppy since October. Both the Nasdaq and QQQQ have traded on either side of their October lows the last four months. While the bias is currently bearish, the seas remain treacherous for both bulls and bears.

There is also a video version of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.




Posted at 07:51 AM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


February 07, 2009OBV AND RELATIVE STRENGTH DRIVE QQQQBy Arthur Hill
Arthur Hill
The Nasdaq 100 ETF (QQQQ) is breaking out of its trading range. The chart below shows QQQQ stuck in a trading since 10-Oct. Focusing on the blue dotted line marking the mid October lows, we can see that QQQQ traded above and below this line numerous times the last four months. In essence, QQQQ went nowhere from 10-Oct until early February. A triangle formed from early November as the trading range narrowed over the last two months.
QQQQ could be finding direction now. With an advance over the last five days, QQQQ broke the triangle trendline and is closing in on resistance from the early January high (red line). A breakout here would be quite positive and argue for a counter-trend rally. The big trend remains down, but bear market rallies are perfectly normal. QQQQ could possibly make it to the falling 200-day moving average.



Relative strength and On Balance Volume (OBV) confirm the triangle breakout. The first indicator shows QQQQ relative to SPY. This relative strength comparative rises when QQQQ outperforms SPY and falls when QQQQ underperforms. QQQQ has been outperforming since the second week of January because that is when the relative strength comparative broke resistance. On Balance Volume (OBV) is a cumulative indicator that adds volume on up days and subtracts volume on down days. Granville theorized that volume leads prices. If this is the case, then OBV suggests that QQQQ will break its January high soon. Notice that OBV broke its December and January highs this week.
Click here for a video presentation of this information.


Posted at 04:30 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


January 17, 2009EURO FINDS SUPPORT AS DOLLAR HITS RESISTANCEBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
With a bounce on Friday, the Euro Trust ETF (FXE) found support from a confluence of indicators and chart features. First, broken resistance turns into support in 130-132 area. Second, there is support in this area from the 50-day moving average. Third, the decline over the last few weeks retraced around 62% of the prior advance. The ETF was also oversold after a rather sharp decline from 145 to 130. This combination of conditions and chart features made FXE ripe for a bounce.


With the Euro bouncing, the US Dollar Index Bullish ETF (UUP) came under pressure on Friday. Notice that these two charts are mirror images of each other. After a surge over the last few weeks, UUP met resistance near broken support and the 50-day moving average. The advance in UUP looks like a rising flag, which is potentially bearish. For now, the flag is clearly rising as the trend has yet to actually reverse. A move below the early January low would break flag support and call for a continuation of the December decline.
There is also a video version of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.


Posted at 08:16 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


January 04, 2009QQQQ BREAKS CONSOLIDATION RESISTANCEBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
QQQQ broke consolidation resistance with a big surge on the first trading day of the year. After surging in late November and early December with two gaps, QQQQ stalled for most of December with a flat trading range. The consolidation pattern looks like a flag and the upside breakout calls for continuation of the Nov-Dec surge. For an upside target zone, the October-November highs mark the next resistance area around 34-36.

As expected, QQQQ volume levels have been low throughout the holiday season. In fact, QQQQ volume has been uninspiring throughout most of December. Volume was even below average on Friday's big move. While low volume advances are suspect, price action is first and foremost. The consolidation breakout should be considered bullish until proven otherwise. Volume will likely return in early January and it is important that the consolidation lows hold. A break below these lows on expanding volume would be bearish.
There is also a video version of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.


Posted at 05:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


December 14, 2008GOLD BENEFITS FROM WEAK DOLLARBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
After surging from the low 70s to the upper 80s, the U.S. Dollar Index ($USD) experienced its sharpest decline in years. In fact, this week's decline was the sharpest in over 10 years. The bottom indicator window shows the 1-week Rate-of-Change dipping to -3.89% this week. While this may seem like a trend changing event, keep in mind that the Dollar was quite overbought after the prior advance. Some sort of correction is normal and the index could very well retrace 50% of the prior advance.


Weakness in the greenback sparked a rally in gold this week as the streetTRACKS Gold ETF (GLD) gained over 8%. The surge off support looks impressive, but GLD remains in a falling price channel for the year. This pattern, however, could be bullish because it looks like a massive flag. Flags are corrective patterns that form after a big advance. A break above the 40-week moving average and upper trendline would signal a continuation of the prior advance (55-100).
There is also a video version of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.


Posted at 05:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


November 16, 2008DOW BATTLES SUPPORTBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Dow Industrials surged off support for the fourth time in five weeks. Will this bounce produce a breakout or failure? As the candlestick chart below shows, the Dow Industrials is locked in a volatile trading range with support around 8000 and resistance around 9700. The Dow dipped below 8250 least four times and surged above 9250 at least three times. Talk about a yo-yo.

In an effort to weed out some of this volatility, I am also looking at a close-only chart. There are three dips below 8500 and a broadening formation is taking shape. These patterns are normally associated with tops, but we can probably apply some reverse logic with one forming after the Sept-Oct decline. Currently, the Dow is moving from the upper trendline towards the lower trendline, which targets further weakness towards 7800-8000. Thursday's big bounce looks impressive, but it is not quite enough to reverse the two week downswing. Sorry for getting so short-term, but these are big swings we are dealing with. While I was impressed with Thursday's surge, it was just one day and Friday proves that some follow through is needed for confirmation. A close above minor resistance at 9000 would provide such follow though.
The bottom indicator shows On Balance Volume (OBV) moving to new lows this week. Joe Granville theorized that volume leads price. If this is the case, then OBV is pointing to new lows for the Dow. Look for a break above the blue trendline and early November high to reverse the downtrend in OBV.
There is also a video version of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.


Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


November 02, 2008AIRLINES TAKE OFFBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Amex Airline Index ($XAL) is leading the market higher with a break above two key moving averages this week. XAL produced one of the sharpest October recoveries with surge from 14 to 25 over the last three weeks. This surge carried the index above the 50-day moving average and 200-day moving average. Both moving averages are still moving lower, but this October surge shows extraordinary strength. Not too many indices are currently trading above their 200-day moving average. For example, the S&P 500 is some 30% below its 200-day moving average.

In addition to these moving average breakouts, XAL shows relative strength versus the S&P 500. First, the S&P 500 broke below its July low, but the Airline Index held above its July low. Second, the S&P 500 tested its mid October low last, but the Airline Index held well above its mid October low. These two higher lows show that the Airline Index is holding up better than the S&P 500. Third, the bottom indicator window shows the Price Relative, which shows the performance of XAL relative to SPX. This indicator formed a higher low in October and broke above its September high this month. A breakout in the price relative confirms relative strength in the Airline Index.
There is also a video version of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.


Posted at 05:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


October 19, 2008DIA RETURNS TO THE GAPBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
In a volatile week with huge swings, the Dow Industrials ETF (DIA) returned to Wednesday's gap with another 10% move. The magenta lines on the 30-minute chart show the zigzag indicator, which measures movements that are 10% or more. As you can see, there was an advance greater than 10% on 12-13 October, a decline greater than 10% on 14-16 October and an advance greater than 10% on 16-17 October. Wow, what a week for day traders. There was a day when these swings would look impressive on a weekly chart. Obviously, this is not your father's Dow.


With these big swings, the Dow Industrials ETF (DIA) remains stuck in a volatile range and short of a breakout on the daily chart. I am watching two items to signal a trend changing breakout. First, the pullback on Tuesday-Wednesday established key resistance around 99. Mondays' surge was impressive and Thursday's recovery affirms support, but we have yet to see follow through and a resistance breakout. Second, the Commodity Channel Index (CCI) moved below -100 in early September and momentum remains bearish overall. At the very least, CCI needs to break into positive territory. However, I would like to see a surge above +100 to show some real strength and turn momentum bullish. Be sure to check out the corresponding video for more details.
There is also a video version of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.


Posted at 04:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


October 05, 2008FILTERING THE NOISEBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
September was one of the most volatile months in recent memory. Bar charts and candlestick charts are great, but the wild high-low swings can interfere with basic trend analysis. Moving averages provide a good means to smooth this volatility by cutting through the daily noise. For those who want it all, a combination of high-low-close bars and a short moving average may even be appropriate. This combination shows the high-low range, but also focuses on average prices to discern a trend.

The accompanying chart shows the S&P 500 ETF (SPY) with bars in gray and a 5-day EMA in blue. Even though September has been exceptionally volatile, the 5-day EMA shows a steady downtrend. In fact, the 5-day EMA does not look any more variable than the prior months. Despite Tuesday's big rebound, this EMA hit a new low to affirm the downtrend that began August.

The second chart shows the 5-day EMA without bars or candlesticks. It is a pretty empty chart, but it sure cuts through the clutter. There are four trendlines that denote the swings over the last six months. The current swing is down and the decline even accelerated this week. SPY may be oversold, but it is clearly in the falling knife category as the 5-day EMA dropped over 5% this week. As this trendline now stands, the 5-day EMA needs to move above 119 to reverse this down swing (break the trendline).
There is also a video version of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.


Posted at 04:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


September 21, 2008VOLUME AND VOLITILITY SURGEBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Volume and volatility surges foreshadowed bear market rallies in November, January and March. Both surged again this week and the market took notice with a huge bounce over the last two days. The chart below shows the S&P 500 ETF (SPY) with volume and the S&P 500 Volatility Index ($VIX). The blue arrows show volume surges above 400 million shares, while the red arrows show VIX surges above 30. A volume surge after an extended decline reflects a selling climax or capitulation that exhausts selling pressure. Similarly,a VIX surge above 30 reflects excessive bearishness that can lead to a rally. Of note, the VIX fell just short of the 30 threshold in July, but SPY volume surpassed the 400 million mark. Even though this pairing is not perfect, it is still helpful in identifying the confluence of excessive bearishness and capitulation. With a surge over the last two days, a bounce is clearly underway. Unfortunately, there is no way to tell how long the bounce will last or how far it will extend. The November and January bounces were short-sharp affairs that lasted just 2 weeks. In contrast, the March advance lasted two months and the July rally lasted a month. One thing is for sure, there is a ton of resistance around 130-132.

There is also a video version of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.


Posted at 04:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


September 06, 2008MOMENTUM TURNS BEARISH FOR DIABy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Stocks opened weak after Friday's employment report, but the bulls found their footing late morning and rallied for a mixed close. While it may seem positive that stocks firmed after bad news, keep in mind that stocks already priced in a lot of bad news with Thursday's sharp decline. Chart 1 shows the Dow Industrials ETF (DIA) firming just below 112.5 and closing with a small gain on Friday. Despite Friday's firmness, the rising wedge break and support break remain in play. One day of firmness is not enough to undo such a sharp decline. Also notice that CCI (20) moved below -100 to turn momentum bearish. In general, a move above +100 reflects bullish momentum that stays in effect until a move below -100. While this is not meant as a stand-alone trading system, I consider the move below -100 to be bearish and it confirms the bearish signals on the price chart. These bearish signals remain in effect until proven otherwise.

There is also a video version of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.


Posted at 04:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


August 02, 2008IWM AND QQQQ HIT RESISTANCEBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Russell 2000 ETF (IWM) and Nasdaq 100 ETF (QQQQ) were stifled at resistance this week and the bulls are getting a test. After surging above 69, IWM met resistance at broken support and the 62% retracement mark. QQQQ met resistance at 46 in early July and this level held throughout the month. QQQQ shows relative weakness because the July breakout attempts failed. Both ETFs need to break resistance if the broad market rally is to continue.
Short-term momentum remains bullish for now. StochRSI is a nifty indicator that applies the Stochastic Oscillator to RSI. Yes, it is an indicator of an indicator. This makes it more sensitive than normal RSI and better suited for short-term signals. I like to think of it as RSI on Red Bull. On both ETF charts, StochRSI moved above .80 on 16-July and held above .50 since then. The surge above .80 turned short-term momentum bullish and the ability to hold above .50 kept the bulls in favor. For a counter signal that would turn short-term momentum bearish, I am watching for a sharp move below .20 in StochRSI.


There is also a videoversion of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.


Posted at 04:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


July 19, 2008BAD NEWS FOR BONDSBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
After the Producer Price Index (PPI) surged on Tuesday, it was little surprise to see big gains in the Consumer Price Index (CPI) on Wednesday. Bernanke warned of inflation in his congressional testimony last week and the PPI-CPI figures confirm. The CPI surged 5% year-on-year and 1.1% month-on-month. That 1.1% monthly gain translates into an annual rate much higher than 5%. The 5% year-on-year change was the highest since 1991, while the 1.1% month-on-month change was the highest since 1982. For the sake of argument, let's take the 5% year-on-year change as the annual inflation rate. The 10-Year Note Yield ($TNX) is currently around 4.08%, which means the real yield is actually negative (4.08% less 5% equals -.92%). A negative real yield is bad news for bonds. The first chart below shows the 10-Year Note Yield ($TNX) breaking resistance from its February highs with a surge above 4% (40). TNX pulled back over the last few weeks, but found support around 3.8% (38) and moved higher this week. The second chart shows the iShares 20+ Year Bond ETF (TLT) hitting resistance after retracing 50-62% of the March-June decline. The ETF gapped down on Wednesday as investors reacted to the news on inflation and the negative real yield.


There is also a videoversion of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.


Posted at 04:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


July 06, 2008BEAR MARKET EXPANDS!By Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Sector performance in May and June shows the bear extending its grip into other key sectors. The Financials SPDR (XLF) and the Consumer Discretionary SPDR (XLY) woke up the bear with dismal performances in May. The first PerfChart shows sector performance from 1-May until 2-June, which is basically the month of May. XLF and XLY led the way lower in May. Notice that the Industrials SPDR (XLI), Materials SPDR (XLB) and Technology SPDR (XLK) held up relatively well in May. In fact, selling pressure in May was pretty much limited to the financial and consumer discretionary sectors.

The second PerfChart shows sector performance from 3-June to 1-July, which is basically the month of June. There are two items worth noting here. First, the Technology SPDR, Industrials SPDR and Materials SPDR declined rather sharply in June. These three held up in May, but fell apart in June as selling pressure expanded among the sectors. Second, the Utilities SPDR (XLU), Consumer Staples SPDR (XLP) and Healthcare SPDR (XLV) held up the best in June. Well, outside of the Energy SPDR (XLE) that is.

Utilities, healthcare and consumer staples represent the defensive sectors. No matter what happens in the economy, we still need electricity (XLU), toothpaste (XLP) and medicine (XLV). While the S&P 500 moved lower in May and June, XLU edged higher both months and showed relative strength. XLV and XLP are down over the last two months, but less than the S&P 500 and this shows less weakness, which can also be interpreted as relative strength. Fund managers that are required to be fully-invested in stocks are no doubt watching these relative performance numbers and looking for the sectors that are holding up the best.


Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


June 22, 2008A LITTLE DANDRUFF FOR IWMBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Despite a big decline in the S&P 500 ETF (SPY) over the last five weeks, the Russell 2000 ETF (IWM) has been holding up pretty well. However, a bearish reversal pattern and weakening momentum suggest that IWM will ultimately follow its big brother lower.
On the price chart, IWM formed a small head-and-shoulders pattern over the last six weeks. Neckline support resides just below 72 and a break below the June low would confirm this pattern. Once confirmed, the initial downside projection would be to around 68. The height of the pattern (roughly, 76 - 72) is subtracted from the neckline break for a target (72 - 4 = 68). There is also support around 68 from the late March and mid April lows.
Signs of weakness are starting to appear in the Commodity Channel Index (CCI). This indicator surged from oversold levels in early March to overbought levels in early April. This surge started the bull run. Notice that CCI never became oversold during the advance and dips below zero provided nice buying opportunities (green arrows). CCI declined to oversold levels in early June and this shows a reversal in momentum. Instead of support and buying opportunities around the zero line, we can now expect resistance and selling opportunities. Notice how CCI surged above zero, met resistance and then declined this week (red arrow).

There is also a videoversion of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.


Posted at 04:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


June 08, 2008SMACK DOWN AT RESISTANCEBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Even though techs and small-caps have been showing relative strength the last several weeks, the Nasdaq and the Russell 2000 are running into stiff resistance of their own. Their charts show similar setups that point to a medium-term peak.
First, let's look at the reasons for resistance. Both indices declined sharply from October to March and then rallied from mid March to early June. These rallies retraced 50-62% of the October-March declines and carried both indices back to their 200-day moving averages. In addition, broken support around 2550 turns into resistance for the Nasdaq. The yellow areas reflect these resistance zones on both charts.


Friday's sharp decline reinforces these resistance zones and increases the chances of a trend reversal. Both indices have been moving higher since mid March and remain in 10-12 week uptrends. The late May lows and 50-day moving averages mark support for these uptrends. A break below these support levels would forge a lower low and reverse the uptrends.
There is also a videoversion of the this analysis available at TDTrader.com - Click Here.


Posted at 04:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


May 17, 2008FINANCE AND HEALTHCARE LAGBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Money may be moving into Technology, but it is avoiding Finance and Healthcare. While the Dow Industrials ETF and S&P 500 ETF both touched their 200-day moving averages in May, the Finance SPDR (XLF) and the Healthcare SPDR (XLV) fell well short of their 200-day lines. The inability to keep pace with the broader market shows relative weakness.

On the price chart, the Finance SPDR (XLF) broke down last week and then stalled this week. With a slight rise over the last 6 days, a mini-flag formed with support at 26. Support here is also reinforced with the 50-day moving average. A break below 26 would end this rise and call for a continuation of the early May decline.

The Healthcare SPDR (XLV) is in even worse shape than XLF. After a bounce on 18-March with the rest of the market, XLV traded flat the last two months and went nowhere. In the process, a rising wedge formed with support just above 31. A move below the May lows would break wedge support and signal a continuation lower.


Posted at 04:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


May 04, 2008U.S. DOLLAR INDEX GETS A BOUNCEBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The U.S. Dollar Index ($USD) remains in a long-term downtrend, but the index is showing signs of strength with a consolidation breakout this week. After becoming oversold in March, the index firmed for 6-7 weeks and surged above its mid March highs this week. StochRSI moved below .20 in late February, firmed a few weeks and then broke above its mid point (.50). These breakouts opens the door to an oversold bounce that could extend to the 75-78 area.

There are a number of factors pointing to resistance around 75-78. First, the trendline extending down from January-February 2007 comes in around 78. Second, the December 2007 high marks resistance around 78. Third, the falling 40-week moving average marks resistance just above 76. And finally, the January-February consolidation can also act as resistance around 76. Taken together, I am marking a resistance zone around 75-78 for the upside target.


Posted at 04:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


April 19, 2008IMW VENTURES INTO RESISTANCE ZONEBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Despite a big advance over the last few weeks, the Russell 2000 ETF (IWM) entered a resistance zone and has become overbought. There are two reasons to expect resistance around 72. First, the three February highs mark resistance in this area. Second, a 50% retracement of the December-January decline would extend to around 72. Corrective rallies normally retrace 38-62% of the prior decline. 50% marks the mid point and a good area to start expecting resistance.

As far as oversold conditions, the Commodity Channel Index (CCI) moved above 100 for the second time this month. IWM remains both overbought AND strong as long as CCI holds above 100. I drew a trendline extending up from the March lows. A move below this trendline would signal trouble and a break into negative territory would be bearish for momentum.
Overall, a rising price channel is taking shape in IWM since mid March. As with the CCI indicator, this advance is in good shape as long as the lower trendline holds. I am marking key support at 68 from the late March and mid April lows. A move below the channel trendline and key support would reverse the uptrend that has been in place since mid March. Until such breaks, the bulls have the edge.


Posted at 04:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


April 06, 2008DIA BATTLES RESISTANCEBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Despite some volatile price action the last few months, the Dow Industrials ETF (DIA) remains below a major support break and has yet to win the battle at resistance. DIA formed a rather large head-and-shoulders pattern in 2007 and broke support with a sharp decline in January. This support zone then turned into resistance and the ETF failed to break back above this zone in February.
DIA is making another challenge to resistance with a surge over the last three weeks. The prior surges fizzled around 127.5 and this is the first level to watch. A close above the February highs (127.5) would be positive for DIA. The bottom window shows MACD moving towards its signal line with an upturn over the last few weeks. A signal line crossover would be positive and show improving upside momentum.



Posted at 04:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


March 15, 2008THE DOW AND THE JANUARY LOWBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Technical analysis is a little art and a little science, which makes it subjective and open to interpretation. It is kind of like, gasp, economics. With a test of the January lows and a big surge on Tuesday, some pundits are talking double bottom. The interpretation of this double bottom depends on the charting style.





The two charts show the Dow with OHLC bars and with closing prices only. The bar chart sports a potential double bottom with two lows around 11750. In addition, the March low is actually above the February low. However, the close-only chart shows a clear downtrend with a lower (closing) low in March. The close-only chart looks more bearish than the bar chart. Before getting too excited about the double bottom chatter, I would keep in mind the clear downtrend on the close-only chart.



Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


March 01, 2008TRANSPORTS FALL FROM RESISTANCEBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Transport iShares (IYT) is an ETF designed to match the performance of the Dow Jones Transportation Average. The key industry groups include airlines, railroads, truckers and air freight, all of which are quite sensitive to the overall economy.

After surging in January, the ETF met stiff resistance in February and this week's decline looks like the start of another leg lower. Resistance stems from the 200-day moving average and the reaction highs from late August to mid December. The ETF surged to this zone, stalled and then backed off with a vengeance the last three days.



In addition to a failure at resistance, a key volume indicator shows signs of distribution and increased selling pressure. On Balance Volume (OBV) peaked on 1-Feb and declined the last four weeks. Even while the ETF traded flat, OBV was already moving lower. The long red volume bars show high-volume selling that preceded this breakout.



Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


February 16, 2008DIA FAILS AT BROKEN SUPPORTBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
In the 15-December issue of ChartWatchers, I pointed out the possibility of a head-and-shoulders top in the Dow Industrials ETF (DIA). The ETF formed a weekly bearish engulfing pattern that week and this marked the mid December high. Subsequently, DIA moved lower over the next several weeks to confirm this bearish reversal pattern.



This pattern remains in play and broken support is now acting as resistance. This is a basic tenet of technical analysis (broken support turns resistance). The ETF bounced back to broken support at the end of January, but this level turned into resistance as DIA fell back in February. This decline reinforces resistance around 128. More importantly, the head-and-shoulders reversal still dominates the landscape with a downside target around 112.5. The length of the head-and-shoulders is subtracted from the neckline support break for a target.



Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


February 03, 2008IWM NEARS RESISTANCE ZONEBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
With an oversold bounce over the last two weeks, the Russell 2000 ETF (IWM) is nearing a resistance zone from broken support and the 50-day moving average. Before going further, I should emphasize that the overall trend remains down for two reasons. First, the ETF broke down in January with a decisive move below its 2007 lows. Second, the 50-day moving average is below the 200-day.


This oversold could fizzle soon because the ETF is nearing resistance from broken support and RSI is nearing its December highs (red arrows). The November and December lows marked support and these now turn into resistance. This resistance zone is further confirmed by the falling 50-day moving average. RSI bounced twice in December, but peaked just below 70 each time. The indicator got another oversold bounce this week and is nearing the spot of its prior reversal. The moment of truth is approaching.





Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


January 20, 2008DOUBLE TOP PARADE CONTINUESBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Materials SPDR (XLB) joined the double top club with a sharp decline this past week. The Finance SPDR (XLF) and Consumer Discretionary SPDR (XLY) started the club with double top support breaks in August. The Russell 2000 ETF (IWM) broke double top support in November. And finally, the S&P 500 ETF (SPY) broke double top support this year. These are not small double tops, but rather large reversal patterns that have been confirmed. Moreover, these are important ETFs and lower lows are clearly bearish.



The double top unfolded as XLB met resistance around 43 in October and again in December. The intermittent low formed in November and XLB broke below this low to confirm the pattern. XLB is also trading below its 50-day and 200-day moving averages. Even though the big trend is now down, the ETF is short-term oversold and could bounce. Broken support turns into resistance around 40 and there is also resistance in this area from the two key moving averages. An oversold bounce is possible, but I would expect it to fail around 40. Look back at the XLF and XLY double tops for clues on how this pattern may unfold in the coming weeks and months.
金币:
奖励:
热心:
注册时间:
2006-7-3

回复 使用道具 举报

 楼主| 发表于 2009-3-17 12:19 | 显示全部楼层
January 06, 2008RATE CUTS NOT HELPINGBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Fed started cutting interest rates on August 17th with a surprise 50 basis points cut in the Discount Rate. There have been three more rate cuts since 17-Aug, but the Dow Jones Industrial Average has nothing to show for these cuts. The first two rate cuts fueled the rally from mid August to mid October. However, the last two rate cuts coincided with reaction highs on 2-Nov and 11-Dec (third and fourth cuts). The negative reaction to the last two rate cuts indicates that something is rotten in the kingdom of stocks. With Friday's employment report, the Dow moved below 13000 and finished the week below the 17-Aug close. The Dow is now down after four rate cuts. The bearish argument was further reinforced this week when the 50-day moving average moved below the 200-day for the first time since November 2005. This is also know as a "dead cross".





Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


December 15, 2007A HEAD-AND-SHOULDERS FOR DIABy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Is that a head-and-shoulders pattern taking shape in the Dow Industrials ETF (DIA)? While it has yet to be confirmed, traders and investors should keep a close eye on this chart in the coming weeks.

The potential head-and-shoulders pattern extends from June to December. The left shoulder formed in July, the head in October and the right shoulder is currently under construction. Notice that DIA opened strong on Monday and finished the week near its lows. In fact, DIA formed a bearish engulfing this week by opening above the prior week's close and closing below the prior week's open. This week's reversal opens the door to a reaction high around 137.5. A peak here and decline back to the support zone would complete the right shoulder. Neckline support rests around 127-129. A break below 127 would confirm this big reversal pattern and project further weakness towards 113.





Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


November 17, 2007IWM FORMS BIG DOUBLE TOPBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Russell 2000 ETF (IWM) shows the beginnings of long-term downtrend. In stark contrast to QQQQ, IWM forged a lower low in August and a lower high in October. The inability to move above the summer highs showed relative weakness on the way up. The ETF is already testing support from the 2007 lows and relative weakness continues. The pattern at work looks like a large double top with a ton of support around 74-76. A break below the 2007 lows would confirm the pattern and the downside target would be to the support zone around 64-66.







Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


November 03, 2007NET NEW HIGHS ARE DRAGGINGBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Even though the Nasdaq and the NY Composite hit new closing highs earlier this week, Net New Highs did not keep pace and this could become a problem. Net New Highs equals new 52-week highs less new 52-week lows. I apply a 10-day moving average to smooth the data series and look for crosses above or below the zero line for a trend bias. The bias is bearish when the 10-day SMA for Net New Highs is in negative territory and the bias is bullish when the indicator is positive. On the charts below, the indicator is shown in area format and the underlying index is shown as a red line.



The 10-day SMA for Net New Highs on the Nasdaq moved into negative territory last week. This is quite surprising because the Nasdaq hit a closing high at 2859.12 on 31-October. Despite this new high, there were more new lows than new highs and this undermines the current advance. Something is not quite right. There should be more new highs than new lows when the Nasdaq is trading at or near at 52-week high.



The 10-day SMA for Net New Highs on the NYSE dipped into negative territory last week, but recovered and moved back into positive territory this week. The NY Composite recorded a new closing high at 10311.61 on 31-Oct, but the indicator remained well below its early October high and was barely positive. Net new highs are not keeping pace. There are still plenty of new lows and this reflects bearish undercurrents in the NYSE.



Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


October 20, 2007ANOTHER LEG LOWERBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Consumer Discretionary SPDR (XLY) and Finance SPDR (XLF) broke down this week to signal a continuation of downtrends that began in July. In other words, the Aug-Oct rally was just a countertrend advance within a larger downtrend. XLF and XLF moved into bear mode when double tops were confirmed with support breaks in July. Both broke their March lows and forged lower lows. The advance over the last nine weeks retraced around 62% of the Jul-Aug decline and both ETFs met resistance near their 40-week moving averages (red arrows). This week's sharp decline ended this countertrend rally and started another leg down. In addition, a lower high formed and this is what downtrend are all about: lower lows and lower highs. The next support levels are around 30.5 for XLF and 34 for XLY. The Finance sector represents the banks, brokers and REITs. The Consumer Discretionary sector is the most economically sensitive. Needless to say, breakdowns in both bode ill for the market overall.







Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


October 06, 2007A BREAKOUT FOR THE DOW TRANSPORTSBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Before looking at the chart for the Dow Transports, let's look at the Dow Theory situation. The Dow Industrials and Dow Transports both hit new highs in July and this marked a Dow Theory confirmation (bullish). Despite this bull market confirmation, both dropped sharply from mid July to mid August. In fact, both broke below their June lows and this development was bearish. The Dow Industrials quickly rectified this support break with a surge to new highs, but the Dow Transports could not get lift off and remained below its August-September highs. The Dow Transports has yet to confirm the new high in the Dow Industrials and this amounts to a Dow Theory non-confirmation.





Turning to the price chart for the Dow Transports, you can see that this key average broke above the August-September highs with a big surge on Friday. This breakout is significant because the Transports were showing relative weakness. The breakout is the first step to challenging the July high and confirming the Dow Industrials. At this point, the trend is up for the Dow Transports and I expect a move towards 5300-5500 as long as key support at 4800 holds.



Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


September 22, 2007BONDS HIT SUPPORTBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Buy-on-Rumor and Sell-on-News is a classic Wall Street axiom. In the internet heyday, Yahoo! would surge into its earnings announcement and then correct with a pullback near the actual announcement. The iShares 20+ Year Bond ETF (TLT) surged with the lead up to the Fed meeting on Tuesday and peaked a few days before the announcement. The rumor was the Fed cut and traders bought into this rumor in the second half of August. Traders took profits after the rate cut (news) was priced into the bond market.



Despite the rather sharp pullback, the overall trend remain up and TLT finished the week in a support zone. The support zone stems from broken support, the 200-day moving average and the 50-day moving average. In addition, there is also support from the early August consolidation. A harami formed over the last two days with a long black candlestick and a smaller white candlestick (inside day). This shows sudden indecision and also indicates support. The overall trend remains up for TLT and I would expect the ETF to hold this support zone before continuing higher.





Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


September 07, 2007FINANCE AND CONSUMER ETFs HAVE DOUBLE TOPSBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Finance SPDR (XLF) and Consumer Discretionary SPDR (XLY) formed large double tops this year, and both broke support in late July to confirm these bearish reversal patterns. Volatile trading ranges followed these support breaks (yellow ovals), but these ranges look like consolidations after a sharp decline. In other words, XLY and XLF became oversold in mid August, and these consolidations worked off these oversold conditions. Friday's sharp decline looks like the start of another move lower, and a move to the next support area is expected.


Both sectors are important to the overall market. The Finance sector represents banks, brokers and REITs. It is the single biggest sector in the S&P 500. Moreover, banks and brokers are at the heart of the sub-prime problems, and this issue is not going away until the Finance sector rebounds. The Consumer Discretionary sector consists of retailers, restaurants, media companies and automakers. It is the most economically sensitive sector, and a breakdown in XLY bodes ill for the economy overall.



Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


August 04, 2007BULL/BEAR BATTLE THIS WEEKBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The S&P 500 ETF (SPY) firmed this week and found some support. The ETF hit support from the 40-week moving average and broken resistance. The 40-week moving average is equivalent to the 200-day moving average and this level is important to the long-term trend. Resistance stems from the February high and SPY broke this level in April. Securities often return to the their breakouts and this marks an important test as well.



A bull-bear battle raged this week as SPY shot up to 149.5 on Tuesday and fell back to 144 intraday on Wednesday. That is about a 3.5% swing high-low swing in two days. The bulls are trying to hold support and the ETF has basically consolidated this week. The boundaries of this consolidation hold the key to the next move. A break above 149.5 would be positive and revive the bulls. Conversely, a break below 144 would signal a continuation lower and decisively break support.





Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


July 21, 2007THE MOMENT-OF-TRUTH FOR FINANCEBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Despite a sharp decline over the last six weeks, the Finance SPDR (XLF) remains in a long-term uptrend on the weekly chart and support is at hand. The Finance SPDR (XLF) met resistance at 38 twice this year and declined to around 36-36.5 in June and July. The lower trendline of a rising price channel and the 40-week moving average mark support here. The 40-week moving average is equivalent to the 200-day moving average (40 x 5 = 200) and the 40-week held in October 2005, July 2006 and March 2007. This key moving average is getting a big test once again and a move below the July low would solidify a break. This would also break the lower trendline of the rising price channel and the long-term implications would be bearish.



As long as XLF trades near long-term support, the decline on the daily chart could be a mere correction and a trend reversal would be quite bullish. The 31-May trendline, 50-day moving average and July highs established resistance at 37. XLF needs to break above this level to reverse the downtrend on the daily chart and resume the uptrend on the weekly chart. However, the medium-term trend is down as long as resistance at 37 holds and traders should be on guard for a break below the July low.





Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


June 23, 2007S&P MIDCAP ETF TESTS KEY SUPPORTBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The S&P Midcap ETF (MDY) remains in an uptrend for now, but a lower high and waning upside momentum are cause for concern. The ETF established support around 160-161 with reaction lows in May and June. In addition, the rising 50-day moving average marks support in this area. The ETF formed a lower high six days ago and a break below key support at 160 would forge a lower low. This would be medium-term bearish and call for a retracement of the March-June advance.

According to the Aroon indicators, the upside is loosing momentum and the downside is gaining momentum. The uptrend was strong as long as Aroon Up (green) held above 70, which was from 3-Apr to 14-Jun. Aroon Up moved below 50 for the first time since 2-April and upside momentum is waning. In contrast, Aroon Down (red) moved above 50 for the first time since late March and downside momentum is increasing. Look for a move above 70 in Aroon red to signal an acceleration of downside momentum and confirm a support break at 160.





Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


June 09, 2007NASDAQ RECOVERSBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Nasdaq held support and led the market higher on Friday. Even though Thursday's decline was quite drastic, the Nasdaq never broke support from its May lows and the medium-term uptrend remains. Nasdaq support is just above 2500 and extends back to the January highs. The index established a resistance zone around 2510 and this resistance zone turned into support during May. This is a classis tenet of technical analysis: broken resistance turns into support. While this week's three day plunge was the sharpest decline since late February, the index is still holding support and I would not put on my bear hat until a break below 2500.





Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


May 05, 2007THOSE LAGGING SMALL CAPSBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Even though the Dow is trading at all time highs and the S&P 500 is trading above 1500 for the first time since 2000, the Russell 2000 continues having trouble with resistance around 830. Thinking in terms of Dow Theory, I view this as a non-confirmation. A bull signal is triggered or renewed when both the Dow Industrials AND the Dow Transports move to new highs. Failure by one of these averages results in a non-confirmation and this questions underlying strength.



The Dow and the S&P 500 cleared resistance with relative ease, but the Russell 2000 has been consolidating around 830 the last three weeks. Technically, the Russell 2000 closed above its February high in late April and again in early May. Realistically, the index has yet to forge a convincing breakout and relative weakness in small-caps is casting a shadow on the current rally. The Russell 2000 represents, uh, 2000 stocks and it would be nice to have them on board to confirm strength in large-caps.



Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


April 21, 2007SMALL CAPS LAGGING LARGE-CAPSBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Dow Diamonds (DIA) moved to a new all time high this past week and the S&P 500 ETF (SPY) recorded a multi-year high. En route to these highs, both exceeded their late February highs and large-caps are showing relative strength. In addition, both gapped higher on Monday and held these gaps throughout the week.
On the other side of the market, the Russell 2000 iShares (IWM) is having trouble with resistance from the late February high and small-caps are showing relative weakness. The ETF also pulled back rather sharply on Thursday and actually filled Monday's gap. IWM bounced back on Friday, but remains at resistance and has yet to breakout. The price relative (IWM:SPY) further confirms that IWM is not as strong as SPY. The indicator has been overlaid the IWM chart and it formed a lower high in April.



IWM is close to a breakout and a move above the February high would affirm the breakouts in SPY and DIA. Failure to breakout would show continued weakness and this would cast a shadow on the current rally. At the very least, relative weakness in IWM means we should favor large-caps over small-caps in the coming weeks and months.



Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


April 08, 2007UP SWING CONTINUESBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Nasdaq rally continued into its fourth week with a gap up on Tuesday and move into the late February gap zone. This late February gap started a sharp decline to the March lows and the recovery back above 2460 is quite impressive. Even though volume is not so impressive, the current swing is clearly up and we should at least respect this up swing until it is proven otherwise.
Just what would it take to reverse the current upswing? I am watching three items: Tuesday's gap, the late March lows and RSI. The Nasdaq gapped higher on Tuesday morning, closed strong on Tuesday and continued higher the next two days. This follow through is bullish and the gap is bullish as long as it holds. The index established support around 2400 with three indecisive candlesticks (blue oval). A move below Tuesday's gap and below the late March low would reverse the current upswing. Until these are broken, the bulls have a clear edge and we should expect higher prices.



RSI is trending higher and above 50. RSI turned oversold in early March and moved above 50 over the last few weeks. I drew a trendline extending up from the March low and RSI is also trending higher. Momentum continues to improve and this is also bullish. A break below this trendline and a move below 45 in RSI would reverse the uptrend in momentum. The bulls also have the momentum edge and we should not bet on lower prices until a bearish signal.



Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


March 17, 2007KEY SECTORS SHOW RELATIVE WEAKNESSBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The sector rotations since 26-Feb reflect a defensive and nervous market. Things started changing on Wall Street with the sharp decline on 27-Feb and the PerfChart below shows sector performance since this decline. The Utility SPDR (XLU), the Industrials SPDR (XLI) and the Consumer Staples SPDR (XLP) are the strongest sectors. Strength in XLP and XLU shows a preference for defensive sectors. The Consumer Discretionary SPDR (XLY) and Finance SPDR (XLF) are the weakest sectors and this is not a good sign.



As its name implies the Consumer Discretionary sector represents companies that are sensitive to economic fluctuation. This includes retail, media, leisure, homebuilding and restaurant stocks. These are the first to get hit when there are signs of weakness in the economy. Relative weakness in this sector points to upcoming weakness in the economy.

Finance is the single biggest sector in the S&P 500 and XLF represents the banks and brokers. We are already aware of the sub-prime lending problems and this continues to hang over the Finance sector. The sub-prime problems are probably not enough to bring down the big banks, but continued uncertainty is keeping buyers on the sidelines. The S&P 500 is going to have a hard time rising as long as these two KEY sectors show relative weakness.



Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


March 04, 2007CORRECTION AHEAD FOR S&P 500?By Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The current breakdown in the S&P 500 looks quite similar to the May-June 2006 breakdown. Let's look at the May-June 2006 break down first. The S&P 500 surged from mid October to mid December (2005) and then began a slower zigzag higher until early May (2006). Despite slowing momentum, the trend was in good shape as long as the index kept forging higher highs and higher lows. The break down started with a sharp decline and break below the April low in mid May. There was a brief reaction rally back above 1280 and then another move lower to forge the mid June low. The total decline retraced 62% of the Oct-May advance.



On the current S&P 500 chart, the index advanced sharply from mid July to late November and then began a slower zigzag higher from December to February. Despite slowing upside momentum, this advance was in good shape as long as the index kept forging higher highs and higher lows. With a gap down and sharp decline this week, the index broke below the February and January lows. This breaks the string of higher lows and argues for a trend reversal. At the very least, we should expect a correction. Should the index follow the May-June script, a 62% retracement of the Jul-Feb advance would target a correction to around 1314.





Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


February 14, 2007STRONG BUYING PRESSURE IN IWMBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Russell 2000 iShares (IWM) broke consolidation resistance this month and two key volume-based indicators point to strong buying pressure.
The first chart shows the Russell 2000 iShares (IWM) and volume. The ETF surged from mid August to mid November and then consolidated for 10 weeks. This consolidation represents a rest in the uptrend and the breakout signals a continuation of the uptrend. Notice that broken resistance is turning into support and the ETF is holding above broken resistance. This shows strength and a move back below the resistance breakout would be the first sign of trouble.

The next chart shows two classic volume-based indicators: On Balance Volume and the Accumulation Distribution Line. OBV is a cumulative indicator based on the close from one day to the next. Volume is added on up days and subtracted on down days. The Accumulation Distribution Line is based on the level of the close relative to the high-low range. Accumulation takes place when the close is above the midpoint of the high-low range and distribution takes place when the close is below the midpoint of the high-low range.

On Balance Volume (blue) and the Accumulation Distribution Line (green) show strong buying pressure and this bodes well for further strength in IWM. First, notice that both broke out ahead of IWM. The blue dotted line shows the indicator breakouts in early January. This is a few weeks earlier than IWM. Second, notice that both indicators are trading near their highs and continue strong. Buying pressure is not letting up and this points to higher prices in IWM.


Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


February 03, 2007GETTING CHOOSYBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The S&P Small-Cap iShares (IJR) hit a new all time high this week and led the market higher over the last six days. Just a few weeks ago, this group was lagging and relative weakness hung over the market The ETF broke above its December high and this is a vote of confidence for both small-caps and the market as a whole.



Unfortunately, this vote of confidence from small-caps is overshadowed by a no-confidence vote from techs. Like small-caps, tech stocks typically have higher betas, higher volatility and higher risk. Investors are risk loving when these two groups lead and risk averse when these groups lag. Small-caps are doing their part with a breakout and new highs, but techs are not keeping up and investors are getting choosy.



The Nasdaq 100 ETF (QQQQ) broke resistance on 11-January, but failed to hold this breakout and moved right back into the December trading range. The broader non-tech portion of the market rallied this week with the S&P Small-Cap iShares (IJR), the Dow Diamonds (DIA) and the S&P 500 ETF (SPY) hitting 52-week highs. In contrast, QQQQ could not even break above last week's high at 44.47. This no-confidence vote casts a shadow over the broader bull market and I will be watching key support at 43 quite closely.



Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


January 20, 2007USO: OVERSOLD AND AT SUPPORTBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The U.S. Oil Fund ETF (USO) remains in a clear downtrend on the daily chart, but became oversold and reached long-term support on the monthly chart. The combination of oversold conditions and support argue for at least a consolidation and quite possibly an oversold bounce back to broken support at 50.



On the daily chart, I am using RSI to identify oversold conditions. RSI moved below 30 (oversold) in early January and stayed oversold until Friday (19-Jan). The indicator is making a move back above 30 and this is the first positive sign in 2007. Before getting too excited, notice that RSI was oversold all of September and moved above 30 in October. However, USO traded flat and there was not much of a bounce until late November. A bounce could take time.



In addition to oversold conditions, I see reason to expect support around 42-45. For the falling price channel, I drew the upper trendline first and the lower trendline is parallel to this trendline. The lower trendline extends to around 42.5 and this trendline acts as support. USO firmed between 42.5 and 45 this week to affirm channel support. The monthly chart also confirms support around 42.5 with the Nov-99 trendline and support from broken resistance.



Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


January 05, 2007HHH STARTS 2007 WITH A BANGBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Internet HOLDRS (HHH) started 2007 with strong move on good volume, but the ETF was knocked back on Friday and remains just short of breakout. Follow through is the key.
The Internet HOLDRS (HHH) formed a falling flag/wedge over the last six weeks. These are typical for mild corrections, but the correction is not over until there is a breakout. This week's surge carried HHH to the upper trendline and follow through above the December high at 55 would be most bullish. I would also like to see expanding volume for confirmation. Also note that Google (GOOG), Yahoo! (YHOO) and Ebay (EBAY) have similar patterns working and Yahoo! is taking the lead.
The January surge reinforces support at 52. There are a number of reasons for support at 52. First, HHH broke above the 200-day moving average in early November and this moving average now becomes support around 52. Second, the August trendline extends up to around 52 in early January and has been touched at least three times. Third, there is a small consolidation in late October and early November that argues for some support around 52 (gray oval). Failure to hold the early January gains and a move below the January low at 51.93 would be bearish for HHH.





Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


December 09, 2006XLE AND USO: SOMETHING HAS TO GIVEBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Energy SPDR (XLE) surged over the last two months and is challenging resistance, but the U.S. Oil Fund ETF (USO) remains relatively weak and continues testing support. These two are out of sync and something has to give. As I see it, either XLE will fail at resistance and pull back to trading range support or USO will break resistance and confirm the surge in XLE.
The Energy SPDR (XLE) broke above trading range resistance at 60 in late November and this is bullish. The breakout occurred with a long white candlestick and the ETF stalled this past week with a doji. The last two candlesticks form a harami cross and this is a potentially bearish candlestick reversal pattern. A move below the low of the long white candlestick (57) would confirm this pattern and target a decline back to trading range support. As long as the breakout at 60 holds, the trend is up and XLE remains in bull mode.



The U.S. Oil Fund ETF (USO) declined to support at 50 and firmed over the last two months. The ETF surged at the end of November with a long white candlestick and is challenging resistance from the mid October high. USO then pulled back this past week and formed a small black candlestick. The ETF remains short of a breakout and needs to clear last week's high (55.21) to trigger a bullish signal. This would target a move to broken support around 60. A breakout would confirm strength in XLE and failure to breakout will likely weigh on XLE.





Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


November 18, 2006THIRD BREAKOUT FOR QQQQBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
For the third time in three months, QQQQ broke consolidation resistance and the uptrend shows no signs of abating. The gray ovals show consolidations in the second halves of August, September and October. These were followed by breakouts in early September, early October and early November. Broken resistance turned into support at 39.5 in September and again at 41 in October. These breakouts held and QQQQ never looked back. That shows strength.
On the most recent breakout, broken resistance at 43 turns into support and this is the first level to watch for signs of trouble. A strong ETF should hold its breakout and this is exactly what QQQQ did in September and October. A move below 43 would be negative and call for a re-evaluation.
Even though a move below 43 would be negative, I would not turn bearish right away. There is a big support zone around 41.5-43 from the October consolidation. In addition, RSI held above 50 since mid August and this level marks key support for momentum. QQQQ would have to break below the October lows (41.5) and RSI would have to break below 50 to reverse the medium-term uptrend. As long as both hold, the trend is firmly bullish and further gains should be expected. In Dow Theory talk, the trend is in place until proven otherwise and I have yet to see any evidence to the contrary.





Posted at 05:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


November 04, 2006BEARISH DEVELOPMENTS IN SMHBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Semiconductor group is important to the performance of the Nasdaq and the Nasdaq is important to the performance of the overall market. Recent bearish developments in the Semiconductor HOLDRS (SMH) bode ill for the group and this is likely to weigh on both the Nasdaq and the S&P 500.


There are two bearish patterns at work and momentum recently turned negative. First, the advance from 29 to 36 formed a rising wedge and the mid October decline broke the lower trendline. Second, the ETF formed a head-and-shoulders pattern that extends back to early September and broke neckline support with a gap down on Thursday. For momentum, I am using RSI and this key indicator moved below 50 over the last few weeks. Notice how the stock held strong as long as RSI was above 50 (green box). The recent move below 50 shows a clear negative shift in momentum.
Until there is evidence to the contrary, I expect lower prices in SMH and this will weigh on the Nasdaq. What would it take to prove the bearish case otherwise? The right shoulder amounts to a consolidation with support at 33.3 and resistance at 34.5. SMH would have to recover the support break AND move above resistance from the right shoulder. Momentum would also have to improve and I would make RSI move above the late October high (53). These developments would be bullish and project further strength to 39. Let's see it happen first though.



Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


October 21, 2006A BULL FLAG FOR THE CONSUMER STAPLES SPDR (XLP)By Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Consumer Staples SPDR (XLP) was a top performer from April to September, but went through a period of underperformance over the last 4-5 weeks. The Dow Industrials and S&P 500 kept right on trucking in September and October. The Dow recorded a new all time high above 12000 and the S&P 500 is trading at levels not seen since February 2001. In contrast, XLP is trading below its September high and has not kept pace with the Dow or S&P 500 in recent weeks.
Despite this underperformance, the decline over the last few weeks looks like a bull flag (green trendlines). I elected to draw through the spike low on 4-Oct. Bullish flags slope down and act as minor corrections. XLP recorded a 52-week high in early September and the long-term trend is clearly up. Relatively small declines should be viewed as corrections when the long-term trend is up.
XLP declined to around 25.1, firmed just above 25 and broke flag resistance this past week. The breakout reinforces support at 25 and projects further strength above the September high. In addition, momentum is rebounding as MACD moved above its signal line and upside volume has been strong the last few weeks. Strong upside volume, a MACD crossover and a flag breakout all point to higher prices ahead for XLP.





Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink
金币:
奖励:
热心:
注册时间:
2006-7-3

回复 使用道具 举报

 楼主| 发表于 2009-3-17 12:20 | 显示全部楼层
October 07, 2006RUSSELL 2000 PERKS UPBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
After lagging QQQQ and SPY throughout September, the Russell 2000 iShares (IWM) got into the action last week with a surge from 71 to 74 (4.2%) on Wednesday and Thursday. The ETF remains well below its May high and is still lagging over the last few months, but this October surge is a good sign for small-caps.


On the price chart, IWM broke back above the 200-day moving average in early September and held this moving average three times in the last three weeks (blue arrows). The ability to find support around 71 was followed by a break above the July high and IWM is starting to look like its old self again. Indicator-wise, RSI held support around 50 and has been trading largely above 50 since mid August to keep momentum bullish.
The bulls are in good shape as long as RSI holds above 50 and IWM holds above the last three reaction lows (blue arrows). A strong stock should hold its breakout and we should accept nothing less. The upside target would be to the May highs. Failure to hold this recent breakout and a move below last week's low at 70.68 would be bearish for IWM. For RSI, a move below the October low at 47.5 would turn momentum bearish.



Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


September 16, 2006TRANSPORTS NOT OUT OF THE WOODS YETBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Dow Transportation iShares (IYT) recovered nicely this week, but the ETF is meeting resistance from broken support and a little more work is required for an upside breakout. On the daily chart, IYT formed a double top and confirmed this bearish reversal pattern with a break below the June low.



Support is not going quietly though. IYT moved below 75 in mid August, but suddenly firmed and bounced back to broken support. There was another dip to 75 and the stock again bounced back to broken support this week. A key tenet of technical analysis is that broken support turns into resistance and this is exactly what is happening with IYT. There was a support zone around 79 and this turned into a resistance zone around 80.
The bears still have the edge. I view the Aug-Sep price action as a consolidation and the double top support break still dominates the chart. A move below 74 would signal a continuation of the Jul-Aug decline and this would project further weakness towards the double top target around 69.



A move above the current resistance area would call for a reassessment of the double top. On the 30 minute chart, IYT formed a flag over the last few days and I will be watching 81 for a breakout. The ETF surged on Monday-Tuesday and then consolidated the rest of the week. This is a critical area and a breakout would have both short-term and medium-term implications.



Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


August 19, 2006A MOMENT OF TRUTH FOR THE RUSSELL 2000By Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Russell 2000 has been lagging the S&P 500 and Nasdaq 100 over the last few months. Even with the big bounce off support this past week, the Russell 2000 remains below its August high. In contrast, the S&P 500 and Dow broke above their June highs this week and the Nasdaq broke its early August high this week. With a lower high in early August, the Russell 2000 traced out a bearish descending triangle (blue trendlines) and a break below support would signal a continuation of the current downtrend.

What exactly is a descending triangle? This pattern forms with a series of lower highs (red arrows) and equal lows (green arrows). The lower highs reflect rallies that were weaker and weaker. Buyers were not able to push prices above the prior peak and this shows weakness. The equal lows represent support and this is the place where buyers are still strong. A break below support would mean that sellers overwhelmed buyers and further weakness would then be expected. Based on traditional technical analysis, a break below support at 670 would target a decline to around 610. This downside target is found by subtracting the length of the pattern (60) from the break point.



It ain't broken until it's broken. The Russell 2000 remains between a rock (670 support) and a hard place (720 resistance). A break above 720 or below 670 is needed to break the deadlock and establish a directional signal. The 200-day moving average, July trendline and early August high mark resistance here and a breakout would be bullish. Should the index fail and form another lower high, keep an eye on descending triangle support at 670 for a bearish signal.



Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


August 05, 2006QQQQ REMAINS IN CLEAR DOWNTRENDBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
On the weekly QQQQ chart, it is clear that the stock remains in a falling price channel and has yet to break key resistance at 38. There are two falling price channels on the chart (magenta trendlines) and lessons from the first can be applied to now to identify a trend reversal.
Both price channels are similar in duration (3-4 months) and depth (~15%). The first price channel ended after a long black candlestick and the current one formed a long black candlestick four weeks ago (red arrows). The trend reversed with a break above the upper trendline and high of the long black candlestick (May-05).
To reverse the current downtrend, QQQQ needs to break the upper trendline and move above 38. Until this happens, there is no evidence of a trend change and we should expect the trend to continue (lower prices). The most glaring difference: the current price channel is much steeper than the first. This shows that selling pressure was much more intense over the last few months.





Posted at 04:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


June 17, 2006GOLD ETF ENTERS SUPPORT ZONEBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
After a harrowing decline the last 5-6 weeks, the StreetTracks Gold ETF (GLD) finally reached a support zone and RSI became oversold. This paves the way for a bounce and possibly a continuation of the long-term uptrend.

A number of technical items have come together to mark support around 55. First, the rising 200-day moving average currently sits at 54.16. The fact that GLD is above this moving average and that the moving average is rising is long-term bullish. Second, the January to March consolidation provides a nice support zone between 53.5 and 57. Third, the blue trendline extending up from the August low extends to around 55 and acts as support. And finally, the current decline has retraced 50-62% of the prior advance (May-05 to May-06). Even though a classic correction pattern did not form, the distance of the retracement (50-62%) is normal for a correction.

In addition to evidence for support, 14-day RSI moved below 30 for the first time since 7-Jan-05. I should point out that GLD took another month to bottom in early 2005 and there was another support test at the end of May, over four months later. There was a short-term signal in February 2005 when RSI formed a positive divergence from early January to early February 2005 and moved above 50. The same could happen here and gold may need some time to base. Buying now is for bottom pickers and aggressive traders. The other option would be to wait for RSI to form a positive divergence and move above 50.



Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


June 03, 2006DOW CONSOLIDATES ABOVE KEY SUPPORTBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Dow came down hard in May, but found support at 11050. This support level stems from January resistance and the April low. A key tenet of technical analysis is that broken resistance turns into support. The Dow broke above 11050 in February and this level turned into support in April and May.
Since reaching support, the Dow consolidated over the last two weeks and a pennant type consolidation is forming (gray oval). The sharp decline created an oversold condition and the Dow needed to work off this condition. A two week trading range is just the trick, but the pennant is a bearish continuation pattern. A move below the May low would confirm the pennant and call for a continuation of the May decline. The obvious target is the 200-day moving average around 10850. It is also worth noting that the Dow was the only major index NOT to move back above its 26-May high on Thursday and this shows relative weakness. The S&P 500, Russell 2000 and Nasdaq all surged above their 26-May high on Thursday.
For a bullish resolution to this consolidation, I will be watching resistance at 11300. This resistance level stems from the 50-day moving average, the 26-May high and the October trendline extension. The October trendline provided support until May and now acts as resistance. A break back above 11300 is needed to put the Dow back into the bull mode.


Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


May 20, 2006QQQQ BREAKS KEY SUPPORTBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
QQQQ established support at 40 with three bounces over the last six months and broke this key support level with a sharp decline over the last two weeks. The break below 40 signals a major victory for the bears and the first downside target is to around 37-38. The August 2004 trendline and October low mark support in this area.

The decline was enough to push the McClellan Summation Index into oversold territory. This version of the McClellan Summation Index is based on the stocks in the Nasdaq 100 and is directly related to QQQQ. This is the fourth dip below –500 in the last two years. However, the indicator has yet to firm and rebound. As long as it remains below –500 and below its 20-day EMA, breadth is deteriorating and this oversold indicator could become even more oversold. As long as its remains oversold, I would look for further weakness towards support around 37-38 for QQQQ.

A lot of damage has been done over the last two weeks and it will take some time for the bulls to regroup. Before calling for a sustainable rebound, I would like to see the McClellan Summation Index move back above –500 and its 20-day EMA.




Posted at 04:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


May 06, 2006ANOTHER BREAKOUT FOR THE RUSSELL 2000By Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Russell 2000 has not been the strongest broad index over the last few weeks, but it is still by far the strongest index in 2006 and shows no signs of stopping after another falling flag breakout on Thursday. This is the third such breakout since December and the death of small-caps has been greatly exaggerated. Longer term, the index remains in a rising price channel with lower trendline support at 755 and upper trendline resistance around 820.


I also use RSI to gauge the strength and direction of the long-term trend. This key momentum indicator moved above 50 in early November and then held above 45 in December, February, March and April. There is clearly lots of support at 45. As long as RSI holds 45 and the index holds the lower channel trendline, the flag breakout is bullish and we should expect further gains.
In addition to using RSI for the long-term trend, it can be used to identify playable pullbacks within the trend. Notice that RSI bounced after each pullback below 50 (gray ovals) and these dips represented excellent opportunities to partake in the bigger uptrend. RSI held above 50 on the most recent pullback (falling flag). The shallowness of the pullback shows underlying strength and I expect further gains.


Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


April 16, 2006DOW OVERSOLD AND AT SUPPORTBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The decline in the Dow Industrials over the last few weeks looks like a bull flag. This downward sloping flag is a potentially bullish pattern that requires confirmation with an upside breakout. Notice that the Dow formed a similar falling flag in late February and early March. The breakout at 11100 in early March confirmed this flag and led to a new reaction high. For the current flag, a break above 11250 would confirm the pattern and signal a continuation higher. The upside target would be the upper channel trendline or to the 11500-11600 area.

In addition to the flag, the Dow is trading at trendline support and the Ratio-Adjusted McClellan Oscillator is oversold. The Dow firmed over the last two days near support from the October trendline. This trendline has now been touched four times and a break would be quite negative. As long as this trendline holds, the trend since October is clearly up. The McClellan Oscillator dipped below –70 for the third time in five months. The prior oversold dips in December and January led to impressive bounces. The combination of trendline support and an oversold McClellan Oscillator increases the odds of a bounce as we head into earnings season.




Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


April 01, 2006DARK CLOUDS REVISITEDBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
In my previous column, I featured the Information Technology SPDR (XLK) with a pair of Dark Cloud Cover reversal patterns. Greg Morris, who wrote Candlestick Charting Explained, informed me that the Dark Cloud Cover pattern is one of the few that uses the previous days high as part of its criteria. I was erroneously using the previous days close. The Dark Cloud Cover forms when the open is above the previous days HIGH and the close is below the mid point of the body of the previous day.


In early January, the XLK open was above the previous days close, but below the prior high. In mid March, the open was equal to the previous days high. Close, but still no cigar. Using the high for the previous day makes this pattern an even more dramatic reversal. It takes a bigger surge to open above the previous days high and a bigger failure to then close below the mid point of the previous days body. This price action shows that buying pressure continued with a strong open, but the bears took control and forced a relatively weak close.


Interest rate sensitive stocks had a rough week and I noticed that Public Storage (PSA) formed a Dark Cloud Cover on Thursday. This stock is part of the REIT group and has enjoyed a nice run up over the last few months. Things could be about to change as the stock declined on above average volume in mid March and then formed a Dark Cloud on above average volume Thursday. A move below 78 would break support from the prior low and confirm the Dark Cloud Cover pattern. My downside target would then be to the support zone around 70.



Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


March 18, 2006DARK CLOUDS FOR XLKBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The dark cloud is a bearish candlestick reversal pattern made up of two candlesticks. The first is white and the second black. The open of the second is above the close of the first and the close of the second is below the mid point of the body of the first. The open-close range forms the body of the white candlestick. The thin lines above and below the body are called shadows and these represent the high and low.


A dark cloud foreshadowed the January peak and this week?s dark cloud should be watched closely for confirmation. In January, the subsequent gap and move below 22 confirmed the dark cloud pattern (gray oval). The current dark cloud formed near the upper trendline of a triangle formation (magenta trendlines). There is stiff resistance around 22.3 and XLK must break through this level to confirm the triangle and project further strength towards the mid 20?s. This would be bullish for the Nasdaq and the S&P 500 as well. Failure and a move below the early March lows would be bearish for XLK and I would then expect a move below the January low.



Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


March 04, 2006HOME DEPOT CONSOLIDATES WITH A MASSIVE TRIANGLEBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
HD is no stranger to long consolidations. The stock surged in 2003 and then consolidated for a year (gray box). The advance continued with a surge in 2004 and the stock consolidated over the last 12 months with a large triangle. The gains from 2003 and 2004 are largely holding and the ability to maintain high prices is bullish.


The next big move, however, is dependant on the direction of the consolidation breakout. A move below 37 would break key support and be most bearish. A move above 44 would break the upper trendline and 2005 high. This would forge a 52-week high and project a move to the mid 50s. I found this target by adding the width of the triangle to the breakout point (44 + 10 = 54). Such a move would be bullish for the stock, the retail group, the Consumer Discretionary sector and the overall market.

Volume and broad market strength favor a break to the upside. First, the broader market is strong right now. The Dow recently broke to a 4 1/2 year highs and the S&P 500 is holding its November breakout. Second, upside volume (black volume bars) in Home Depot has been outpacing downside volume (red volume bars). The Oct-Nov surge featured good volume (gray oval) and upside volume has been higher than downside volume in 2006. Volume often precedes price and this points to an upside breakout.



Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


February 18, 2006DOW THEORY UPDATEBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Two weeks ago, I reported waning upside momentum for the Dow Industrials and Dow Transports. In addition, I noted that a Dow Theory non-confirmation was brewing, but a Dow Theory sell signal had yet to register. The Dow Industrials and Dow Transports would both have to move below their January lows for a Dow Theory sell signal.

Flash forward and both Averages recorded 52-week highs this past week. In fact, the Dow Industrials recorded a 4 1/2 year high and Dow Transports recorded an all time high. The Dow Industrials broke Diamond resistance and pushed above 110000, while the Dow Transports extended its uptrend with a move above 4400.

This is clearly a show of strength, not weakness. Upside momentum may not be as strong as it used to be, but the breakout in the Dow Industrials is bullish until proven otherwise. The move signals a continuation of the January advance and next resistance is around 11,400. Of note, the Dow Industrials was turned back at 11,400 in Apr-00, Sep-00 and May-01. This is a formidable area. The breakout at 10,900 becomes support and this is the first level to watch for signs of failure. A move below 10,900 would be negative and further weakness below the January low would be outright bearish. Should the Dow fail around 11000 and break below 10,900, a potentially bearish broadening formation would come into play (gray trendline extensions). Let’s cross that bridge when and if it gets here.




Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


February 05, 2006DOW THEORY NON-CONFIRMATIONBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Dow is meeting staunch resistance around 11000, a level that turned the Average back in December and January. February is getting off to the same start with a big black candlestick on Thursday and 11500 remains the level to beat. In addition to a failure at resistance, MACD has a large negative divergence working and is poised to dip into negative territory for the second time this year. Things are looking bleak for the Dow.
We also have a non-confirmation with the Dow Transports in January. The Dow Transports moved to a new reaction high in late January, but the Dow Industrials failed to exceed its early January high and formed a lower high. Despite strength in BA and UTX, the Dow Industrials is not as strong as the Dow Transports. This is a Dow Theory non-confirmation and a move below the January lows (both Averages) would provide a Dow Theory sell signal. Also notice that RSI formed a large negative divergence over the last few months and upside momentum is waning for the Dow Transports.



Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


January 21, 2006DOW LEADS THE WAY LOWERBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Wall Street took a pounding on Friday and the Dow took the biggest technical beating of all the major indices. The Nasdaq, S&P 500 and Russell 2000 all remain above their 3-Jan lows, but the Dow broke below its 3-Jan low. This shows relative weakness and bodes ill for the Dow.


The Dow Diamonds (DIA), which is the ETF that corresponds to the Dow Jones Industrial Average, broke falling flag resistance with a move above 109 the first week of the year. This signaled a continuation of the November advance, but that signal has been reversed in a major way.


After a ~3% move the first two weeks of January, the Dow Diamonds (DIA) became overbought and ripe for a pullback. The breakout was still valid, but the stock needed to digest gains and work out the overbought condition with a correction or consolidation. Broken resistance at 109 turns into support and there was support at 108 from the October trendline. A strong stock should be able to hold its breakout and trendline (gray box). With Friday’s sharp decline the Dow Diamonds (DIA) not only failed to hold its breakout, but also broke support from the January low. This is not the stuff bulls are made of and the Dow is in for a rough ride.




Posted at 05:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


January 07, 2006RETAIL HOLDRS HAVE YET TO RECOVERBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Despite a strong start in the S&P 500 this year, the Retail HOLDRS (RTH) remains under pressure and is lagging the overall market. This is not a good sign for the industry group or the Consumer Discretionary sector, which is heavily weighted towards retail stocks. In addition, retail sales drive 2/3 of GDP and weakness in this group is not a good sign for the economy.
The Retail HOLDRS (RTH) is trading near broken resistance, but shows no signs of strength and weak relative strength argues for continued underperformance. On the price chart, the Retail HOLDRS (RTH) broke resistance (95) in November with an advance to 100. Weakness in December and January drove the stock back to broken resistance at 95 and this area now acts as support (green rectangle).
RTH made two attempts to firm this week, but more is needed to revive the bulls in this key group. With a black candlestick on Thursday and smaller white candlestick on Friday, a harami formed at support (gray oval). These are bullish candlestick reversals that require confirmation. I would look for a move above 97 for initial confirmation and this would target a resistance test around 100. A break above 100 would be most bullish for the group, the Consumer Discretionary sector and the broader market.





Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


December 10, 2005NEWMONT (NEM) FORMS THE MOTHER OF ALL CONSOLIDATIONSBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Since NEM first broke above 35, gold has advanced from below 400 to above 500. However, NEM remains stuck in a long-term trading range. Did NEM secretly hedge production? Probably not, but the stock is not keeping up with gold, which broke above its 2003 and 2004 highs.

NEM is current challenging resistance and a close above 51 would be long term bullish. The pattern looks like a sharp advance and (20-50) and long flag (35-50). A break above 51 would signal a continuation of the prior advance and project a move to around 65 (50 - 20 = 30, 35 + 30 = 65). We could also consider the trading range as a large rectangle formation and a breakout would project a move to around 65 (50 - 35 = 15, 50 + 15 = 65). Either way, a new all time closing higher for NEM would be long term bullish for both the stock and gold.



Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


November 20, 2005NASDAQ CUP-WITH-HANDLE BREAKOUTBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Nasdaq’s breakout at 2200 confirms a bullish cup-with-handle pattern and targets a move to around 2500. Until there is evidence to the contrary, this is the dominant chart pattern and further gains should be expected.
William O’Neil of Investor’s Business Daily (IBD) developed the cup-with-handle pattern. It is a bullish continuation pattern that marks a corrective period followed by a minor pullback and a breakout. Looking at the Nasdaq chart, I think the characteristics of a bullish cup-with-handle are present. First, there was a sharp advance from 1750 to 2192. This established the uptrend. Second, there was a decline to 1889 and then another move to resistance around 2200. This correction formed the cup and established rim resistance. Third, the index pulled back to 2025, formed a higher low and then surged above resistance at 2200 over the last few weeks. This mild correction formed the handle and the breakout confirmed the pattern. The depth of the cup is added to the breakout for an upside projection. This breakout is bullish and should be treated as such until proven otherwise.
What would it take to prove this breakout otherwise? The breakout should hold and a move back below 2200 would be negative. However, I would not give up on the pattern on the first sign of weakness. It would take a failure at resistance AND a break below the handle low at 2025 to fully reverse the current uptrend and turn bearish.


Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


November 06, 2005MIND THE GAPSBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Information Technology SPDR (XLK) broke support in early October, bottomed in mid October and surged over the last few weeks. This surge featured two gaps last week and these hold the key to recent strength. The stock gapped up on Monday and again on Thursday (gray oval). Gaps show power and both of these gaps should be considered bullish unless they are filled.
The stock is nearing resistance from the August trendline and early October high. A move above the early October high would break the August trendline and forge a higher high. This would be enough to turn the medium-term trend bullish and expect new highs over the coming months. Yes, the fabled yearend rally would be upon us.
The current advance looks like a sharp rising price channel and "rising" is the key word. The lower trendline sets the bullish tone and support from this trendline coincides with Monday’s gap. Should the stock fail to break resistance, watch for a move below 20.6 to fill the second gap and signal trouble. Further weakness below the first gap (20.2) would also break the rising channel trendline and reverse the current uptrend. Such a move would target further weakness below the October low.



Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


October 16, 2005RSI AND THE NASDAQBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
This week 14-day RSI for the Nasdaq became oversold (below 30) for the first time since April (gray oval). Even though securities can become oversold and remain oversold, the odds of a bounce increase with oversold conditions. The question is not whether there will be a bounce or not, but rather how far will the bounce extend and when will the bounce end.
Previous extremes in RSI occurred in pairs with an intermittent move to around 50. Notice that there were two oversold dips in March and April (green circles). The last overbought reading also featured two moves before the Nasdaq peaked in July (blue circles). The first overbought (oversold) reading serves as a warning to prepare for a pullback (bounce).
RSI usually finds resistance at 50 on an oversold bounce and support around 50 on an overbought pullback (black boxes). It is these moves to around 50 that provide a second chance to partake in the ongoing trend. To partake in this downtrend, I would wait for a bounce back to 50 in RSI and possibly 2100 in the Nasdaq, which marks broken support.




Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


October 02, 2005BEARISH PATTERNS FOR THE RUSSELL 2000 ETFBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Russell 2000 ETF (IWM) has two potentially bearish patterns working that would be confirmed with a support break at 64 (645 for the Russell 2000). Confirmation is the key with both patterns. In fact, confirmation is the key to most patterns. Until confirmation, these are only potentially bearish patterns and a trend reversal has yet to take place.
The descending triangle usually marks a continuation of a downtrend, but can also mark a top. The lower high (red arrow) shows that buyers do not have as much power as before and upside momentum is waning. However, the equal lows represent support and show that the sellers have yet to take full control (green arrows). A support break would signal a new thrust of selling pressure and confirm the bearish pattern. The downside projection would be to around 60 and broken resistance from the April-May highs confirms this level.
The second potentially bearish pattern involves three fan lines. These extend up from the April low and the stock already broke the first two. IWM has consolidated since breaking the second fan line and a move below the third would confirm this bearish setup. Notice that the third fan line and descending triangle lows confirm support around 64 and it is clear that a break below this level would be most bearish.


- Arthur Hill


Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


September 24, 2005FEAR CREEPS INBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Fear is creeping into the market as the S&P 500 Volatility Index ($VIX) forms a higher low. And you thought the VIX was dead! Well, actually, it is pretty dead as volatility slows to a crawl. The VIX has been spot-on when it comes to calling market risk (volatility). The S&P 500 recorded a four year high in early August and the VIX recorded a 10 year low. The S&P 500 has gone nowhere since December 2004 and the VIX declined from 15% to 10%. This simply confirms the dullness of the current market environment.
As the red carets show, it is lower low after lower low for the last few years. The VIX remains within a falling price channel and clear downtrend. However, the indicator formed a higher low in September (green caret) and is poised to break its August high. A mini-breakout would show an increase in volatility, which is also known as risk and fear. With increased fear comes more uncertainty and uncertainty breeds contempt. This will result in flat stock prices at best and lower stock prices at worst. Should the VIX break above upper channel trendline and April high, a new uptrend in volatility (risk) will begin and this will translate into lower stock prices.



Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


September 10, 2005TRANSPORTS LAG INDUSTRIALSBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Dow Theory stipulates that the Dow Industrials and Dow Transports should confirm each other to validate weakness or strength. Most recently, both Averages recorded new reaction highs in late July (green arrows) and this provided a Dow Theory confirmation of strength. Both Averages corrected in August, but only one surged in September.
The Dow Transports formed a falling flag correction in August. The only problem, for the bulls at least, was the inability of the Average to break the fall, exceed resistance at 3706 and signal a continuation higher. The flag just kept on falling and the Average gapped down on Friday.
In contrast to the Dow Transports, the Dow Industrials firmed around 10400 with a couple of bullish candlestick reversal patterns and surged above 10600 with a big move over the last four days. Wednesday’s long white candlestick is enough to confirm the prior bullish engulfing (30-31 Aug) and turn the Dow Industrials short-term bullish.
The Dow Industrials surged and the Dow Transports sank – something is wrong with this picture. This amounts to a non-confirmation of strength in the Dow Industrials. The Dow Transports need to break resistance at 3706 to get the Dow Theory bull back on track. Without confirmation from this economically sensitive group, the breakout in the Dow Industrials is prone to failure.



Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


August 06, 2005BREADTH REMAINS STRONGBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Bullish and bearish divergences in the AD Line often precede significant bottoms and tops. Even though reversals are certainly possible when the AD Line is keeping pace, they are the exception rather than the rule. (Note: The Advance Decline Line is a cumulative measure of advancing issues less declining issues).
As the chart above shows, a large bullish divergence preceded the August low as the NYSE Composite formed an equal low and the AD Line formed a sharply higher low. In addition, a smaller bullish divergence formed in April and May. This foreshadowed the May low and led to a strong advance over the last few months.
The AD Line has been keeping pace with the index since May and shows no signs of divergence (weakness). Both the NYSE Composite and the AD Line recorded new highs this week. Strength in the AD Line reflects broad participation. The bull market may seem old and tired, but there is no evidence of weakness or lack of participation in the AD Line.



Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


July 17, 2005WHO STARTED THIS MESS ANYWAY?By Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
January and 2005 have not been good for the bulls. After a strong finish in 2004, stocks were hit with strong selling pressure to begin the year and have yet to recover. A look into November and December reveals early weakness in two key groups. More importantly, traders can turn to these two key groups for signs of a bullish revival.
So who done it? Look no further than Retail and Semiconductors. The retail group makes up a big part of the Consumer Discretionary sector and influences the S&P 500. In addition, estimates are that retail spending drives 2/3 of GDP and exerts a large influence on the economy. Semiconductors represent a key tech group that influences the Nasdaq, which in turn affects the S&P 500.
Both stocks were keeping pace until mid November and then started underperforming in December. While the S&P 500 and Nasdaq finished 2004 near their highs for the year, the Retail HOLDRS (RTH) and the Semiconductor HOLDRS (SMH) failed to exceed their November highs (red arrows) and began underperforming.
SMH went on to break the blue trendline and key support at 32 for a bearish signal, while RTH formed a triangle over the last two months. Both need to move above their 3-January highs to put the bulls back in charge. The pattern for SMH looks like a falling price channel (magenta trendlines), but the channel is still falling and it would take a move above key resistance at 33.77 to forge a significant breakout. For RTH, a move above 100.25 would signal a continuation higher. As long as these early January highs hold for both, the broader market is likely to remain under pressure.



Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink
金币:
奖励:
热心:
注册时间:
2006-7-3

回复 使用道具 举报

 楼主| 发表于 2009-3-17 12:21 | 显示全部楼层
July 03, 2005ENERGY AND STOCKS MOVING STEP FOR STEPBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Rydex Equal Weight S&P 500 Index (RSP) moved to a new all time high last week. Strangely enough, the Energy SPDR (XLE) moved to a new all time high two weeks ago. It is clear that Energy stocks have the best of both worlds: rising demand and rising prices. When will it end?
If you consider the stock market a leading indicator, then the economy must be in pretty good shape and demand for oil is robust. Should the stock market fall sharply, it would suggest an economic slow down and this would affect the demand for oil. It stands to reason that the Energy sector will remain strong as long as the broader market holds up.
The correlation between XLE and RSP has been quite strong since August. RSP advanced from August to December and XLE advanced from August to November. The Energy SPDR (XLE) had an extra leg up in January-February and then both corrected in March and April. RSP bottomed at the end of April and XLE soon followed with a bottom in May. It stands to reason that Energy will remain strong as long as the broader market (economy) holds up.


Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


June 18, 2005A MATERIAL BOTTOM ?By Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Materials sector was all the rage in 2004, but fell on hard times in 2005. After a run from 23.59 to 31.99 (35%), the Materials SPDR (XLB) declined below 27 with a sharp decline. Was this enough to break the uptrend or is this just a sharp correction? The bulk of the evidence points to the latter.
Even though the decline was sharp and a classic corrective pattern failed to take shape, other technical signs point to a correction. First, the decline retraced around 62% of the prior advance. This Fibonacci number (percent) is normal for a correction. Second, the decline returned to broken resistance. Notice that the resistance zone around 26-27.5 turned into a support zone. This is also typical for a correction as there is often a throwback to broken resistance after the breakout. Third, the lower channel trendline confirms support around 27-28. I drew the upper trendline first and then based the lower trendline (parallel) on this upper trendline. The stock pierced the lower trendline, but quickly recovered and managed to stabilize over the last few weeks.
Stability is one thing, but a reversal is another. The stock formed a long black candlestick in May and then recovered the very next week (gray oval). A piercing pattern formed and this is a bullish candlestick reversal pattern. Confirmation is required though and I would look for a move above 30 to complete a reversal and expect a move higher.



Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


June 04, 2005ABOUT THE RYDEX EQUAL WEIGHT S&P 500 INDEX (RSP)By Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
As its name implies, the Rydex Equal Weight S&P 500 Index (RSP) treats all component equal, regardless of market capitalization. This means that ExxonMobile (XOM). with market cap of $369 billion, counts the same as Teco Energy TE), which has a market cap of just $3.64 billion. This makes the index a good representation of the average Joe (Joe Stock that is).
RSP remains in a long-term uptrend and has yet to break down. The going is getting tougher, but momentum is still up overall on the weekly chart. First, the index broke resistance at 145 with a surge in Nov-04. This resistance level hounded the index most of 2004. Second, resistance turned into support with a successful test in Apr-05. Third, the trendline extending up from Aug-03 also confirmed this support level and the index remains near its all time highs.
Even though the index has not made much head way over the past year, there is a clear upward bias on chart. Support at 145 holds the key. As long as this level holds, pundits can expect a trading range at worst and a move towards the upper trendline (170) at best. A move below 145 would turn the big trend down and be bearish for the broader market.



Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


May 21, 2005NASDAQ OVERBOUGHT, BUT NOT BEARISHBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The current rally is the strongest of the year and is unlikely to disappear over night. This strength is confirmed by price movement as well as two momentum indicators. First, the 15-day Rate-of-Change surged to levels not seen since early September and mid November. Second, 15-day RSI moved to its highest level of the year. Third, the Stochastic Oscillator moved to its highest level since mid November. All three are testament to the power behind the recent move.
Even though the Stochastic Oscillator has become overbought, the 2004 rally suggests further upside before all is said and done. Notice how the Stochastic Oscillator became overbought in September, October, November and December (four separate times). The Nasdaq became overbought and pretty much remained overbought as it kept rising. Moreover, the Stochastic Oscillator remained above 50 the entire time. As long as this indicator remains above 50, I would consider the trend firmly bullish and expect higher prices.
RSI also shows further room for gains. This indicator becomes overbought when it crosses above 70. It lagged the Stochastic Oscillator in 2004 and did not become overbought until November. Notice how RSI held the green trendline the entire rally and the red trendline the entire decline. I would look for a new trendline to emerge in the next few weeks and this will define the current uptrend.


Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


May 07, 2005THE LEADERS AND THE LAGGARDSBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The S&P 500 can do it, but the Nasdaq and the Small-caps can't do it. Or at least not just yet. Led by Finance, the S&P 500 broke above its late April high and resistance at 1165. However, the Nasdaq and S&P SmallCap Index stalled at corresponding resistance levels. This amounts to a non-confirmation. The generals (large-caps) are charging ahead, but the troops (small-caps and technology) are getting cold feet. It is hard to be fully bullish with these indices lagging.





Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


April 16, 2005DOWNSIDE TARGET FOR THE NASDAQBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The current pattern at work in the Nasdaq looks quite similar to prior patterns for the S&P 500 and Dow Transports. Both of these indices had extended advances, failed to hold a breakout to new highs, broke trendline support and then continued to support from the prior low (1163 and 3454). In fact, the S&P 500 and the Dow Transports continued lower on Friday and broke below their prior lows. The patterns looks like large double tops and the support breaks are quite bearish.
Turning to the Nasdaq, we can see that a similar scenario projects a move to around 1750. This would also make for a large double top and a break below 1750 would further the bearish argument.



Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


April 02, 2005SEMIS NEED HELPBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
It remains a one horse race among the key Nasdaq industry groups. The Networking iShares (IGN), Software HOLDRS (SWH) and Internet HOLDRS (HHH) are weak and trading near their lows for the year (gray oval). However, the Semiconductor HOLDRS (SMH) are holding up the best and still well above their January low. Strength in semiconductors is certainly positive for the tech sector, but even semis need a little help from their friends.
SMH shows potential, but remains short of a minor or major resistance breakout. The big pattern at work is an inverse head-and-shoulders. These are potentially bullish patterns that require confirmation with a neckline breakout, preferably on high volume. Also notice that SMH is consolidating at the 62% retracement mark (magenta trendlines). A consolidation breakout would be the early bull signal and further strength above 35 would confirm the inverse head-and-shoulders. Moves like these would no doubt help the tech sector, the Nasdaq and the S&P 500.



Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


March 19, 2005AIRLINES UNDER PRESSUREBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
With the surge in oil prices over the last three months, the Amex Airline Index (XAL) remains under pressure. After a sharp decline in January, the index consolidated with a symmetrical triangle. The recent break below the lower trendline is certainly negative and further weakness below the February low (45) would signal a continuation of the January decline. Should the index hold support, look for a move above the early March high to signal that airlines are ready to fly again.
In an interesting and telling twist, the chart for XAL looks similar to the Consumer Discretionary SPDR (XLY) chart. Part of the reason these charts are similar is because their businesses are cyclical and dependent on the economic cycle. Both show sharp January declines followed by consolidations. Because consolidations are continuation patterns, a consolidation after a decline is typically bearish and traders should prepare accordingly.



Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


March 05, 2005NASDAQ VERSUS NEW YORKBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
This chart shows the performance of the Nasdaq relative to the NYSE Composite. The market as a whole usually does better when the Nasdaq leads (green trendlines) and worse when the Nasdaq lags (red trendlines). Even though the NYSE Composite is performing well in the face of Nasdaq weakness, it would be doing a whole lot better with the Nasdaq leading – or at least participating.
Nasdaq outperformance peaked in Nov-03 and the price relative has declined steadily for over a year. There was a trendline breakout in November 2004 (blue line), but the price relative failed to move above the prior high and formed a lower high in December. The latest decline forged a new reaction low and it would take a move above .30 for the price relative to turn in favor of the Nasdaq again.
The recent problems within the Nasdaq are threefold. It is a one horse race and three of the top four industry groups remain under pressure. This has been the case since late January as the semiconductors took off, but Networking, Internet and Software continued lower or remained flat. Until one of these three joins the semiconductor group to make it at least a two horse race, the Nasdaq is doomed to underperformance.


Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


February 19, 2005S&P 500 AND ELLIOTT WAVEBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The S&P 500 remains in bull mode and continues to outperform the Nasdaq 100. In Elliott terms, the index has taken on a 5-Wave structure since mid August. Wave 1 extends up to 1142, Wave 2 declined to 1090, Wave 3 advanced to 1218 and Wave 4 fell to 1163. The recent move above the upper trendline of the falling wedge represents the beginning of Wave 5.
As a Wave 5 advance, the upside projection would be to around 1240-1245. Wave 5 is often 62 percent of Wave 3 or equal to Wave 1. The 62% stems from the Fibonacci number .618. As a Fibonacci 62% of Wave 3, the upside target would be to 1242 (1218 – 1090 = 128, 128 x .62 = 79, 1163 + 79 = 1242). Should a repeat of Wave 1 occur, the upside target would be to 1245 (1142 – 1060 = 82, 1163 + 82 = 1245).
Regardless of the targets, Wave 5 should move above the high of Wave 3 (1218). As long as the blue trendline extending up from the late October low holds, the bull trend is firmly in place and further strength should be expected.



Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


February 05, 2005DIVIDE AND CONQUERBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
To understand the Nasdaq and Nasdaq 100, it is important to look at the individual parts. These two indices can be broken down into four key industry groups: semiconductors (SMH), networking (IGN), software (SWH) and internet (HHH). While retail, telecom, hardware, biotech and other industry groups certainly play a part, these four are the key drivers and the first place to look for signs of weakness or strength.
The same approach works for the S&P 500. This index can be broken down into six key sectors: Finance (XLF), HealthCare (XLV), Consumer Discretionary (XLY), Information Technology (XLK), Industrials (XLI) and Consumer Staples (XLP). Even though Industrials and Consumer Staples each make up over 10% of the index, I tend to focus on the other four sectors, which make up over 60% of the index when combined.
In particular, the retail group is a major influence on the Consumer Discretionary sector and retail spending drives ~2/3 of GDP. As it name implies, the Consumer Discretionary sector represents cyclical stocks and these are more prone to economic fluctuations than the other sectors. This makes it an important component of the S&P 500. And finally, notice that Energy, Materials and Utilities (combined) account for less than 15% of the index. However, their influence is growing.



Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


January 22, 2005WHO STARTED THIS MESS ANYWAY?By Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
January and 2005 have not been good for the bulls. After a strong finish in 2004, stocks were hit with strong selling pressure to begin the year and have yet to recover. A look into November and December reveals early weakness in two key groups. More importantly, traders can turn to these two key groups for signs of a bullish revival.
So who done it? Look no further than Retail and Semiconductors. The retail group makes up a big part of the Consumer Discretionary sector and influences the S&P 500. In addition, estimates are that retail spending drives 2/3 of GDP and exerts a large influence on the economy. Semiconductors represent a key tech group that influences the Nasdaq, which in turn affects the S&P 500.
Both stocks were keeping pace until mid November and then started underperforming in December. While the S&P 500 and Nasdaq finished 2004 near their highs for the year, the Retail HOLDRS (RTH) and the Semiconductor HOLDRS (SMH) failed to exceed their November highs (red arrows) and began underperforming.
SMH went on to break the blue trendline and key support at 32 for a bearish signal, while RTH formed a triangle over the last two months. Both need to move above their 3-January highs to put the bulls back in charge. The pattern for SMH looks like a falling price channel (magenta trendlines), but the channel is still falling and it would take a move above key resistance at 33.77 to forge a significant breakout. For RTH, a move above 100.25 would signal a continuation higher. As long as these early January highs hold for both, the broader market is likely to remain under pressure.



Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


January 08, 2005US DOLLARBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Dollar may be giving us something to talk about…. and possibly even worthy of a short-term play. The US Dollar Index has consolidated for 4-5 weeks and formed long white candlesticks twice. These show strong buying pressure and, at the very least, reinforce support just above 80.
Notice that the index reversed course twice before with similar consolidations (gray ovals) and failed once (red oval). A move above 83.5 would be the bullish trigger and open the door to 87-88. Resistance at 83.5 is marked by the highs of the two long white candlesticks. As long 83.50 holds, the bears rule and this may keep from falling.
Even though a breakout would be quite positive, it would still be within the confines of a larger down trend. At this point, the long-term onus is on the bulls to prove the bears otherwise. This would take a trendline break and move above key resistance at 90.51. Therefore, the most we can expect currently is a corrective rally within a larger down trend.


Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


December 18, 2004EARLY VOLUME SURGEBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
It is shaping up to be a banner month for December volume. On this chart, the vertical black line shows the beginning of December, the red line the end of December (D) and the green line the end of January (J). Over the last three years, there was strong volume in early December (usually the first 2-3 days). In 2002 and 2003, volume soon tapered off and December finished with its normal below average volume performance.
Things are different this year, at least for the first 17 calendar days of the month. Nasdaq volume started strong and continues strong with 12 of the last 13 trading days above 2 billion. The 13-day average is 2.314 billion, which is comfortable above the 2-year average of 1.71 billion shares per day. This kind of high volume was last seen in January 2004, which marked a peak in the index. Perhaps the fund managers are making their move a month early. Also notice that the Nasdaq peaked in the middle of January the last two years. 2003 marked a relatively minor peak and 2004 marked a more significant peak.
So what does it mean? Even though volume has been high the last 13 days, the index has basically traded flat. This amounts to spinning your wheels or burning up a lot of fuel without going anywhere and suggests that a period of correction or consolidation lies ahead.


Posted at 05:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


December 04, 2004DIVERGENCES WITHIN THE SEMICONDUCTOR GROUPBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
While the Nasdaq trades near a 52-week high, the Semiconductor HOLDRS (SMH) remains well below its Jan-04 high and has shown relative weakness over the last few months. There is also a split within the group as Applied Materials challenges resistance and Micron Technology (MU) tests support. Until both get on the same page, the Semiconductor group is likely to remain in a funk and continue underperforming the Nasdaq.
Applied Materials (AMAT) formed a double bottom over the last few months and is testing key resistance around 18. The double bottom represents a base over the last few months with support at 15.5 and resistance at 18. A break above 18 would confirm the pattern and the upside target would be around 20.5. Upside volume has been rather strong lately and this increases the chances of a breakout.
While AMAT is challenging resistance, Micron Technology (MU) is testing support and formed a potential head-and-shoulders over the last few months. This pattern is mostly associated with reversals, but can also signal a continuation. A move below neckline support would signal a continuation lower and project further weakness to around 9. Should MU hold support at 11, look for a break above 13 to ignite the stock and the Semiconductor HOLDRS.


Posted at 05:04 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


November 20, 2004CATCHING A TURN WITH STOCHASTICSBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
For an idea of how a FUTURE trend reversal might look, traders may wish to focus on the August low and think inverted.
The July-August downtrend was defined by a falling price channel and a Stochastic Oscillator below 20. Notice that the Stochastic Oscillator moved above 20 for a few days and then fell back (~ 1-Aug). This first attempt failed as both the indicator and index continued lower. The second Stochastic Oscillator break above 20 was accompanied by an index break above the upper trendline. In addition, the Stochastic Oscillator moved above its prior high. This signal stuck and the rest is history.
Looking at the current situation and applying recent inverted history, the first move below 80 could be a head fake and would likely occur with the index still above the lower trendline. The second move below 80 could be the one that is accompanied by a trendline break and the one that holds.
Why two moves? The advance over the last few weeks was quite strong and needs some time to unwind. Buying pressure is unlikely to dry up over night, just as selling pressure did not dry up after the July bounce. The first dip will entice buyers and this usually causes another run at resistance. It is the second decline that traders should watch. For now, the trend remains firmly bullish and this is just food for though on the future.



Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


November 06, 2004S&P 500 TAKES THE LEADBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
For once, the S&P 500 is stronger than the Nasdaq 100 as the index has already broken above its 2004 high (1163). The overall pattern looks like an Elliott 5-Wave advance and the 2004 decline formed Wave 4. In addition, this decline looks like a falling flag that overstayed its welcome with the August low at 1060.
Regardless of the length of pattern, the breakout above the upper trendline and 2004 high signals a continuation of the Mar-Jan advance. Should the rising price channel remain intact, a move towards the upper trendline can be expected (1350-1400). This seems a bit extreme and a more reasonable target would be around 1250. A Fibonacci 62% of Wave 3 would project a move to around 1300 (1163 – 789 = 374, 374 x .62 = 232, 1060 + 232 = 1292).
For signs of failure, turn to the late October low at 1090. This low was part of the sharp advance in the last week of October. Should the index fail to hold a breakout above 1150 and move below 1090, the 2004 falling price channel (bears) would be back in force.




Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


October 16, 2004NASDAQ MONTHLYBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Monthly charts are good for perspective and some projections. First, you can see that both volume and the index steadily advanced from 1991 to 2000. Volume has leveled out over the last 4-5 years, while the index suffered a sharp decline to 1108. The recovery over the last two years carried the index back above 2000 and retraced a mere 25% of the prior decline.
Over the last nine months, the Nasdaq basically consolidated around 2000 and traded over to the lower trendline of the rising price channel. It looked as if this trendline was going to be broken in August, but the index managed to stave off the break and keep the channel alive (not sure about the kicking part).
Two things are clear. First, the last reaction low was at 1253 in Mar-03 (green arrow). The low came about with the breakout above resistance (red
line) in May-03. Second, the decline in 2004 is relatively puny compared to the prior advance (1108 to 2153). In fact, it looks like a mild correction or falling consolidation.
As a falling flag, a break above the June high (2056) would signal a continuation higher and project a move towards the upper trendline and 38% retracement. However, further weakness below the August low would break the trendline extending up from 1108 and call for a continuation of the prior decline (5133 to 1108). Gulp.


Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


October 02, 2004TLT IS LOOKING OVER THE CLIFF AGAINBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
It’s beginning to look like déjà vu all over again for the iShares Lehman 20+ Year T-Bond Fund (TLT). This bond ETF has been in a steady uptrend 20+ since May as rates have fallen. May just happens to coincide with the Fed’s first interest rate hike. Rates have risen at the short end of the curve (<2 years), but declined at the long end and TLT represents the long end (>10 years).
As noted in last week’s report, TLT looks vulnerable to a pullback, consolidation or even a sudden reversal. This bond ETF traded to the upper trendline of a rising price channel and formed a bearish engulfing this week. Notice that a large bearish engulfing pattern foreshadowed the Jun-03 peak and an island reversal foreshadowed the May-04 reversal.
As the recent past shows, TLT can fall fast and the employment report is due next Friday. The last two declines erased 15% and 12 % in around two months (16-Jun-03 to 14-Aug-03 and 17-Mar-04 to 13-May-04). These are big moves for bonds and it was difficult to get out of the way as a virtual free fall occurred. Weak employment numbers and a softening economy have propped up TLT for the last few months. Recent GDP numbers show a firm economy and a strong employment report would surely send TLT tumbling further.



Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


September 18, 2004CYCLICALS OUTPERFOMING STAPLESBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
There is a most interesting development between the Consumer Discretionary SPDR (XLY) and the Consumer Staple SPDR (XLP). Relative to the S&P 500, Consumer Discretionary stocks (cyclicals) surged (green arrow) over the last few weeks while Consumer Staple stocks declined (red arrow). Weakness in staples and strength in cyclicals bodes well for the market and the economy overall. In addition, the pattern looks like a large falling wedge and it would take a move above the June high to turn bullish on cyclicals again.
Taking this relationship one step further, we can see that Consumer Discretionary shares have recently started outperforming Consumer Staples shares. This price relative shows the Consumer Discretionary SPDR (XLY) relative to the Consumer Staple SPDR (XLP). Notice that XLY outperformed XLP from Feb-03 to Jan-04 and this coincided with stock market strength. In addition, XLY underperformed from Jan-04 to Aug-04 and this coincided with stock market weakness. Also notice the breakout in Apr-03 and the recent breakout in Sep-04. If this relationship is any guide, outperformance by XLY bodes well for the overall stock market.


Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


August 21, 2004INFLATION EXPECTATIONS DOWNBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The TIP/TLT price relative serves as a good proxy for inflationary fears or expectations. TIP is the iShares TIPS Bond (TIP), which is based on the US Treasury's inflation indexed bonds. TLT is the iShares 20+ Year Treasury Fund (TLT), which is not hedged against inflation.
Bonds loathe inflation and would decline in the face of increasing inflationary expectations. The TIP/TLT price relative takes this one step further by measuring the performance of inflation-hedged bonds against non-hedged bonds. This price relative rises when inflation expectations rise and falls when inflation expectations decline.
Looking at the TIP/TLT price relative for 2004, there are two distinct moves: an advance from mid March to mid May and a decline from mid May to mid August. The decline is still underway as the upper blue trendline has yet to be challenged and the price relative remains well below the late July high. As long as this downtrend continues, inflation remains at bay and bonds are unlikely to remain strong as inflation is not a concern.
Also, notice that there is a good and inverse correlation between the TIP/TLT price relative and the actual performance of TLT. When inflationary expectations rose from mid March to mid May, TLT declined from 91.48 to 80.51. When inflationary expectations subsided from mid May to mid August, TLT advanced from 80.51 to 87.


Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


August 07, 2004THE BIGGER THE VALUE, THE SOFTER THE FALLBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The AD Line is a cumulative measure of advances less declines within a given group of stocks. For example, the S&P Large-Growth ETF (IVW) has 335 stocks. If there were are 200 advances and 135 declines, then the difference would be +135 (335 – 200 = +135) and this would be added to the cumulative AD Line. The chart below shows the AD Line for the six different style ETF’s.

Despite the decline over the last few weeks, the AD Lines for two styles are holding up a lot better than the other four. Notice that the AD Lines representing large-value and mid-value are holding well above their May lows (green arrows). Conversely, the AD Lines for large-growth and mid-growth moved below their May lows and remain the weakest of the six (red arrows). Small-growth and small-value are holding above their May lows for now, but are quite close to these important support levels and clearly weaker than large-value and mid-value. Even though the overall market may decline, these AD Lines suggest that large-value and mid-value will outperform (advance more or decline less) than the other four styles over the next few weeks and months.


Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


July 24, 2004SOFTWARE HOLDRS HEADED LOWERBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
With the peak at 45.78 in January 2004, the Semiconductor HOLDRS (SMH) came relatively close to its high at 50.19. However, the Software HOLDRS (SWH) peaked at 40.20 and fell well short of its 2002 high at 50.91. SWH only retraced 62% of its prior decline and formed a classic rising wedge (magenta trendlines). Not only did SWH underpeform SMH, but the retracement and the pattern are also typical for bear market rallies. This suggest that the current decline is impulsive and SWH is headed lower.
At the very least, the current outlook is decidedly bearish and the stock appears headed for a bout with support around 30. This support level is confirmed by broken resistance (turned support), the 50% retracement mark and the lower trendline extension of a falling price channel (blue trendlines). It would take a move above the upper price channel trendline (37.5) to start thinking bull again.


Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


July 10, 2004THE SEMICONDUCTOR CATALYSTBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
While if is often difficult, if not impossible, to predict the fundamental catalyst, the approaching technical catalyst is clear for the Semiconductor HOLDRS (SMH). Key support and resistance are readily identifiable as well as two important patterns. With the group holding great sway over the market, the impending breakout is likely to have far reaching consequences.
The potential bullish setup looks like a falling price channel. SMH more than doubled from Feb-03 to Jan-04. The subsequent decline retraced 38-50% and formed a falling price channel. A move above 39 would break the upper trendline and prior high. This would signal a continuation higher and project a move above the January high. Obviously, this would be bullish for the Nasdaq and overall market.
The opposing pattern is a head-and-shoulders reversal. The left shoulder formed in Sept-03, the head in Jan-04 and the right shoulder is currently under construction. A move below 34 would confirm the pattern and project further weakness to around 24.




Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


June 19, 2004EVERYTHING IS RELATIVEBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The advance since October 2002 is certainly impressive on its own merits, but pales when compared to the prior decline. The advance has not even retraced 38% of this decline and formed a rising price channel. As long as the lower trendline holds, the trend is firmly bullish and further strength is expected (as outlined above).
A failure to hold above 2000 AND a break below the May low at 1865 would be quite negative. At best, it would signal a retracement of the Oct-02 to Jan-04 advance. At worst, it would signal a continuation of the prior decline (5133 to 1108).


Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink
金币:
奖励:
热心:
注册时间:
2006-7-3

回复 使用道具 举报

 楼主| 发表于 2009-3-17 12:22 | 显示全部楼层
June 06, 2004ELLIOT COUNT SUGGESTS A FIFTH WAVE HIGHERBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
There are two distinct advances and two declines on the weekly Nasdaq Composite chart with the fifth wave still to come.
The first advance started in October 2002 and ended in December 2002 to form Wave 1. The second advance from 1253 to 2154 is clearly the longest in both duration and price appreciation, which is typical for a Wave 3 move.
The first decline extended from December 2002 to March 2003 and formed Wave 2. The second decline extended from 2154 to 1865 and retraced 23.6-38.2% of the Wave 3. This is a bit shallow, but the pattern looks like a falling flag and quite similar to the Wave 1 decline.
The falling flag is a bullish continuation pattern and a move above the upper trendline and prior high (2080) would signal a continuation higher. A breakout would project further strength to 2209 at a minimum and 2423 at a maximum. This target zone is based on Wave 5 being 38.2-61.8% of Wave 3.




Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


May 14, 2004VOLATILITY INDICES BREAK 200-DAY SMA’sBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Although there is more than one way to interpret volatility, the simple fact is that the S&P 100 Volatility Index (VIX) and the Nasdaq 100 (VXN) trend lower when the market trends higher and trend higher when the market trends lower. In other words, these indicators actually trend and move inverse to the underlying indices.
VXN broke below its 200-day SMA in Dec-02 and remained below for over a year. Similarly, VIX broke below its 200-day SMA in Mar-03 and remained below for almost a year (red arrows). These breaks coincided with a strong and sustainable uptrend that lasted from Oct-02 to Jan-04 in NDX and from Mar-03 to Mar-04 in SPX.
A little intuitive reasoning would suggest that upside breakouts in VIX and VXN would be bearish. VIX is leading the way higher with its second break above the 200 day SMA in three months. VXN was turned back at the 200-day SMA in March, but broke above with a gap higher on Tuesday (red arrows).
Contrarians may argue that more fear is actually bullish. However, it is also abundantly clear that the OEX and NDX move inverse to VIX and VXN. As fear increases so does selling pressure and this drive stocks lower. An important trend change appears to be afoot in these volatility indices and this is likely to adversely affect on stocks.



Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


May 01, 2004NASDAQ FAILING AND INDICATORS CONFIRMINGBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
There are three ingredients to a downtrend: lower high, lower low and trendline break. The final ingredient (trendline break) is open for debate, but the lower low and lower high are not. With this week’s failure to hold the big gains above 2030 (22-Apr) and break below the 1978, the Nasdaq is well on its way to a trend change. The index formed another lower high below 2100 (black arrows) and broke below the trendline extending up from March 2003. Two of the three ingredients for a trend change are in place and a move below the March low (1898) would solidify the reversal.

In addition to the actual price chart, key indicators confirm recent weakness and point to further downside. MACD moved below its signal line and into negative territory. This bearish signal is confirmed by On Balance Volume (OBV), which moved to an 11-month low (red arrows). These indicators are not correlated and this makes confirmation all the more significant. Notice that MACD moved into negative territory in November and December, but this was not confirmed by On Balance Volume (OBV), which held above its prior lows and continued higher (gray arrows).

This was an excerpt from the weekly TDT Report. The remainder is reserved for subscribers and includes a look at sector weightings within the S&P 500, analysis of the top six sectors (SPDRs), identification of the two biggest culprits, analysis of the S&P 500 and the weekly Model Portfolio.


Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


April 17, 2004NASDAQ AND OBVBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
On Monday we were focused on the pennant consolidation with support at 2038 and resistance at 2080 (gray oval). While these are typically bullish continuation patterns and an upside breakout was expected, it was prudent to wait for confirmation. Instead of the expected, the break came to the downside and the index has moved into corrective mode. A 50-62% retracement of the prior advance (1896 to 2080) would extend to the 1970-1990 area and broken resistance turns into support around 2000. A move below 1970 would be more than just a normal correction and suggest that a bigger decline may be ahead.
On Balance Volume (OBV) was developed by Joe Granville in the 70’s and is as simple as it gets. Volume is added on up days and subtracted on down days. The concern here is the relatively high volume on down days and the relatively low volume on up days over the last few months. With the decline from late January to late March, OBV moved below its December, September and August lows (red arrow) as selling pressure intensified significantly. The late March/early April bounce is a start, but it would take a move above the early April high to get OBV back on the bullish track.
This was an excerpt from the TDT Report, published every Friday. The remainder includes a primer on measuring relative strength, an application of relative strength to the HealthCare SPDR (XLV), a look at gold/XAU with the US Dollar Index, Elliott Waves applied to the S&P 500 and a Model Portfolio update.


Posted at 04:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


April 03, 2004$XAU LAGGING GOLD BULLIONBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
The Philadelphia Gold Index, $XAU, is usually a better predictor of gold than gold is of $XAU. The top chart shows $XAU relative to gold or the "price relative". Notice that XAU performs best when the price relative rises ($XAU outperforming gold) and the price relative can be used to confirm or not-confirm strength in $XAU.
$XAU advanced from 73.41 to 112.75 (mid July to early Dec) and outperformed gold over this period. While $XAU went to a new reaction high at 113.41, the price relative formed a lower high for a bearish divergence (red arrow). This was a clear sign that $XAU was underperforming gold and led to the double top.
More recently, gold moved to a new high and $XAU failed to follow suit. $XAU managed to find support at 95 and break above 105, but the index remains well below its January high. $XAU is underperforming gold and this should be a concern to gold/XAU bulls.



Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


March 20, 2004The AD Volume LinesBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Breadth stats reflect continued preference to be overweight small and mid-caps, while underweight techs and large-caps. As the AD Volume Lines show, the S&P Midcap Index and S&P SmallCap Index remain the strongest. Both indicators for MID and SML remain above their 89-day EMAs, although the AD Volume Line for MID is currently testing the 89-day EMA (black arrow). The AD Volume Line for the Nasdaq 100 declined below its 89-day EMA in early March and remains weak (red arrow). The AD Volume Line for SPX is finding some support near the 89-day EMA and has yet to make a clean break (blue arrow).



Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink


March 06, 2004SECTORS AND EXPANSIONBy Chip Anderson
Arthur Hill
Relative strength or price relative charts provide an idea of which sectors will lead and lag over the next few weeks and months. These are formed by dividing the Sector Index by the Wilshire 5000 or another broad market index. These particular four sectors are positioned according to the place in an economic expansion in which they perform best. Techs and Transports are supposed to perform best during the early expansion phase, while Basic Materials and Energy perform best in the late expansion phase.
Sector performance suggests that we are in the late phase of an economic expansion. Techs are starting to weaken as the price relative broke below its trendline and Transports have totally fallen apart. The two standout performers are Energy and Basic Materials. Relative to the Wilshire 5000, the Energy SPDR (XLE) broke above resistance in December and continues to  forge new highs. The price relative for the Basic Materials SPDR (XLB) fell earlier this year, but bounced in February and remains in an uptrend.


Posted at 05:05 PM in Arthur Hill | Permalink
金币:
奖励:
热心:
注册时间:
2006-7-3

回复 使用道具 举报

 楼主| 发表于 2009-3-17 12:24 | 显示全部楼层
March 07, 2009BREAKDOWN!By Carl Swenlin
Carl Swenlin
At the end of last week the S&P 500 had declined to and had settled on the support created by the November lows. It was poised to either rally and lock in a double bottom, or break down. On Monday prices broke down through support, and by Thursday's close it could be said that the breakdown was "decisive". When a breakdown is classified as decisive (greater than 3%), it means that chances are very high that the market will not be able to gather enough strength to rally back above the recently violated support. Reaction rallies back toward the support are possible, but not guaranteed.


The monthly-based chart below provides a better perspective of the seriousness of the breakdown, and we can also see the location of future support levels. The next support is at 600, at the low of the medium-term correction in 1996. I do not consider this an important support level. The first important support I see is the line drawn across the 1994 consolidation lows -- around 450 on the S&P 500.


The market is now very oversold in the medium-term and long-term, but in a secular bear market this is not a cause for rejoicing. Bear markets can crash out of oversold conditions. Bottom Line: The S&P 500 has decisively violated important support, and the most likely consequence is that prices will continue to decline, with 600 on the S&P being the most obvious level for us to see a bounce of any significance. While we could see a bounce before then, I think we should be more concerned that the decline will accelerate into a crash. There are still investors who have endured the decline from the bull market top and who were hoping that the 2002 bear market lows would mark the end of the current bear market. Now that long-term support has been clearly broken, another round of panic selling could be just around the corner.





Posted at 06:29 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


February 20, 2009RETESTBy Carl Swenlin
Carl Swenlin
The long-awaited retest of the November lows has finally arrived. The S&P 500 is still slightly above that support, but the Dow has penetrated it. Even though every rally since November has been greeted with intense hope of a new advance that would end the bear market, the market gradually rolled over into a declining trend after the January top.
The November bottom was also a 9-Month Cycle bottom. In a bull market we would expect the market to rally for several months. The fact that the rally failed so quickly, is a very bearish sign.


The longer-term view shows that the 2002 bear market lows are also being tested again, so the market is at a very critical point. Many people who are still holding equities (at a 50% loss) are counting on being bailed out by a big rally. If prices fall significantly below long-term support, we are likely to see another selling stampede.



The long-term condition of the market is deeply oversold, as demonstrated by the Percent of Stocks Above Their 200-EMA. This indicator has never been at these low levels for such an extended period of time. Normally, a rally is in the cards as soon as these levels are reached, but the market is flat on its back, and it is hard to say when it will recover. It is important not to get too anxious to get back in. We are in a bear market, and negative outcomes are much more likely than positive ones.

Also, remember that oversold conditions in a bear market are extremely dangerous. If the current support zone fails, a market crash could quickly follow.

The medium-term condition of the market is neutral. Note that the ITBM and ITVM charts below are mid-range and falling. This is not a level from which we would expect a powerful rally to be launched.


Bottom Line: The market is in the midst of a retest of very important support. Since we are in a bear market, I expect that the support will fail.


Technical analysis is a windsock, not a crystal ball. Be prepared to adjust your tactics and strategy if conditions change.


Posted at 03:17 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


February 07, 2009JANUARY FORECASTS A DOWN YEARBy Carl Swenlin
Carl Swenlin

Research published by Yale Hirsch in the "Trader's Almanac" shows that market performance during the month of January often predicts market performance for the entire year. The January "barometer" has been particularly prescient in odd years (the first year of a new Congress), with only two misses in 69 years (as of 12/31/2008). While the January barometer has a good record of prediction, I still put it in the "for what its worth" column, because I can't think of any sound reason why it should work, and in many years it seems that a correct forecast is simply serendipity.


As usual we think you should view charts of actual market movement before making decisions based on reported average performance. For example, in 1987 the January Barometer forecast an up year. Well, it was an up year, but what a wild ride! On our website we have an extensive series of these charts going back to 1920. It is worth studying the charts so that you have an educated opinion of how this forecast device really works.

Bottom Line: The January barometer predicts that 2009 will be a down year. Regardless of what the barometer says, I think it is wishful thinking to believe that 2009 will be a winner. Consumers, which are 70% of our economy, are scared to death for their jobs. Until unemployment stops rising I think investor risk aversion will remain high.


Posted at 02:21 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


January 17, 2009RALLY FAILUREBy Chip Anderson
Carl Swenlin
In my January 2 article I pointed out that the stock market was overbought by bear market standards, but that the rally had plenty of internal room for prices to expand upward if bullish forces were to persist. There was a brief rally and a small breakout, but then the rally failed, breaking down from an ascending wedge formation. I wasn't really expecting a bullish resolution, but one must keep an open mind when appropriate conditions appear.
On the chart below you can see the short-term declining tops line through which the breakout occurred. Instead of a buying opportunity, it was a bull trap. At this point we must assume that the November low will be tested. Note also that the PMO has crossed down through its 10-EMA, generating a sell signal.

The weekly chart below gives a better perspective, I think. It shows how aggressive the current down move is compared to the price activity that precedes it. Also, the PMO has topped below its moving average, a bearish sign. Prices are once again approaching the long-term support drawn from the 2002 lows. A successful retest could set up a double bottom from which another intermediate-term rally could launch, but in a bear market we shouldn't bet on that outcome.

For many months I have been emphasizing that our analysis should be biased toward bearish outcomes because we are operating in the longer-term context of a bear market. The tide is going out and it is foolish to try to swim against it. In a much broader context, we are in the midst of a global debt collapse that is only in the beginning stages. I find it impossible to imagine economic circumstances in the immediate future that would be even remotely favorable to stocks.
Bottom Line: In a bull market overbought conditions most often result in small corrections, consolidations, or deceleration of the up trend. In a bear market overbought conditions are usually a sign that a price top is at hand. Because the most recent overbought event has resulted in a price top, I think we can safely assume that the bear has not retreated.


Posted at 08:20 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


January 04, 2009HOW OVERBOUGHT IS IT?By Chip Anderson
Carl Swenlin
For the last few weeks the stock market has been drifting higher on low volume, and there is no doubt in my mind that the Fed/Treasury has been the invisible hand that has quickly moved in to squelch any selling that started. Under these conditions, I find it difficult to draw any solid conclusions from indicators that have been fed a diet of questionable market activity. Nevertheless, we must work with the information we have and accept it at face value until more normal market action increases our confidence in our conclusions.
Looking at the chart below we can see pretty much all there is to see in the medium-term picture. Breadth and volume indicators are clearly in the overbought side of the trading range. Based upon the range we have seen during the bear market, internals are very overbought, but, relative to the normal indicator ranges, the indicators have a long way to go up if the rally continues.
The PMO (Price Momentum Oscillator) is still below the zero line, but it is recovering from the lowest reading since the 1987 Crash, and, relatively speaking, it too is overbought. However, there is still plenty of room before a continued rally will move the PMO to normal overbought levels.
Looking at the price index, we can see the S&P 500 is coming out of a "V" bottom, and there is plenty of room for it to rally before it hits serious overhead resistance. A rally up to that resisitance would convince most people that the bear market was over, but it wouldn't be. And by then the market would be seriously overbought by any standard.

In the short-term the market is very overbought, as demonstrated by the CVI (Climactic Volume Indicator) chart below; however, CVI readings this high can also be an initial impulse that initiates a rally.

Bottom Line: By bear market standards the market is overbought and due for a correction, but there is plenty of room for prices and indicators to expand upward. The low volume associated with the rally dampens my enthusiasm for the positive signs that exist, and I wonder if investors are ready to forget the fear that has been generated by the severe beating they have been dealt by the economy and falling markets.


Posted at 05:03 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


December 14, 2008TIME RUNNING OUT ON RALLYBy Chip Anderson
Carl Swenlin
Last week we looked at a descending wedge pattern on the S&P 500 chart that could have sparked a rally had it resolved to the upside. Prices actually did break upward, but volume was poor, and the up move stalled immediately. Now there is an ascending wedge pattern inside a declining trend channel. The technical expectation is for the wedge to resolve to the downside, but I should emphasize that it would only have short-term implications.

I am becoming more concerned with the medium-term prospects for the stock market. In late-October the market became extremely oversold by virtually every measure. This was a signal for us to start looking for an important rally. Since then, the oversold readings have been getting worked off as the market has been grinding sideways and lower. As you can see on the chart below, three of our medium-term indicators for price, breadth, and volume have been moving up and are relatively overbought (relative to their recent trading ranges).

On the chart of our OBV suite of indicators below, note that the medium-term VTO (bottom panel) is at overbought levels. The short-term CVI and STVO have also peaked in overbought territory.

Bottom Line: There has been a small rally out of the November lows, but volume has been weak. Deeply oversold readings have so far failed to deliver a rally of the strength and duration we would normally expect, and, with internals now becoming overbought, time is running out. The problem, I suspect, is that the only buyers are nervous short sellers. Once the shorts have covered, new buyers needed to continue the rally fail to materialize because nobody wants to buy this market.


Posted at 05:03 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


November 16, 2008RYDEX RATIOS DIVERGEBy Chip Anderson
Carl Swenlin
Decision Point charts a couple of indicators that are useful in determining investor sentiment based on actual deployment of cash into Rydex mutual funds. The Rydex Asset Ratio is calculated by dividing total assets in Bear plus Money Market funds by total assets in Bull funds. The Rydex Cash Flow Ratio is calculated by dividing Cumulative Cash Flow into Bear plus Money Market funds by Cumulative Cash Flow into Bull funds. (A thorough discussion of these ratios can be found in the Glossary section of our website.) When total assets in a given fund increase/decrease, the cause is an advance or decline in the fund's shares; however, there is also a component of the amount of cash moving into and out of the fund. This is why we have the two indicators.
On the Assets Ratio chart below, we can see that the Ratio is deeply oversold, implying that sentiment is very bearish, and that an important price bottom is being formed. This oversold reading is a direct result of the severe market decline depressing bull fund prices and inflating bear fund prices. The next chart shows a completely different picture.

While the Asset Ratio is oversold and bullish, the Cash Flow Ratio below is overbought and bearish. It is telling us that investors are quite bullish, and that a decline should be expected. That the two Ratios have diverged so severely is a very unusual situation, so let's take a closer look at what happened.

The next chart shows that, when the market began to consolidate, cash flowed out of bear funds and into bull funds. I can think of no other reason except that Rydex investors were anticipating a rally and trying to pick a bottom. This is bearish. I should emphasize, however, that the Ratios reflect the activity of a relatively small percentage of total market participants. Nevertheless, these indicators have a good performance record and are useful tools.

Bottom Line: The current divergence of the Rydex Ratios leaves us in a predicament as to which we should believe. In my opinion, the Cash Flow Ratio shows what is happening beneath the surface of asset totals, and it should be the first to be believed.


Posted at 05:04 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


November 02, 2008CHANGING WITH THE MARKETBy Chip Anderson
Carl Swenlin
When the market changes, we must change our tactics, strategies, and analysis techniques to accommodate the new market conditions. This is not a new idea, but it is one that is not very widely recognized, particularly when applied to the long-term. In recent writings I have emphasized that we are in a bear market, and that we must play by bear market rules. Overbought conditions will usually signal a price tops, and oversold conditions can often see prices slip lower to even more oversold conditions. When making these comments, my focus has been on the cyclical bull and bear markets. What I want to address in this article are the secular forces of which we must be aware.
On the chart below I have identified the five secular trends that have occurred in the last 80-plus years. First is the 1929-1932 Bear Market, which, although it was short, saw the market decline 90%. Next was a secular bull market that lasted from 1932 to 1966, which overlaps with the consolidation of the 1960s an 1970s. In the early 1980s another secular bull market began which peaked in 2000 (basis the S&P 500). Finally, we seem to have entered another consolidation phase that could last another 10 to 15 years.

I began my market studies in the early 1980s, before the big bull market took off, and I learned from the guys who learned all they knew from the market action of the 1960s and 1970s. Applying those rules to the new bull market was confusing, frustrating, and unprofitable. While I didn't participate in those markets, it is easy to imagine the bewilderment of those who, educated in the bull market of the 1920s, took the elevator all the way down to the basement starting in 1929.
The long bull market after the 1932 bottom was missed by most of those traumatized by the crash, but it trained a whole new group of analysts who learned that the market always goes up . . . until everything they knew was proven wrong by a 20-year consolidation. Finally, the battle cry of the 1980s and 1990s bull, "this time it's different," was learned well by those who ultimately ate the 50% decline of 2000-2002.
Unfortunately, it takes time to unlearn the lessons of the heady 1980s and 1990s, and we can still observe people using bogus valuation models that only work in bull markets. We still see people trying to pick bottoms, and we still see people who think that a stock is under valued because it is down 70%. By the time this current secular market phase is over, people will have learned all new rules, that will not apply to the next 20 years.
Whether or not I have correctly identified the current secular market phase as a consolidation remains to be seen, but I am certain that we are no longer operating on the rules of the last secular bull market.


Posted at 05:03 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


October 19, 2008VERY OVERSOLD MARKETBy Chip Anderson
Carl Swenlin
To say that the market is very oversold is not exactly breaking news because it has been oversold for at least a few weeks; however, the oversold condition has been steadily getting worse over that time, and we have perhaps reached the limit of how oversold the indicators will get without the market taking some time to clear the condition. Keep in mind that the condition can be cleared if the market merely drifts sideways while indicators drift higher toward neutral territory, but, considering the kind of volatility we have been experiencing, it seems that a rally is more likely.
Let's look at the chart below, which has some major points of interest. First, the PMO (Price Momentum Oscillator) and the Percentage of Stocks Above Their 200-EMA have reached their lowest points since the July 2002, which was the beginning of the end of the 2000-2002 Bear Market. Note that it took nearly nine months for this bottoming process to take place in the form of a triple bottom. Also, current prices have dropped into the support zone provided by that previous bear market bottom.
This all looks like a pretty good setup for at least a bear market rally of some substance. The first thing that has to happen is a rally the lasts more than two days, and we need to see if the bottom will be a "V" spike or a double bottom with at least several weeks between each bottom. The latter would be preferable because, the more work put into the bottom, the longer the rally is likely to last. A "V" bottom would beg for a retest.

Any rally that begins now should be viewed and played as a short-term event, because we have seen how quickly they have been running out of steam. The first indication that a rally may develop into something longer term will be if the Thrust/Trend Model generates a buy signal. On the chart below I have highlighted the two components of the T/TM that we need to watch -- the PMO (Price Momentum Oscillator) and the Percent Buy Index (PBI). When both these indicators have passed up through their moving averages, a new buy signal will be generated. Even though this is a medium-term signal, it should also be worked as a short-term event, because of the whipsaw we have experienced during this bear market. (The rally last long enough to trigger a buy signal, then fails.)

Finally, I am compelled to show you a chart of the 9-Month Cycles. My current projection for the next cycle low is October 22. As you can see, it is highly likely that the cycle low is already in as of last week, although we can never be sure except in hindsight. Nevertheless, the cycle chart is one more piece of evidence that we could be getting a sustainable rally at any time.

Bottom Line: The market is extremely oversold, and we have plenty of evidence that a rally is due. I do not for one minute believe the bear market is over, but it does not seem reasonable that the vertical descent will continue unabated. Reasonable? Perhaps that is not the best word to use in these circumstances. Let's just say that the technicals are screaming for a good sized bounce. Having said that, I will leave you with a reminder that we are playing by bear market rules. Oversold conditions are extremely dangerous and do not always present opportunities on the long side. Be careful!


Posted at 04:03 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


October 05, 2008BUYING OPPORTUNITY?By Chip Anderson
Carl Swenlin
In my September 19 article I said: "Our indicators and price action suggest strongly that we are beginning a rally that should last at least a couple of weeks. I also think that this week's deep low needs to be retested, and I am not convinced that a retest will be successful." As it turned out, there was no rally and the expected retest and failure encompassed one of the worst one-day declines in history.
From top to bottom the S&P 500 Index has dropped nearly 30%, but as usual we can't turn on financial news without hearing somebody assert that this is now the "buying opportunity of a lifetime". I wish it were, but in my opinion it is not. For it to be that great a buying opportunity stocks would have to have extraordinary fundamental value, and that kind of condition has not existed for over 20 years.
Based upon 2008 Q2 GAAP earnings the P/E of the S&P 500 is about 21, which puts it slightly above the normal P/E range of 10 to 20, meaning that stocks are very overvalued (the exact opposite of being a bargain). To demonstrate, the chart below displays the S&P 500 in relation to its normal P/E range going back to 1925. The S&P 500 is the heavy black line, the red line shows where the S&P 500 would be if it had a P/E of 20 (overvalued), the blue line is if the P/E were 15 (fair value), and the green line represents a P/E of 10 (undervalued).
I have applied red arrows to identify the periods where stocks were truly undervalued, sometimes mouth-wateringly so -- truly buying opportunities of a lifetime. As you can see, current prices are very overvalued, and possibly near the selling opportunity of a lifetime. To those who think this is the time to buy, I must ask, based upon what? Clearly, prices can rise even when stocks are overvalued, but current economic fundamentals makes that outcome a long shot.

As for our market outlook, the next chart puts the decline in perspective. Prices are deeply oversold, as are many of our technical indicators, so it is reasonable to expect a rally to clear this condition; however, we are in a bear market, and I have no reason to believe that the recent lows are the final bear market lows. There is a 9-Month Cycle trough due around October 22, and it is possible that it arrived early at the recent lows. Otherwise, we should probably look for a bounce followed by a retest of the lows in late-October.

My view of the financial crisis is that it is going to last a long time, and that there will be no easy fix, even if we had some really smart people trying to solve the problem, which we do not. Three weeks ago most congress persons had no more awareness of the problems we are facing than the man on the street. How much confidence do you have that the very people who caused the problem are suddenly going to become smart enough to fix it? In my opinion, they are only going to make it worse.
Bottom Line: Stocks are way overvalued and the economic outlook is dismal. The only long exposure that should be considered is on a short-term basis when the inevitable bear market rallies occur.


Posted at 04:03 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink


September 21, 2008FINALLY A BOTTOM?By Chip Anderson
Carl Swenlin
In my September 5 article I said that I thought is more likely that we would see a continued decline, rather than a retest of the July lows. This week the market blew out the July lows and was very near to crashing on Thursday. Then prices blasted up out of the lows in a dramatic upside reversal. There was good follow through on Friday, and now we must ponder if a significant bottom has been made.
With historic levels of fundamental turmoil in the financial markets, and unbelievable volatility in prices, it is extremely difficult to keep a level head and keep focused on technical basics. I am reminded of my flying days and the primary directives for emergency procedures.
  • Maintain aircraft control (don't panic and crash for no good reason).
  • Analyze the situation, and take corrective action.
I have always thought of these rules as being appropriate for handling all of life's problems, and they especially apply to the current problems in the stock market. No matter what your current situation, you can't go back and start over. You are stuck with what you've got, so do your best to work through it.
Getting back to the charts, we can see below that prices are still in a long-term declining trend channel, which currently defines the bear market. The rally is approaching a declining tops line, and it will probably penetrate that resistance and head higher, possibly to test the bear market declining tops line. The most interesting feature is the positive divergence between the PMO and the price index -- while price made a lower low, the PMO made a higher low.

There are also positive divergences on our primary breadth and volume indicators shown on the next chart. These positive divergences are bullish.

Our indicators and price action suggest strongly that we are beginning a rally that should last at least a couple of weeks. I also think that this week's deep low needs to be retested, and I am not convinced that a retest will be successful. My cycle work projects that a 9-Month Cycle low is due at the end of October -- about the time a retest would take place -- and cycle forces could take us to a new price low.
It is worth mentioning that the unprecedented avalanche of failures and bailouts is likely to get worse before it gets better, and we must wonder if a meltdown is over the horizon.
Bottom Line: While we continued to be buffeted by one crisis after another, the best thing we can do is "stay on instruments" (keep our eyes on the charts). At present, the charts say the rally is likely to continue, albeit not at the current rate of climb. At the end of the day, we are still in a bear market, and we should expect that the rally will fail before prices can break out of the major declining trend channel.


Posted at 04:03 PM in Carl Swenlin | Permalink
金币:
奖励:
热心:
注册时间:
2006-7-3

回复 使用道具 举报

您需要登录后才可以回帖 登录 | 立即注册

本版积分规则

本站声明:MACD仅提供交流平台,请交流人员遵守法律法规。
值班电话:18209240771   微信:35550268

举报|意见反馈|手机版|MACD俱乐部

GMT+8, 2025-7-20 23:21 , Processed in 0.099279 second(s), 9 queries , MemCached On.

Powered by Discuz! X3.4

© 2001-2017 Comsenz Inc.

快速回复 返回顶部 返回列表